Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2022
Operating Manual
Effluent
Treatment
Plant
ARADEEP REFINERY
IndianOil
Paradip Refinery
Operating Manual
January, 2022
Paradip Refinery
Indian Oil
Paradip Refinery
ETP Unit
Document No
PDR/PN/ETP/OM -01
Copy No.
4/5
Department: PRODUCTION Type Controlled/Uncontrolled
Disaster Control
Section : ETP ( U-0230 ) Issued To.
Room
Information available inside this Manual may be used by all authorized personnel.
Responsibility for the documents, however, shall remain with the copy holder to
whom it is issued.
Prepared By Checked By Approved By
BHARAT BHUSHAN
T BHATTACHARJEE SANDEEP MAHAJAN
CPNM
SPNM
DGM-PN
Paradip Refinery
The Energy Gateway to Eastern India…
Document No: PDR/PN/ETP/OM
Revision History
Revision
Date Description Approved By
No.
0 August, 2012 First Issue DGM-PN
1 August, 2015 First Revision DGM-PN
2 July, 2017 Second Revision DGM-PN
3 August, 2018 Third Revision DGM-PN
4 January, 2020 Fourth Revision DGM-PN
5 April, 2020 Fifth Revision DGM-PN
6 January, 2021 Sixth Revision DGM-PN
7 January, 2022 Seventh Revision DGM-PN
Document No: PDR/PN/ETP/OM
AMENDMENT LIST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL Page No.
1.1 Introduction 08
1.2 Plant Capacity 11
1.3 Battery Limit Conditions 21
The operating instructions laid down in this manual assist the operating staff for smooth and
trouble-free operation of ETP. The various sections enclosed in this manual give sufficient and
required information about the ETP facilities for understanding the operation of the plant.
The characteristics of raw and treated effluent, treatment methodology, treatment facilities,
process description etc. are given in the first few sections of this manual.
The detailed operation and maintenance procedure for each individual equipment / unit
along with the routine start-up, normal operation and shut down procedures trouble shooting
and safety are described in the subsequent sections of this manual. The manual also includes
the analytical procedures required to assess the quality of raw and treated effluent in the
laboratory and safety aspects required in plant operation.
This manual help the operating staff to operate and sustain the performance of the ETP
efficiently, meeting the statutory limits for further use. This manual is to be read, in
conjunction with the documents referred in the respective chapters.
The manual is addressed to technicians with previous experience in plant operating and
provides a general idea about the process and specific information about the operation and
maintenance. The manual contains certain specific information and is to be treated
confidentially.
It must be noted that improper operation of the ETP unit and handling of the equipment and
related components will deem invalidation of the guarantees.
The manual does not cover the operation and maintenance instructions of WRP, Spent caustic
and VOC abatement Packages.
CHAPTER-1
GENERAL
1.1 INTRODUCTION
The Project ‘Paradip Refinery Project’ is to install an integrated grassroots 15 MMTPA (300,000
BPSD) refinery and petrochemical complex, as ‘Phase 1’ of the development at a site located 5
km south of the Port of Paradip in the state of Orissa, on the northern part of the east coast of
India. The Paradip Refinery Project facilities process imported crude oil and produces refined
products and polymers for domestic use and export.
The Refinery is comprised of the following Units ;Atmospheric Vacuum Distillation, Naphtha
Hydrotreaters, CCR Reformer, LPG Treating, ATF Treater, Diesel Hydrotreater, VGO Hydrotreater,
Fluid Catalytic Cracker, Propylene Recovery, Delayed Coker, Alkylation, Hydrogen Generation,
Amine, Sour Water Stripper, Sulphur Recovery, Spent Acid Regeneration, Flue Gas
Desulphurisation, FCC Light Naphtha Treatment, FCC LPG Treatment, Straight Run LPG
Treatment, Utilities, Offsites.
The primary function of the Effluent Treatment Plant hereafter referred as ETP is to render
refinery effluent safe for onward processing within the Water Recovery Plant hereafter referred
as WRP to maximize the reuse of water within the processes, and to ensure that any effluents
discharged to the environment are compliant with regulatory requirements.
The following refinery site effluents will be delivered to the Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) &
Water Recovery Plant (WRP) via segregated headers as follows:
Phase I Stage I
Phase I Stage II
Phase II (Future Plan)
The ETP & WRP will be constructed in phases to match the expansion of the refinery as follows
Phase I Stage I:
- During wet weather, CRWS will be routed to OWTP and BTP and thus to Check Basin.
- During wet weather, a flow equivalent to the CRWS flow will be pumped from the
Check Basin to the storm water Reservoir.
- WRP will be constructed with membrane units to treat the “dry weather flows” +
design margins.
Additional Case with CRWS Routed to WRP – (Included in the design for this contract but not
part of the construction for this contract):
Note: The ETP & WRP shall not be designed to accommodate any flows or pollution loads from
the Phase II (Future Plan) scope.
Sub Packages
The general process design margin will be 20% above the sustained maximum process flow.
The overall requirements for the ETP & WRP is summarised as follows:
receive and equalise spent caustic from the refinery and subject it to treatment in a wet
air oxidation process in order to render it suitable for bio-treatment;
receive and equalise leachate from the nearby landfill site and quench water from
incinerator and subject it to suitable pre-treatment in order to render it suitable for bio-
treatment;
receive and equalise quench water from the incinerator and subject it to suitable pre-
treatment in order to render it suitable for bio-treatment;
receive, equalise and treat the aqueous effluents from the Project such that they are
suitable for transfer to the WRP for recovery and upgrading of treated water;
produce and equalise bio-treated water;
deliver bio-treated water into a header for distribution to users in the Paradip Refinery
Project;
collect and manage internal recycles within the ETP;
contain slop oil, oily floats and oily sludge;
return slop oil to the refinery;
Collect and dewater oily sludge and bio-sludge which are produced within the ETP.
Deliver the upgraded saline reject into a header which connects into the sea outfall
pipeline.
This manual covers only the Effluent Treatment Plant, Hard COD Management Plant, Landfill
Leachate Treatment Plant and its associated facilities.
The ETP is been primarily designed for the Phase I Stage I flow conditions. ETP configurations for
Phase I Stage II flow conditions have been mentioned. The general process design margin shall
be 20% above the sustained maximum process flow.
Design Flow for Primary Oil treatment section - API : 1034.0 m3/h
Turndown for Primary Oil treatment section - API : 132.0 m3/hr (1 No API Channel)
Design Flow for Sec. Oil treatment section – DAF : 1275.0 m3/h
Turndown for Sec. Oil treatment section – DAF : 160.0 m3/hr (1 No DAF Unit)
On-stream factor :1
pH 6.0 - 10.0
Note: Turndown capacities indicated above are the recommended min. flow rates for the individual
unit up to which it may be operated upon. Operation of the unit shall presume after holding
up of the effluent in the respective equalization tanks, if any lesser than recommended flow
rates are encountered.
Designed to handle 120 m3 of Total oil in 12 hour’s time in addition to normal/max flow
conditions & 2 tonnes/h of suspended solids.
One No. of API of same capacity shall be added for the Phase I Stage II flow and provision for
the same is specified in the layout.
Quantity : 4 nos
Total flow to the DAF system : 1275.0 m3/h
Temperature of effluent : 40 oC
Type of tank : Rectangular
Design flow per unit : (318.8 + 124) m3/h
Inlet Emulsified Oil : 680.14 mg/l (max load)
Design Emulsified oil removal efficiency : > 98.0%
Air to solid ratio : 0.02
DAF recycle ratio : 38.90 %
One No. of DAF of same capacity shall be added for the Phase I Stage II flow and provision
for the same is specified in the layout.
Design flow during pumping will be 1280 m3/h.
pH 6.0 - 8.0
On-stream factor :1
Note: Detailed Operation of biological section during any compromised influent conditions is
described in subsequent sections.
For Phase I Stage II flow only the quantity of media has to be added and hence total height
of the tank is designed for Phase I Stage II flow.
To treated effluent from Bio-tower, the following effluent streams will be added
The provision for expanding the aeration tank during Phase I Stage II flow is provided.
No addition of clarifier is required for Phase I Stage II flow as Sec. Clarifier is designed for
Phase I Stage II flows.
Quantity : 4 nos
Type of tank : Circular
Design flow per unit : (396 + 150) m3/h
Solids Loading rate : 6.3 Kg/m2/h
Volumetric Loading rate : 6 m3/m2/h
Air to solid ratio : >0.015
DAF recycle ratio : 37.88 %
Diameter of Bio-DAF : 12.0 m
One No. of Bio-DAF of same capacity shall be added for the Phase I Stage II flow and provision
for the same is specified in the layout.
All Sludge treatment equipment’s & units are designed for Phase I Stage II flow and hence no
addition of units are required for the Phase I Stage II expansion.
Turndown capacity : NA
On-stream factor :1
One No. of weathering bed of same size shall be added for the Phase I Stage II flow and
provision for the same is specified in the layout.
On-stream factor :1
No addition of equipment is required for Phase I Stage II flow as LLPP is designed for Phase I
Stage II flows condition.
On-stream factor :1
Lamella Plate Clarifier with PAC Dosing
Guard filter is provided at the inlet of clean effluent collection sump for retaining the escaping
powdered carbon particles.
Note: For detailed flow rates of individual and consolidated streams, refer to Process Flow
Diagrams for Effluent Treatment Plant (PDRP-0451-8110-20-230-0001).
Service Class
Effluent and Oily Effluent (in and after Biological System) - A1AA / A2AW
CRWS - A2AP
LP Steam - A1AG
1. Effluent and Oily Effluent lines we have considered combination of both A1AA and
A2AW i.e.,
a) For sizes up to DN 600:- A1AA for Pipes, Fittings, Flanges, Gate Valve, Globe and NRV
and A2AW for Butterfly Valves.
b) For sizes DN 700 and above size:- A2AW for Pipes, Fittings, Flanges and Valves.
2. HDPE pipe lines shall have Polypropylene Valves in-case of Dosing Lines and Lined
Butterfly Valves / Check Valves (Wafer type) in case of Leachate.
3. GRP pipe lines shall have Polypropylene Lined Butterfly Valves / Check Valves (Wafer
type) in case of Leachate.
4. Ball Valve shall be used for Chemical Dosing Lines and the MOC shall be in line with
Piping Class.
Note:
1. The pipe line headers (wherever required), inside the ETP, has been designed for
Phase I Stage II.
2. All excess / OFF-SPEC line headers are designed for Phase I Stage II with CRWS
condition.
3.
1.3 BATTERY LIMIT CONDITIONS (B/L)
Note: For Design Pressures and other operating pressures inside Battery Limits, refer to Design
Pressure and Temperature diagram for Effluent Treatment Plant (PDRP-0451-8110-22-230-0001
to 0004), Hard COD Management (PDRP-0451-8110-22-231-0001), Land fill leachate treatment
(PDRP-0451-8110-22-231-0002).
CHAPTER -2
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The Refinery Effluents contains pollutants like oil (Free and Emulsified) BOD, COD and
suspended solids, which are to be removed before discharging the effluent for further reuse.
Primary treatment is provided for the part removal of free oil in the influent in the units like
API separator followed by TPI separator. Emulsified oil will be removed in the secondary Oil
Separation units like DAF System.
After Secondary Oil removal the influent is fed to biological treatment for removal of BOD,
after which the effluent will be routed to the sand filters for Tertiary Treatment, Filtration
units like Sand Filters, UF units and RO systems are provided to meet the Outlet water
Characteristics.
The Sludge generated from the process units is categorized as Oily Sludge and Bio-Sludge and
will be treated separately. The Bio Sludge will be thickened and dewatered separately and
then sent for Final Sludge Disposal. The Oily Sludge will be thickened and pumped to the
battery limit.
The below described overview is to be read in Conjunction with Process Flow and Piping &
Instrumentation Diagrams (P&ID’s).
The purpose of the Oily Water Treatment Plant Sub-package is to remove free oil and
settleable solids from contaminated aqueous effluent streams and to render these streams
suitable for biotreatment.
The Oily Water Treatment Plant Sub-package consists of the following units:
1. Parshall Flume
2. API Separator
3. TPI Separators
4. Flash mixing tank
5. Flocculator
6. Dissolved Air Floatation system.
The Oily water treatment package is designed to handle major flow streams like Salty oily
water, oily water sewer, drained effluents from slop oil tank and other tank bottoms, and to
handle the maximum of CRWS/CWBD (Cooling tower blowdown).
Saline Effluents
Saline effluents from crude tank drainage will be intermittent and impose a salt load with an
unacceptably high peaking factor for reliable biotreatment. Saline effluents from crude tank
drainage, FGD Effluents and the desalter effluent will be routed to the Desalter Water / Brine
Equalisation Tank, combined and equalised in this tank.
The Desalter Water / Brine Equalisation Tank provides a minimum of 24 hours working
capacity for the total of the following flows in the Phase 1 normal case:
- normal averaged crude tank separated water drainage;
- normal averaged desalter effluent.
The tank will be located inside the dyke wall. Saline effluents shall be pumped at a constant
rate to the downstream OWTP facilities for further treatment. There shall be no requirement
of additional pumps for Phase I Stage II as there will be no flow difference between Phase I
Stage I and Phase I Stage II.
API Separator
The above mentioned effluent streams from the battery limit will be pumped/discharged at
the Splitter Box 1 upstream of parshall flume. The parshall flume enables the measure of flow
to the treatment system.
The wastewater is routed to API Separator for removal of free oil and suspended solids. The
basic principle governing separation of oil from the wastewater by specific gravity differential
at design temperature is governed by Stoke’s Law which is applicable to the rate of rise of oil
globules. The design of API Separator for removal of free oil is based on the rate of rise of oil
globules of greater than 150 micron size. Steam heating will be provided in the API Separator
to facilitate easy skimming of floating free oil, by the slotted pipe oil skimmer. API is designed
for lowest effluent temperature of 30 OC.
API Oil Separator of RCCEL construction is provided with three channels for Phase I Stage I
and one more channel shall be constructed during Phase I Stage II. The API Oil Separator is
covered with removable MS chequered plates, with venting arrangement leading to Volatile
Organic Contaminant (VOC) abatement package. Each Channel is provided with a gate at the
inlet to facilitate the isolation and maintenance of any Channel of the API Oil Separator.
Rotatable slotted pipe oil skimmers are provided in each Channel both at the inlet and
towards the outlet end, to collect and convey the oil to the Wet Slop Oil Sump. The flight oil
skimmers move the free oil floating at the top liquid surface towards the slotted pipe oil
skimmer and the scraper blades scrape the settled solids towards the sludge pit at the inlet
end of Main Separator. Separate sludge hoppers are provided for each channel for ease of
operation and maintenance.
TPI Separator
The treated effluent from the API separator is further treated in the TPI separator. The TPI
Separator is of RCCEL construction with three channels matching the width of the API
separator removes free oil of greater than 100 micron cut-off size, in the Effluent. The TPI
Separator will be covered with removable MS chequered plates, with venting arrangement
leading to VOC abatement package.
The TPI consists of a number of inclined corrugated plates of FRP Construction placed at 45°
to the horizontal and mounted parallel to each other at equal spacing. The wastewater
containing the oil and suspended solids passes between the plates. Laminar flow conditions
persist for effective gravity separation of water, oil and suspended particles. In the course of
passing from pack inlet to pack outlet, the oil droplets coalesce into larger droplets and the
oil floats upward into the top of corrugation and rises up the inclined plate to the surface of
the system where it is skimmed by rotatable slotted pipe oil skimmer.
The sludge moves towards the bottom of the corrugation and slides down the inclined plate
into the bottom hopper, to be discharged intermittently. LP Steam sparging is provided both
in API and TPI Separator for heating up of floating free oil, because of its high pour point, to
facilitate easy skimming and conveying. The treated effluent shall flow via overflow weir for
further treatment by Oily DAF system.
Isolation shutter gates provided at the inlet of API separator shall be operated to isolate the
bays, for maintenance. The free oil rising to the surface is skimmed through slotted pipe oil
skimmer and routed to Wet Slop Oil Sump.
The sludge formed due to settling of suspended solids at the bottom of both the API and TPI
will be removed intermittently by gravity and will be collected in nearby common Oily Sludge
sump for further treatment.
The treated effluent from the TPI separator is collected in covered API Sump. From the API
sump the effluent shall be pumped by means of 2 nos. of Equalization feed pumps to two nos
of Equalisation Tanks. The Equalisation Tanks shall provide a minimum of 20 hours working
capacity in total for the total flows in the Phase I Stage II maximum averaged flow case
including the API effluent, stripped sour water (in case of oil contamination) and other minor
flows except that the effluent recycle from the Check Basin shall not be considered to be
coincidental with the stripped sour water.
The equalization tanks are provided with oil skimmer for facilitating the removal of oil and
shall mixing facility to prevent stratification and ensure complete mixing. The equalized
effluent from the equalization tank is further pumped by means of DAF feed pumps to Oily
DAF units for further treatment. API & TPI are designed for lowest effluent temperature of 30
OC.
The oily effluent from the equalization tank are let into Splitter box-2 for dividing the streams
to equal flows and hence to have identical secondary oil removal units like Flash Mixer,
Flocculation tank, DAF tank and Saturation Vessel. The splitter box will have 5 splitting
divisions (Weirs) with 4 operating during the Phase I Stage I conditions and the fifth one will
be left with blind flange for operation during Phase I Stage II flows.
Four nos of flash mixing tanks of equal size are provided for Phase I Stage I conditions. Ferric
chloride will be dosed by means of dosing pumps in the splitter box for aiding the coagulation
of suspended solids. Provision of adding acid at the inlet of flash mixer is provided.
The desired dispersion and mixing of chemicals with the Effluent is achieved by the high-speed
agitator provided in the flash mixing tank. After the thorough mixing of the chemicals, the
effluent from the Flash Mixing Tank exits at the bottom and enters the inlet chamber of
Flocculators.
Flocculators
Deoiling polymer will be dosed in each Flocculation tanks by means of dedicated dosing
pumps. The chemical dosing shall be made flow proportional. The DOPE will be prepared at
0.5% concentration max. and will be pumped to the dosing point. Inline dilution water from
overhead tank will be added in the discharge of the dosing pump to make it 0.1%
concentration. The desired dispersion and mixing of 0.1% DOPE solution with the Effluent will
be achieved by means of gentle agitator provided in the flocculator. After the de-
emulsification of oil-in-water emulsion and the flocculation of micro flocs into agglomerated
bigger flocs, aided by the DOPE solution, the effluent from the flocculator will led through
pipe to the Dissolved Air Floatation Tanks.
Oily DAF
The flocculated effluent enters the inlet chamber within the floatation tank, operated on
dissolved air flotation type where the de-emulsified oil and light suspended solids rise to the
top of flotation tanks due to the action of micro fine air bubbles getting released from the
depressurised recycle effluent. Four nos. of Oily DAF units are provided for Phase I Stage I
flow conditions. A part of the treated wastewater ex-floatation tank is recycled back to the
Saturation Vessel, using the DAF recycle pumps.
2 nos. DAF Air Compressors, supply air at required rate and pressure. The compressed air
from the either of the source is connected to the Saturation Vessel, which is a vertical
pressure vessel, containing spray plates or bars and will not be provided with packing to
reduce the potential of bio fouling. The recycle effluent gets saturated with air in the vessel
and the air water mixture under pressure in the pressure pipe is released through hosepipe
connections to atmospheric pressure in the floatation tank.
The de-emulsified oil and the solid precipitates gets attached to micro fine air bubbles and
rise to the top surface of flotation tank, forming a scum which is skimmed to the oily scum
outlet and then conveyed to the DAF Sludge Sump, by gravity. The DAF Unit is also provided
with a number of inclined corrugated plates placed at 60° to the horizontal, at equal spacing.
The wastewater containing heavier suspended solids and left out de-emulsified oil passes
between the plates. Laminar flow conditions between the plates ensure the effective gravity
separation of water, oil and suspended particles.
In the course of passing from pack inlet to pack outlet, the remaining de-emulsified oil
droplets coalesce into larger droplets and the oil floats upward into the top of corrugation
and rises up the inclined plate to the surface of the system where it is removed by the moving
surface skimmer of non-adsorbent material, along with the already floating demulsified oil.
The sludge moves towards the bottom of the corrugation and slides down the inclined plate
into the bottom hopper and discharged to the DAF Sludge Sump, by gravity.
The oil removed effluent from DAF units will flow by gravity to Biotower/Aeration tank feed
sump for biological treatment. Oily DAF is designed for possible highest temperature of
effluent, 40 oC, as solubility of air in water decreases at the temperature increases.
The Volatile Organic Contaminant (VOC) Abatement System is a system of relief vents,
ducting, balancing valves, ID fans, flame arrestors, carbon filters, valving and safety
Instruments to treat the odorous and VOC laden air from the vents of closed process units.
The System is fairly compact, minimizes the cost, localizes the carbon near the sources or in
the designated VOC control system area. The carbon to accommodate the estimated flow
rates and concentrations of the system, meet the emission requirement (Min. 90% capture
rate), and minimize pressure drop.
All contaminated and odorous wastewater streams should be handled in closed systems from
the source to the primary treatment stages like oil-water separator and equalization tanks
etc. All tanks, separators and sumps in which floating oil is intended or likely to accumulate
shall be covered and be vented via a vent header to the VOC Emissions Abatement Package.
The vent header shall be operated at a slight negative pressure to prevent hydrocarbons from
leaking into the atmosphere. All items of equipment which are connected into the vent
header shall be provided with sealed covers, water seals or other appropriate systems to
prevent gross in-leaking of air.
The exhaust gas is introduced into the VOC system through a flanged connection. Sufficient
primary air for operation below 25% LEL is introduced prior to the duct / chamber. The excess
air rate shall be field adjusted for best operating cost conservation. The additional air rate is
modulated based upon the percent of LEL that is measured in an upstream location. This
measurement may be a one time test at startup by which the air is fixed and the point that it
is needed the most or the %LEL may be monitored continuously to modulate the air in order
to reduce operating cost of blower and conserve carbon bed.
As the VOC gas flow rate fluctuates, the controls continue to modulate to maintain the
operating condition for improved safety. Pressure transmitters are used to control the
pressure by controlling the ID fans.
Another concern of the carbon system is that a high concentration level of some VOCs may
cause the carbon to generate heat on the bed since adsorption is a exothermic reaction. This
heat may eventually build into a fire. Thus, the quantities of VOC’s need to remain below the
Lower Explosive Limit for the VOC compounds. Hence we have provided LEL monitor to meter
the level of VOC’s and add dilution air as necessary. High concentrations that may be present
will shorten the life of the carbon beds. Carbon needs replenishment when the adsorption
level drops below 90%. The threat of fires with the fixed beds could mean that additional
items are best used for safety. Thermocouple connections upstream and downstream of the
carbon bed are provided in duct. The duct length is also optimized for best plant layout,
balanced flow and equipment cost. The diameter is sized to maintain a good design velocity
at full flow.
Biotower
Treated leachate from Landfill Leachate Pretreatment Plant (LLPP) (described further in the
section) and Treated Spent Caustic effluent from Spent Caustic Treatment plant (SCTP)
(described further in the section) shall be pumped separately and mixed with the treated
effluent from DAF system for further biological treatment. Supernatant and Centrate of bio-
sludge shall also be pumped to the inlet of Biotower.
Biotreatment will be carried out in multiple parallel streams in 2 stages in series with an
attached growth “roughing” trickling filter stage, “the Biotowers”, followed by a dispersed
growth activated sludge process “the Activated Sludge Unit”. The Biological treatment helps
in the biodegradation of organic matters for reduction of BOD5 & COD. The Biotowers are
designed for the possible min. temperature of effluent of about 30 oC.
The effluent from the Biotower feed sump compartment will be pumped to 3 nos. of
biotowers by means of Biotower feed pumps with 1 working for each Biotower and 1 no of
common standby pump. The discharge header feeding to the biotower will be designed to
handle Phase I Stage II flows and the provision of adding pumps for Phase I Stage II will be
provided. Each Biotower will be designed for 100% recirculation flow. The treated effluent
from Biotower will flow by gravity to the central compartment of the Biotower feed sump.
The excess treated will overflow to the aeration tank feed compartment.
Nutrients like DAP & urea is dosed in Bio-tower feed sump. The bio-tower is essentially a
plastic media trickling filter having random packing with above 90% voidage and operates on
forced draft conditions. At the bottom of the bio-tower, there are peripheral openings for air
circulation through the packed bed. The effluent under hydrostatic pressure rotates its
distributor arms and the flow is uniformly distributed all over the packing media through the
spreaders.
As the wastewater trickles through the filter media, the metabolic conversion processes are
carried out by microorganisms colonizing the surface of the reactor media and forming a
biofilm or slime layer. Influent wastewater, which is simultaneously exposed to ambient air,
flows over the surface of the attached biofilm and transport of substrate and oxygen to the
biofilm occurs. Organic removal will be by substrate diffusion and microbial assimilation, i.e.
biodegradation.
The trickled flow from the bio-tower is collected through under drains and flows back to the
bio-tower feed sump compartment. Nearly 50-60% of the total BOD is removed in the Bio
tower and more than 60% of COD is removed. The effluent from the aeration tank feed
compartment will be pumped by means of 3 nos of aeration tank feed pumps. The effluent
will be pumped to the splitter box-3, which equally splits the flow into two equal streams.
The biological treatment is of activated sludge process with extended aeration mode and is
mainly for the removal of pollutants viz., BOD5, COD and sulphides. The aeration tank is
provided with Diffused aeration system for maintaining a constant Dissolved Oxygen (DO)
level in the Tank. Suitable No of blowers are provided for supply of air into the Diffusers.
The Biotower treated effluent pumped to the splitter box-3 will be get split into two parallel
streams and get treated in 2 nos. of Aeration tanks and 2 nos. of Secondary clarifier in series.
While Bio-Towers work on the attached growth, the activated-sludge process works on the
suspended growth treatment process for the removal of BOD and COD.
The activated sludge process (ASP) is an aerobic suspended growth type biological process
that encompasses diverse group of microorganisms kept in suspension in the reactor to
decompose and stabilize the soluble and particulate (colloidal and suspended) organic matter
present in wastewater to more stable inorganic forms or to cellular mass. Activated sludge
comprises a mixed microbial culture wherein the bacteria are responsible for oxidizing the
organic matter.
The organic matter (represented as COHNS) will be utilized by the bacteria resulting in cell
Prepared by Reviewed By Approved By
synthesis and energy for maintenance. The following reactions best describe the organic
utilization by the aerobic bacteria:
Oxidation:
COHNS + O2 + Bacteria CO2 + NH3 + other end Products + Energy
Synthesis:
COHNS + O2 + Bacteria C5H7O2N (New Bacterial Cell)
Endogenous Respiration:
C5H7O2N + 5 O2 5CO2 + NH3 + 2H2O + Energy
Nutrients available in the wastewater cater to the nutrient requirements of the aerobic
microorganisms and to enhance the activity of the aerobic microbes. Furthermore, additional
requirements of nutrients shall be added to the aeration system by means of dosing pumps.
Nutrient sources such as urea and di-ammonium phosphate shall be added by means of
common dosing pumps for both chemicals. In addition to the nutrient requirements, the
aerobic microbes require oxygen to sustain their microbial activity.
Hence air will be supplied by means of diffused aeration system. The aeration systems shall
be provided with adequate installed blowers and diffuser capacity to ensure adequate
suspension and aeration to maintain fully mixed and suitably aerobic conditions with a
minimum dissolved oxygen concentration of 2 mg/l throughout the Aeration Basins in all likely
operating conditions which can reasonably be expected due to the potential variations in
flow, pollution load, temperature, atmospheric conditions, and the like. In actual aeration
system is designed with additional margin of 25% than it required for maintaining 2 ppm DO
in the aeration tank. This 25% margin will augment Pollution load design margin of 10%.
Fine bubble aeration system of silicon base rubber material will be provided with easily
retrievable system, i.e diffuser system can be taken out for maintenance without draining the
tank. And aeration will be provided by means of 3 nos. (2W+1S) of blowers for each aeration
tank.
The required MLSS of around 2000 mg/l will be maintained by recirculating settled activated
sludge from the Secondary Clarifiers to the Aeration Tank. RAS shall be routed by gravity to a
common RAS and WAS sump, which shall be provided with separate sections, which shall act
as the suction wells for the RAS and WAS pumps. The clarified effluent from the secondary
clarifier is routed to BioDAF where the particulate fines and scum if any is removed. The
BioDAF floats and sludge shall be routed to the WAS side of the RAS and WAS Sump.
The used PAC sludge from the Hard COD Management Package (described further in the
section) is fed to the aeration tank and will be mixed with the effluent from Biotower via the
RAS. It will be introduced and mixed with effluent at splitter box-3. As powdered activated
carbon is introduced here the unused portion of carbon will cater to reduce the COD in the
effluent. The used PAC routing to RAS & SAS Sump is considered with a simple flow splitter
with manually adjustable weir penstocks to allow PAC to be distributed between the RAS
(goes to aeration) and SAS (goes to disposal) sections of the RAS & SAS Sump.
The mixed liquor effluent with PAC sludge from each aeration tank will overflow via weir to
its secondary clarifier. 2 nos. of Secondary Clarifier have been provided to handle the effluent
from its respective aeration tank. A splitting device is provided at the common outlet of both
aeration tanks to facilitate the use of either of the secondary clarifier from either of the
aeration tanks. The clarifiers provided are of peripheral driven type. The clarifiers are
provided with a sludge scraper, which revolves slowly to scrape the bio-solids settled at the
bottom. The collected sludge in the Secondary clarifier is recycled back by RAS pumps to the
aeration tank. This sludge recirculation facility is provided to maintain a Constant Mixed
Liquor Suspended Solids (MLSS) level in the aeration tank.
The excess Bio-sludge collected in the WAS sump will be pumped by means of SAS pumps to
Bio-Sludge Thickener for sludge treatment. The aeration systems, clarifier internals, RAS and
SAS pumps, sludge handling and thickening systems, centrifuges and liquor return pumps are
all rated for duty with the abrasive PAC.
As the BTP will receive saline effluents and spent caustic flows with high TDS and these flows
will be variable and occasionally intermittent, there will be the risk of upsets in the activated
sludge clarifiers leading to substantial loss of biomass. Hence, the treatment scheme is
provided with dissolved air flotation unit, “the BioDAF”, to reduce excessive solids loads to
the downstream sand filters in the Water Recovery Plant (WRP) (described further in this
section) and protect them in case of upsets in biotreatment.
The overflow from the secondary clarifiers will flow into Splitter Box-5, for splitting the
streams in equal parallel streams for treatment in Bio-DAF system. The bio treated effluent
is dosed with a coagulant FeCl3 by means of Dosing pumps and well mixed in high intensity
flash mixer of 4 nos. for Phase I Stage I flows. And followed by a polymer dosing separately
in each of 4 nos. of Flocculation tanks and gently agitated prior to being treated in the
Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) unit.
The flocculated effluent enters the inlet chamber within the floatation tank circular in type,
operated on dissolved air flotation mode where the light suspended solids rise to the top of
flotation tanks due to the action of micro fine air bubbles getting released from the
pressurised recycle effluent. Four nos. of Bio DAF units are provided for Phase I Stage I flow
conditions. A part of the treated wastewater ex-floatation tank is recycled back to a
Saturation Vessel, using the DAF recycle pumps.
Bio-DAF Air Compressors, supply air at required rate and pressure. The compressed air from
the either of the source is injected into Saturation Vessel, which is a vertical pressure vessel,
containing spray plates or bars and is not provided with packing to reduce the potential of bio
fouling. The recycle effluent gets saturated with air in the vessel and the air water mixture
under pressure in the pressure pipe is released through hosepipe connections to atmospheric
pressure in the floatation tank.
The solid precipitates get attached to micro fine air bubbles and rise to the top surface of
flotation tank, forming a scum which is skimmed to the scum outlet and then conveyed to the
DAF Sludge Sump, by gravity. A separate Sludge shall be provided for collecting the sludge
and scum for bio-DAF or can be sent to RAS sump based on hydraulics. The bio treated
effluent from the Bio-DAF will flow to the Effluent check basin by gravity.
The effluent check basin shall receive treated effluent from BioDAF and the steam system
blowdown stream from the battery limit will be pumped directly to it. The facility to collect
the non-contaminated CWBD has been provided. The effluent check basin shall be provided
with 2 No. compressed air driven portable floating oil skimmers of disc-type complete with
onboard oil pump for the removal of any floating oil in the effluent. The effluent Check Basin
shall be provided with a minimum of 3 hours working capacity in total for the total flows in
the Phase I Stage II maximum sustained flow case.
Submersible pumps will be provided in the effluent check basin for further treatment and
conveyance. 3 pumps shall be provided for transferring the excess/offspec effluent to the
storm water reservoir and to the required destination if it is an offspec. The provision of
transferring the offspec effluent to equalization tank or the Biotower feed sump is provided.
The same pipeline header transferring the effluent to reservoir can also be used to pump back
(scope by others) the effluent to equalization tank/Biotower feed sump, to be decided during
operation.
2 nos. pumps shall be provided for transferring the effluent for gardening. The treated water
will be salty. The header from the pump set which discharges water to gardening shall be
provided with a facility to blend in RO permeate in order to reduce the Sodium Absorption
Ratio (SAR) to the required quality. The same header will be used and led to the Truck loading
point/facility.
3 nos. (2W+1S) submersible pumps will be provided that will feed the treated biological
effluent for further treatment to the Rapid Gravity sand filters (WRP package).
Wet slop i.e. oil skimmed / removed from API Oil separator, TPI Separators, Equalization
tanks, Spent Caustic Storage Tank and from various subsequent oil handling units, through
appropriate oil skimmers, shall be routed to a Wet Slop Oil Sump and then to Wet Slop Oil
Tank. The oil separated from the latter i.e. dry slop shall be pumped back to the refinery slop
oil tanks. The decanted water from the Wet Slop Oil Tank shall be routed under gravity to the
OWS sump for treatment in the WWTP.
The Slop Handling Section consists of following units:
Wet Slop Oil Sump and wet slop oil pump.
Wet Slop Oil Tank.
Dry slop oil transfer pump.
The slop oil will be received in the Wet Slop Oil Sump, after recovering from the oil skimmers
of following treatment units.
API Oil Separator
TPI Separators
Equalisation tanks
Desalter Equalisation tanks
Check basin
Spent Caustic storage tanks
The Wet Slop Oil Sump is an above ground RCCEL tank. The Sump is covered with
removable MS chequered plates, with venting arrangement to VOC abatement system.
Horizontal centrifugal, Wet Slop Oil Transfer Pumps will be used for transferring the wet slop
oil to Wet Slop Oil Tank.
Two nos. Wet Slop Oil Tanks will be provided for receiving the wet slop oil from the Wet Slop
Oil Sump as well as through decantation of off-spec tanker from outside refineries,
transferred by the Wet Slop Oil Transfer Pumps. The each Wet slop oil tank has been designed
to handle 7 days normal case flows of the effluent and the maximum spill cases. The two
tanks will be located inside the dyke wall.
The tank is a closed, circular, fixed conical roof, vertical CSEP tank and is provided with steam
heating coil facility to ensure the separation of oil from the water. Steam will be introduced
into the coil and the heating process will be continued for at least 6 hours so that efficient
demarcation between oil and water are formed. The separated water will be drained down
and routed to the intermediate drain collection sump. The condensate from the steam used
shall be taken to common sludge sump, even though the quantity is very small.
Intermediate Drain Transfer pumps will be provided for transferring the effluent from the
drain sump to the API inlet. The dry slop oil will be pumped by horizontal centrifugal type Dry
Slop Oil Transfer Pumps, to the Battery Limit for further processing in the refinery.
Oily Sludge generated in various Oil handling units and chemical treatment units shall be
collected in the Local Sludge Sump and then pumped to Oily Sludge Thickener. Thickened
Sludge shall be dewatered in Centrifuge.
The oily sludge from API and TPI will be received in the Common Oily Sludge Sump, and the
Oily scum from DAF units will be collected in the nearby local DAF sludge sump. Both sumps
will be of RCC construction. The sludge sump will be provided with oil skimmer for the removal
of oil and wax floating in the sludge sump.
Positive displacement screw type Oily Sludge Pumps & DAF Oily Sludge Pumps will be
provided for transferring the Oily Sludge from common oily sludge Sump and DAF sludge
sump respectively. And it will be pumped to the Oily Sludge Thickener. Common oily sludge
pumps are designed to handle the max flow of 2 tonne/dry solids.
The oily sludge from the local Sludge Sump will pumped into the Oily Sludge Thickener for
further thickening. The thickener will be of RCCEL construction.
The Thickener is provided with centrally driven and picket & fence type sludge scraping
mechanism and a scum skimmer. The scum and the bottom sludge will be drained into the
Thickened Oily Sludge Sump. A bypass line shall be provided which shall delivery the sludge
into thickened sludge sump instead of thickener. The supernatant from the Thickener will
overflow and get collected in Oily Supernatant Sump. Both the Thickener and the supernatant
sump are designed to handle Phase I Stage II Flows. The thickener underflow line will be
steam traced to prevent the sludge from solidifying and to ensure free flow of oily sludge.
The 1 nos. of Thickened Oily Sludge Sump will be of RCCEL construction. The sump will be
provided with an agitator to keep the solids in suspension. The Sump will be provided with a
LP Steam hose connection. Positive displacement screw type, Thickened Oily Sludge Pumps,
will be provided for feeding the Oily Sludge to Centrifuge for dewatering. The sump will be
designed to store the sludge during non-operating hours of Oily Centrifuge considering the
storage capacity of sludge in the hopper bottom of the sludge thickener.
2 nos. Solid Bowl type Oily Sludge Centrifuge will be provided and designed to handle the
Phase I Stage II1 flows. The thickened sludge having a consistency of approx. 5% is pumped
to the Centrifuge by the Thickened Oily Sludge Pumps for dewatering. The operation of the
Centrifuge will be intermittent and may be operated for a maximum of 12 hours including the
timing required for starting and cleaning. The Centrifuge will be kept elevated in the
Centrifuge Building.
The dewatering of solids will be brought about by the centrifugal action. A dry sludge cake
with solid content of 20% by weight will be achieved at the outlet of Centrifuge. 0.1%
Dewatering polyelectrolyte (oily) will be dosed at the inlet to Centrifuge to aid in the
dewatering of solids. The dewatered sludge will be discharged through a chute either into a
tipper trolley, for suitable disposal by the Client or to the reslurrying facility. The centrate
from the Centrifuge will be recycled back to the supernatant sump. The collected effluent
from the oily supernatant sump will be pumped back to the API inlet by means of vertical
sump pumps, oily supernatant transfer pumps.
The space around the oily sludge bin beneath the centrifuge will be carefully arranged to allow
for forced ventilated to prevent the development of a flammable atmosphere. The hood
around the bins will be provided with a suitable blow-off panel to prevent serious damage in
case of an accidental ignition of a flammable atmosphere. The oily sludge bin area ventilation
system vent will be provided with LEL monitor which will be set to indicate the risk of a
flammable atmosphere developing in the bin.
A facility shall be provided to re-slurry dewatered oily sludges as they exit the Oily Sludge
Centrifuge and to pump the re-slurried oily sludge to the DCU, at a solids content not
exceeding 15 wt% and at an oil content not exceeding 10 wt% and at a viscosity not exceeding
50 cSt (50 times that of water). The viscosity limit will be required to ensure turbulent flow in
the pipeline and pumpability at the DCU. The dosage of viscosity thinning chemical will not
be provided and hence will be pumped @ 100 cSt in which case a larger pipeline will be
required and higher flows and higher discharge pressures will be required.
A facility shall be provided to route dewatered sludge from the centrifuge into the Re-slurry
Tank / Sump, e.g. by reversing the conveyor which discharges to skips. A sparge-type facility
shall be provided to wash sludge from the centrifuge conveyor discharge chute into the Re-
slurry Tank / Sump.
Re-slurry liquid shall normally be centrate from the oily sludge centrifuge. Re-slurry liquid
shall be provided with a recovered water connection and automatic valve from the discharge
head of oily supernatant transfer pumps into the Re-slurry sump. The sump shall be covered
and vented to atmosphere. The working capacity shall be a minimum of 8 m 3. The Re-slurry
sump shall be provided with an overflow to the ETP Oily Centrate Sump. A facility will be
provided by others to deliver back flush water into the pipeline from the DCU to the ETP. A
facility shall be provided in the ETP to allow back flushing water to be routed into a connection
to the Oily Centrate Sump. Two nos. of Oily Sludge Pump will be provided to pump the
Biosludge Handling
The bio sludge of activated sludge system and Sludge from the Bio-DAF from the SAS
compartment Sludge Sump will pump into the Bio Sludge Thickener for further thickening.
The thickener will be of RCCEL construction.
The Thickener will provided with centrally driven and picket & fence type sludge scraping
mechanism and a scum skimmer. The scum and the bottom sludge will be drained into the
Thickened Bio Sludge Sump. The Sludge Dilution line from check basin will be provided to
maintain the minimum required hydraulic loading rate. The supernatant from the Thickener
will overflow and get collected in Bio Supernatant Sump. Both the Thickener and the
supernatant sump are designed to handle Phase I Stage II Flows.
The 1 nos. of Thickened Bio Sludge Sump will be of RCCEL construction. The sump will be
provided with an agitator to keep the solids in suspension. Positive displacement screw type,
Thickened Bio Sludge Pumps, will be provided for feeding the Bio Sludge to Centrifuge for
dewatering. The sump will be designed to store the sludge during non-operating hours of Bio
Centrifuge considering the storage capacity of sludge in the hopper bottom of the sludge
thickener.
2 nos. Solid Bowl type Bio Sludge Centrifuge will be provided and designed to handle the
Phase I Stage II flows. The thickened sludge having a consistency of approx. 3-5% will be
pumped to the Centrifuge by the Thickened Bio Sludge Pumps for dewatering. The operation
of the Centrifuge will be intermittent and may be operated for a maximum of 12 hours
including the timing required for starting and cleaning. The Centrifuge will be housed at the
first floor of the Centrifuge Building. The dewatering of solids will be brought about by the
centrifugal action.
A dry sludge cake with solid content of 18-20% by weight will be achieved at the outlet of
Centrifuge. 0.1% Dewatering polyelectrolyte (bio) will be dosed at the inlet to Centrifuge to
aid in the dewatering of solids. The dewatered sludge will be discharged by common
converyor & through a chute into tipper trolley, for suitable disposal by the Client. The
centrate from the Centrifuge will be recycled back to the Bio supernatant sump. The collected
effluent from the bio supernatant sump will be pumped back to the inlet of aeration tank by
means submersible, bio supernatant transfer pumps.
The dewatering cake of approx 18% will be carried by tipper trolleys of 3 nos. (common for
oily and will evenly be distributed into 3 nos. of Weathering beds, by means of 1 no. of four
wheel drive with hydraulic operated scraper and digging bucket. The weathering beds will be
provided for adequately handling & storing dried sludge for 6 months. The filtrate from the
beds will be collected in sludge Liquor sump and will be pumped back to the inlet of aeration
tank by means of weathered sludge liquor transfer pumps.
The purpose of the Chemical Dosing Package will be to dose chemicals into the process
streams in order to enable and / or enhance the performance of the process units and / or
protect the process equipment within the ETP & WRP. ALL DOSING PREPARATION AND DAY
TANKS ARE DESIGNED FOR PHASE I STAGE II FLOWS.
The ETP is provided with chemical dosing facilities for the following duties:
Biotreatment:
1. Acid (H2SO4)
2. Powdered activated carbon
The preparation tank and dosing tank of all chemicals shall be kept in the chemical house and
are sized to provide 150% of the maximum capacity required to allow operations over any 24
h period. Water for the dilution of raw chemicals shall be derived from the site utility water
system (treated river water), which is considered as a back up provision. The day tanks will be
located in tank bund and shed will be provided and hence the dosing pumps shall be located
there. Polymer solid feeder shall be provided for easy handling of polymer chemicals. All types
of polymer shall be made up to a suitable concentration for pumping and subsequently be
provided with in-line dilution to optimize dispersion.
Water for in-line dilution of chemicals prior to mixing with process streams in the ETP shall
preferably be derived from bio-treated recovered water from the overhead tank used for
backwashing of filters. Urea and DAP available as powder, will be stored in the ground floor
of Chemical House. Urea, FeCl3 & DAP will handled by Hydraulic Lift scissor and Bag slitter
machine for feeding the same into preparation tank.
A bulk storage tank for concentrated Sulphuric acid along with transfer pumps both for
loading from the outside tankers are provided adjacent to the chemical dosing area. Sodium
hydroxide will be available from a site-wide ring main as 20% w/w NaOH.
1. DAP and urea will be dosed at inlet of bio-tower to meet the necessary nutrient
requirement (Nitrogen & Phosphorus) of microorganisms involved in biological
treatment.
2. Ferric chloride (FeCl3) used as a coagulant agent and dosed in the Flash Mixer of Oily &
Bio DAF.
3. Polyelectrolyte used as a flocculation agent and dosed in the Flocculator of Oily & Bio DAF.
4. Dewatering Polyelectrolyte (DWPE) dosing in upstream of Oily & Bio Centrifuges for better
sludge consistency.
5. Sulphuric acid dosing for pH correction when the incoming water is highly alkaline.
6. Caustic solution dosing for increasing the alkalinity when the incoming water is acidic.
CHAPTER 3
OPERATING VARIABLES
Quantity : 4 nos
Total flow to the DAF system : 1275.0 m3/h
Temperature of effluent : 40 oC
Type of tank : Rectangular
Design flow per unit : (318.8 + 124) m3/h
Inlet Emulsified Oil : 680.14 mg/l (max load)
Design Emulsified oil removal efficiency : > 98.0%
pH 6.0 - 8.0
To treated effluent from Biotower, the following effluent streams will be added
The provision for expanding the aeration tank during Phase I Stage II flow is provided.
Secondary Clarifier (Designed to accommodate Phase I Stage II flow)
No addition of clarifier is required for Phase I Stage II flow as Sec. Clarifier is designed for
Phase I Stage II flows.
Quantity : 4 nos
Type of tank : Circular
Design flow per unit : (396 + 150) m3/h
Solids Loading rate : 6.3 Kg/m2/h
One No. of Bio-DAF of same capacity shall be added for the Phase I Stage II flow and provision
for the same is specified in the layout.
One No. of weathering bed of same size shall be added for the Phase I Stage II flow and
provision for the same is specified in the layout.
1. pH 6.0 - 8.5 -
2. Oil & Grease <5 2
3. TSS <20 8
4. BOD3 15 6
5. COD 125 50
6. Phenols < 0.35 0.14
7. Total Sulphides < 0.5 0.2
8. Cyanides 0.2 0.08
9. Phosphorus < 3.0 1.2
10. Ammonia as N 15 6
11. TKN 40 16
12. Cr(IV) 0.1 0.04
13. Total Cr 2.0 0.8
14. Pb 0.1 0.04
15. Hg 0.01 0.004
16. Zn 5.0 2.0
17. Ni 1.0 0.4
18. Cu 1.0 0.4
19. V 0.2 0.8
20. Benzene 0.1 0.04
21. Benzo(a) pyrene 0.2 0.08
CHAPTER – 4
4.1 CHEMICALS
UTILITY CONSUMPTION
230-TK- Oily DAF De-Oiling Powder / Bags N/A 3.8 kg/h 33.3 Tonnes
109...509 Flocculator - Polyelectrolyte
Flocculant
Unit 230 Nutrient 1 DAP Powder / Bags N/A 14.5 kg/h 127.0 Tonnes
Unit 230 Nutrient 2 Urea (Bio Powder / Bags N/A 0 -5 kg/h N/A
nutrient)
230-TK- Bio DAF Flash Ferric Chloride Powder / Bags N/A 23.75 208.1 Tonnes
115...515 Mixer - kg/h
Coagulant
230-TK- Bio DAF Polyelectrolyte Powder / Bags N/A 1.58 kg/h 13.8 Tonnes
116...516 Flocculator -
Flocculant
Unit 230 Disinfectant - Sodium Hypo Liquid / 10% w/w / N/A 1.80 kg/h N/A
Gardening Chlorite Drum
Unit 230 Disinfectant - Sodium Hypo Liquid / 10% w/w / N/A 0.10 kg/h N/A
Sanitary Chlorite Drum
Unit 230 Dewatering Dewatering Powder / Bags N/A 5.90 kg/h 23.7 Tonnes
Agent Polyelectrolyte
231-TK-004A pH Caustic Liquid / 20%w/w / N/A 2.50 kg/h N/A
Neutralizing Pipelines
Agent
231-TK-004B Flash Mixer - Ferric Chloride Powder / Bags N/A 1.25 kg/h 11.0 Tonnes
Coagulant
231-TK-004C Flocculating Polyelectrolyte Powder / Bags N/A 0.05 kg/h 0.44 Tonnes
Agent
CHAPTER -5
PRE COMMISSIONING:
Pre-Commissioning activities will be started during the later stages of construction. The focus
will be on checking for installation completeness in accordance with the project specifications
and reviewing any aspects that may impact on operational safety and reliability in the
commissioning, startup and operation phases. On the completion of the Pre-Commissioning
work pre-start up, the status of a process System will typically be as follows;
General Inspection:
A general inspection of all equipment, piing, instruments, valves and insulation must be
carried out to verify the complete accordance with the mechanical drawings. The following
points should be checked in particular:
Flushing
All process and utilities piping lines have to be thoroughly flushed to remove any foreign
material due to fabrication and assembly.
Before first start up, the complete unit has to be tested with water to ensure the proper
operation of all piping, electrical, instrument and other facilities.
CHAPTER- 6
6.1 COMMISSIONING
Commissioning of the process starts after the plant hydraulics is checked with water and all
problems are rectified. Raw effluents are introduced into the system and treat as per the
requirements specified under treatment scheme in earlier sections of this manual. Prior to this,
the systems will be subsequently filled with water and cold testing will be done, without using
effluent, and without addition of any chemicals. Where there is biological treatment is envisaged,
seeding with activated sludge is to be done from a nearby sewage treatment plant or with cow
dung for the development of bacteria and subsequent growth of Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids.
Jar testing of the effluent is to be established first to optimize the chemical requirement. The
Chemical dosing and process stabilization phase will be undergoing until the required design
outlet treated effluent characteristics is achieved.
During the above phase, samples at designated and accepted locations may be collected to
access and improve the process stabilization. The analysis report is to be circulated to the
concerned people and official record to be maintained in the laboratory.
Normal start up and subsequent plant operation is a vital activity to sustain consistency in the
performance of the treatment systems. The plant operation requires close supervision to
make sure that all the units are operating well and delivering the effluent to the design
parameters and the final effluent being discharged or reused within or meeting the design
specification as per contract.
The plant supervisor should practice and implement the operation activities for smooth and
continuous operation of the plant. This section of the manual will delineate the unit wise
normal start-up operation activities to be followed with a due consideration for the common
instructions highlighted at the end of this section.
1. Check all safety valves, level transmitters, and gauges are in operation.
2. Ensure all the drain valves in the equalization tanks are closed.
3. Close the influent Desalter water bypass valve to Splitter box 1.
4. Open the valve in the desalter water influent line to desalter water/brine equalization
tank (230-TK-001).
5. The equalization tank is filled with desalter water.
6. While in the filling condition, ensure the level transmitter indicator (LI 1001) is
indicating the increase in level.
7. Open the suction valves of the Desalter water/Brine pumps (230-P-001A/B). Switch
the mode of the pumps to REMOTE.
8. The Brine pumps are started/stopped automatically after start permissive condition
in Desalter water/Brine equalization tank.
9. Open the respective working pump’s discharge valve and set the desired pressure of
pump discharge by throttling the discharge valve very gently by observing the pressure
gauge.
10. Now, Set the desired flowrate to be pumped in the VFD/PID controller available in DCS
HMI.
11. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration, seal leakages, noise and other
parameters locally.
12. Open the outlet valve of floating oil skimmer (230-OS-001), or any of the oil outlet
valves periodically to discharge any floating oil in the tank. This operation is manual
and the frequency is decided based on the actual site conditions, and influent
characteristics.
13. Operate the desalter water/brine recirculation pump (230-P-002A/B) intermittently
or when the effluent in the desalter water/brine equalization tank is stagnant for
significantly longer periods of time. The operation is similar to that as described for
the Brine/Desalter water pumps.
14. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
2. Check all level transmitters, flow transmitters and gauges are in operation.
3. Ensure the level in the API Sump (230-TK-004) is low, and the level transmitters and
the API OWS pumps (230-P-106A/B/C) are ready.
4. Ensure the sludge drain valves in the TPI separator tank are ready for operation and
are closed.
5. Start the Desalter water/Brine pumps (230-P-001A/B).
6. The effluent from the desalter water/brine equalization pump is received in the
splitter box along with other effluents from the battery limit.
7. Observe the level in the API feed channel (LT 1003) and the flow rate in Flow
transmitter indicator (FT 1002).
8. Bring on line sufficient no.s of API’s according to the desired flow rate.
9. After gradual filling of the API tank, start the mechanism manually (230-A-002A/B/C).
No AUTO operation is envisaged for API.
10. Observe for smoothness of the API chain scrapper mechanism, noise etc.
11. Deoiling operations through slotted skimmer pipes to be carried out 2-3 times
manually in a shift of 8 hours.
12. In case of high oil inlet and deoiling operation is made continuous, ensure a min. oil
layer of 5-10 mm in the API and skim oil accordingly. This is must to avoid effluent
entry to slop oil system (keep water / effluent content in slop oil to minimum for steam
optimization in wet slop oil tank).
13. Before commencing the deoiling operations, ensure the levels in the Wet slop oil sump
(230-SU-007) is low and the Wet slop oil transfer pumps (230-P-012A/B) are ready for
operation.
14. Drain sludge by opening the drain mushroom valve minimum once a shift for a few
minutes. Adjust drain depending on incoming solids load to plant. Ensure the sludge
level in common oily sludge sump (230-SU-010) is minimum to avoid any overflow.
15. Before commencing the desludging operation ensure the readiness of the Common
oily sludge sump (230-SU-010) and the common oily sludge sump agitator (230-M-10),
oil skimmer in Common oily sludge sump (230-OS-002) and common sludge transfer
pumps(230-P-033A/B/C).
16. Start steam sparging if oil solidification is seen. Optimize steam consumption for good
operation. This will be essential during winter conditions.
TPI Separator
1. The effluent after filling up the API tank will start to overflow into the TPI tank (230-
TK-105/205/305).
2. Ensure the flow to the each bay of the TPI Separator is uniform for its effectiveness.
3. The floating oil to be skimmed and the sludge is drained at regular intervals. (Minimum
once per shift). The timing and frequency of sludge drain valve shall be set as desired.
Ensure the sludge level in common oily sludge sump is minimum to avoid any
overflow.
4. Start steam sparging if oil solidification is seen. Optimize steam consumption for good
operation. This will be essential during winter conditions.
5. Follow points 11 to 15 as indicated for API.
1. Once the API and TPI separator units are kept in operation, the drained sludge from
these units will be collected in the common oily sludge sump (230-SU-010).
2. Ensure while draining the API/TPI units, the level in the common oily sludge sump is
at a low level to avoid any overflow.
3. Observe the level in the tank (LI – 1005) while receiving the sludge from API/TPI units
(230-TK-105/205/305).
4. Once the sludge submerges the impeller, start the agitator mechanism(230-M-010)
and keep in continuous operation.
5. Operate the Oil skimmer (230-OS-002) intermittently to skim off any excess floating
oil.
6. During winter conditions or when the sludge in tank is highly viscous, open the valves
in the steam sparging line to facilitate heating with LP steam. The desired temperature
is set in the Temperature Indicator Controller (TIC 1001) at the DCS HMI, which
controls the LP steam inlet to the sludge tank via the Flow control valve.
7. After reaching the maximum level in the tank, the sludge shall be pumped to the Oily
sludge Thickener (230-TK-121).
8. Ensure the readiness of the common sludge transfer pump (230-P-033A/B/C) and Oily
sludge Thickener (230-TK-121).
Note: The Feeding of the API OWS effluent from the API OWS sump can be done either
to the Equalization tank (230-TK-006A/B), or directly to the Oily DA system. The
primary requirement of the Equalization tank is to equalize the effluents over a period
of time for reducing the impact or minimizing any shock load to the downstream units.
7. Close the valve leading the API OWS effluent directly to the Oily DAF system i.e to
Splitter box II.
8. Open the suction valves of the API OWS pumps (230-TK-106A/B/C). Switch the mode
of the pumps to REMOTE.
9. The API OWS pumps are started/stopped automatically after start permissive
condition in API Sump.
10. Open the respective working pump’s discharge valve and set the desired pressure of
pump discharge by throttling the discharge valve very gently by observing the pressure
gauge.
11. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
1. Open the valve in the influent line (API sump to Equalization tank).
2. Check all safety valves, level transmitters, and gauges are in operation.
3. Close the bypass valve to Splitter box II.
4. Open the stripper sour water influent line to the Equalization tank and record the
Incoming flowrate in the Flow indicator (FT1009).
5. Ensure all the drain valves in the equalization tanks are closed.
6. While in the filling condition, ensure the respective level transmitter indicator (LI
1010/LI1012) is indicating the increase in level.
7. In case stripped sour water from battery limit is to collected in the equalization tank,
open the valve in the influent line.
8. The respective equalization tank (either 230-TK-006A or 230-TK-006B) is selected in
the DCS HMI as FILL or DRAW mode.
9. The DAF Feed pumps are stopped / started automatically after start permissive
condition as per the respective equalization tank. Ensure all the suction and delivery
valve are in open condition.
10. Set the desired flow rate to be pumped in the PID controller of the flow control valve
available in DCS HMI.
11. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration, seal leakages, noise and other
parameters locally.
12. Set the desired pressure of pump discharge by throttling the discharge valve very
gently by observing the pressure gauge.
13. Open the outlet valve of floating oil skimmer (230-OS-004A/B) periodically to
discharge any floating oil in the tank.
14. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
15. Operate the equalization tank recirculation pump intermittently or when the effluent
in the equalization tank is stagnant for significantly longer periods of time.
1. Before start-up of the Oily DAF system, ensure the readiness of the Chemical dosing
system as described in the later part of this section.
2. Depending on the flow rate desired the required no.s of flash mixing tanks are to be
taken online and the others isolated by means of the isolation stop logs provided.
3. As the flash mixing tanks and flocculation tanks are filled in gradually, start the Flash
mixer (230-M-201) and Flocculator (230-M-203).
4. Observe for any abnormal noise or vibration in the agitators.
5. Open the valve in the FeCl3 dosing line.
6. Observe the pH in the pH analysers (AE1001A and AE1001B) and dose H2SO4 as per
requirement.
7. Start dosing DOPE in the flocculation tanks.
Note:
1. Refer to start-up of the chemical dosing pumps in the subsequent sub sections below
and are to be started up during the start-up of the flash mixing tanks.
2. FeCl3 and DOPE dosage shall be set in AUTO according to the desired flow rate to be
treated. The initial Dosage and concentration shall be decided manually based on jar
test observations done on the effluents.
Flocculation tanks
As described above
In the floatation system, two parallel systems are provided for handling the effluents. In each
system, the effluent is mixed with a recycled stream of the same effluent. Two sets each with
Three nos. (2W+1S) DAF recycle pumps (230-P-113 A/B/C & 230-P-213 A/B/C ) each of 124
m3/h is used to recirculate the water from outlet chamber of the DAF tank. The stream is
transferred through a Saturation vessel (230-V-101 & 230-V-201) saturated with compressed
air delivered by DAF Air Compressors (230-K-001 A/B) in order to achieve very fine air bubble
dispersion in the water, which adheres to the impurities. The air/particles-agglomerates float
to the surface of the system will be removed by the floating oil skimmer (230-A-003 A/B/C)
and it is collected in DAF sludge sump (230-SU-119). Settled sludge is removed from the tank
based on timer operated valves provided in the sludge line.
Prior to start-up close the following valves must be in the respective positions
CLOSE:
OPEN:
1. Level transmitter & Level gauge isolation valves in the saturation vessel.
2. Shut off valve for air bleed line.
3. Upstream & downstream valves of flow meter.
4. Discharge valve in compressor outlet line.
Sequence of Operation
6. The oily DAF Recirculation pumps are stopped / started automatically after start
permissive condition as per conditions in the Saturation vessel. Ensure all the suction
and delivery valve are in open condition.
7. Open the Valve in the Discharge pressure header of the DAF Unit gradually.
8. Simultaneously, set the desired pressure of pump discharge by throttling the
discharge valve very gently by observing the pressure gauge.
Saturation of the effluent with the compressed air will require a few minutes, and requires
fine adjustment of Air flow reading and the Oily DAF Recirculation pump discharge until the
desired set point of 4.5-5 kg/cm2 in the Saturation vessel is achieved. This adjustment
NECESSIATES continuous FIELD monitoring of the DAF system until the set point is achieved.
9. Withdraw the settled sludge from the bottom sludge cone of the unit by operating the
screw auger. Decide frequency and duration of operation of sludge valve during this
stage, ensuring that excess effluent is not drained out. However, drain must be done
minimum once in 8 hours (even if sludge / SS inlet is very less)
10. Ensure the sludge level in DAF sludge sump (230-SU-119) is minimum to avoid any
overflow.
11. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
12. Check the moving surface skimmer and the mechanism of the skimmer checked for its
noise vibration etc.
1. Ensure the readiness of the DAF sludge transfer pump (230-P-036A/B) and Oily sludge
Thickener (230-TK-121).
2. Once the oily DAF units are kept in operation, the drained sludge from these units will
be collected in the DAF sludge sump (230-SU-119).
3. Ensure while draining the DAF units, the level in the common oily sludge sump (LI
4001) is at a low level to avoid any overflow.
4. Once after the submergence of the impeller, start the agitator (230-M-119).
5. After reaching the maximum level in the tank, the sludge shall be pumped to the Oily
sludge Thickener (230-TK-121).
BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
1. The Effluent from the DAF tank will be collected in the Biotower/Aeration tank feed
sump (230-TK-003).
2. Depending on the Process planning and operational requirements, receive the
Stripped sour water effluents, Treated spent caustic from WAO, Treated leachate, Off
Spec/Excess effluent from Effluent check basin and any Supernatants from Bio sludge
supernatant sump.
3. Start dosing Urea/DAP solution in the Biotower/Aeration feed tanks, as per Process
requirements and as described in other sections.
4. Observe and record the Oil level and pH readings in the analyser and start dosing the
H2SO4 as per the Process requirements. The requirements and necessities of the
process control is indicated in other sections.
5. There are two sets of pumps in the Biotower/Aeration feed sumps. One, the Biotower
feed pumps(230-P-126A/B/C/D) feeds to the Biotower and the Aeration feed pumps
(230-P-127 A/B/C/D/E) feeds to the Aeration tank.
Note:
The Biotower arm rotates through the hydrostatic pressure available as provided by
the Biotower feed pumps, and the effluent is recycled back into the
Biotower/Aeration feed sump.
When there is incoming effluent to the Biotower/Aeration feed sump, the effluent
overflows into an adjacent feed chamber in the sump, from where the effluent can
be pumped into Aeration tank. This is designed in such a way that during no inflow
into the Biotower/Aeration feed sump, the Biotower feed pumps can be operated
continuously thereby maintaining the media in the Biotower in a wet condition.
FEED to Biotower
parameters locally.
9. Set the desired pressure of pump discharge by throttling the discharge valve very
gently by observing the pressure gauge.
10. After a few minutes, ensure the effluent fed to the Biotower is recycled back to the
Biotower/Aeration feed sump through the recycle channel.
11. Check the function of rotary distributor and the smoothness of rotation.
12. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
13. While the adjacent compartment (feed sump to aeration tank) is in the filling
condition, ensure the level transmitter indicator (LI 2005) is indicating the increase in
level.
14. The Aeration feed pumps are started/stopped automatically after start permissive
condition in Biotower/Aeration tank feed sump. Ensure all the suction and delivery
valve of the Aeration feed pumps are in open condition.
15. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration, seal leakages, noise and other
parameters locally.
16. Set the desired pressure of pump discharge by throttling the discharge valve very
gently by observing the pressure gauge.
17. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
Note: 1. Refer to start-up of the chemical dosing pumps in the subsequent sub sections
below and are to be started up during the start-up of the Biotower/Aeration feed pumps.
2. Daily or at least weekly once visual inspection of bio-film for any changes in colour. The
lighter the color the better the performance of the bio-tower.
The Splitter box III (230-SU-115) for aeration tank (230-TK-111/211) receives the flows
from Biotower/Aeration feed sump, recycle flows from RAS pump (230-P-115A/B/C),
Weathered sludge liquor, Screened sewage from Refinery and Waste backwash UF Reject.
Isolation gates are provided in the aeration tank inlet for isolation. The recycle of activated
sludge from the secondary clarifier ensures the desired MLSS (biomass) to be maintained, in
the aeration tank. Nutrients like DAP and Urea are dosed in the Aeration/Biotower feed sump
depending upon the requirement.
1. Open the gates feeding the Aeration tanks and ensure there is no obstruction.
2. Ensure that all the diffusers are checked prior to start up and that the air distribution
is uniform.
3. Start the Aeration tank feed pumps (230-P-127A/B/C) and gradually fill the Aeration
tank. The number of pumps shall be decided according to the flow rate that is to be
treated.
4. Start 2 nos. (4W+2S) aeration tank air blowers (230-K-102 A/B/C, 230-K-202 A/B/C)
(total of two no.s working for each compartment) each of 2050 Nm3/h when the liquid
level in the aeration tank is around 0.5 M above Fine bubble fixed type Membrane
Tube Diffusers.
5. Once the tank level is around 3.0 m deep start the other two air blowers as well.
6. Add measured quantity of biomass/bio sludge from existing nearby ETP/or Secondary
sludge sourced from a nearby Municipal sewage treatment plant into aeration tank.
7. Ensure Air Blowers are running, without any unusual noise.
8. Check for dissolved oxygen by continuous monitoring of D.O. analyzers. Calibrate the
DO analysers periodically once every 15 days.
9. Maintain a Dissolved oxygen level of 1.5 – 2.0 mg/l in the Aeration tank and operate
the Blowers accordingly.
There are two no.s of working blowers provided for each Aeration tank (2050 Nm 3/hr).
One no. of blower is provided with a VFD Drive for controlling the RPM, thereby controlling
the delivery of Blower. The signal from the DO sensor in the aeration tank provides the
input signal to the PID controller configured in the DCS to control the speed of the VFD
blower. The required D.O to be maintained in the aeration tank is to be entered in the DCS
HMI by the operator, which thereby controls (i.e reduces or increases the RPM of the
blower) the blower capacity vis-a-vis the amount of D.O that is to be maintained in the
aeration tank.
10. Once the Aeration is tank is filled, collect sample and analyze for MLSS, MLVSS and SVI
as per the sampling schedule.
11. Open the outlet sluice gate in the Aeration tank to allow the Mixed liquor (i.e Aeration
tank effluent) to flow to the secondary clarifier.
12. Record the pH in the aeration tanks.
The sewage from the Refinery and Township is received in the Screen chambers (230-SU-
117A/B) and is added in the Splitter box III. The screen chambers are provided with one no.
of mechanized screen and one no of manual screen.
1. The sewage is received in the screen chamber and is screened for any debris or floating
materials by the mechanized screen. The mechanized screen works automatically
after detecting any upstream and downstream level difference that arise as a result of
obstruction in the screens.
2. The manual screen is provided as a mode of standby.
3. After receiving the sewage in the chambers, switch on the Centrifugal fan (230-K-
103A/B) that is provided for clearing of the odours in the chamber.
SECONDARY CLARIFIER
Two no.s of Secondary clarifier are provided with a peripheral driven type mechanism. The
solids in the Mixed liquor (i.e effluent from the Aeration tank) settles down in the clarifier and
is scrapped to the central hopper. Overflow weir is provided at the overflow launder of the
secondary clarifier to ensure smooth overflow of the clarified treated effluent. The sludge
withdrawal is done from secondary clarifier underflow to recycle part of the sludge back into
the aeration tank and the remaining for disposal.
4. Once the Mixed liquor from the aeration tank is received in the Secondary clarifier,
start the mechanism.
5. Check the scrapper of secondary clarifier for proper functioning and ensure
smoothness of running. Observe for any abnormal noise in the gear box.
6. Once the clarifier is filled up, the clarified effluent starts overflowing in the outer
launder of the clarifier and is conveyed to the Splitter box IV.
7. After allowing sufficient time for plant stabilization (i.e D.O level stabilization, desired
MLSS levels in aeration tank), bleed the settled sludge from the secondary clarifiers by
opening the sludge bleed valve in the underflow line of the clarifier.
8. The consistency of the sludge bleed from the clarifier can be visualized through the
telescopic chamber provided.
9. Ensure the levels in the RAS sump (230-SU-104) are low to avoid any overflows.
Note: The amount of sludge bleed and the parameters for biological plant stabilization
are described in detail in Section 4.0 Operating variables and Section 9.0 Plant
performance monitoring.
10. Periodically flush the sludge lines for clearing any sludge blockages.
1. The RAS pumps/SAS feed pumps are stopped / started automatically w.r.t. activated
sludge level in RAS sump. Ensure all the suction and delivery valve are in open
condition.
2. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration and other parameters for the smooth
operation of the pump.
3. The amount of sludge to be recycled shall be decided as described in Section 9.0 Plant
performance monitoring. Accordingly the no. of pumps for recycling RAS shall be
operated, by monitoring the flow in the Flow meter (FT2013).
4. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
5. Similarly, the excess sludge bleed from the RAS sump to Bio sludge thickener is
recorded with the Magnetic flow meter (FT 2003).
Bio-DAF system.
In the floatation system, two parallel systems are provided for handling the secondary
clarified biological effluent. In each system, the effluent is mixed with a recycled stream of
the same effluent. Two sets each with Three nos. (2W+1S) Bio DAF recycle pumps (230-P-120
A/B/C & 230-P-220 A/B/C ) each of 150 m3/h is used to recirculate the water from outlet
chamber of the DAF tank. The stream is transferred through a Saturation vessel (230-V-102 &
230-V-202) saturated with compressed air delivered by DAF Air Compressors (230-K-104 A/B)
in order to achieve very fine air bubble dispersion in the water, which adheres to the
impurities. The air/particles-agglomerates float to the surface of the system will be removed
by the floating skimmer (230-A-005 A/B/C/D) and it is collected in RAS sump (230-SU-104).
Settled sludge is removed from the tank based on timer operated valves provided in the
sludge line.
1. The biologically treated effluent from the BioDAF system is collected in the Effluent
Check basin (230-SU-101).
2. The OFF SPEC/EXCESS EFFLUENT Transfer pumps/Treated effluent transfer pumps are
started automatically w.r.t. effluent level in Effluent check basin. Ensure all the
delivery valves are in open condition.
3. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
4. For further filtration, the biologically treated effluent is pumped to Water Recovery
plant via the Treated effluent transfer pumps (230-P-022A/B/C), and the flow rate is
1. All the slop oil (skimmed oil) from Desalter water/Brine equalization tank (230-TK-
001), API separator (230-TK-105/205/305/405), TPI Separator (230-TK-
105/205/305/405), common oily sludge sump(230-SU-010), Equalization tank (230-
TK-008A/B), API sump (230-TK-008A/B), Naphthenic oil transfer pumps (231-P-108A),
Slop oil transfer pumps (231-P-109A/B) is received in the Wet slop oil sump (230-SU-
007).
2. The collected oil is to be further pumped into the Slop oil tanks (230-TK-010/011),
where the water is separated from the wet slop oil by phase separation. Two no.s of
tank are provided for this purpose and the tanks operate in FILL and DRAW mode.
3. The operator has to select either of the tank for Filling operation from the DCS HMI
screen. This opens the respective inlet pneumatic valve of the tank.
4. The Wet slop oil transfer pumps (230-P-012 A/B) are started/stopped automatically
after start permissive condition in Wet slop oil sump. Ensure all the suction and
delivery valve of the wet slop oil transfer pumps are in open condition.
5. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration and other parameters for the smooth
operation of the pump.
6. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
1. Once the tank is selected for FILL mode, the Wet slop oil transfer pumps transfer the
wet slop oil from the wet slop oil sump to the Slop oil tanks.
2. Once the tank is gradually being filled, Open the Steam Inlet valves for heating of the
slop oil tank contents. Open the Steam trap inlet and outlet valves in the steam coil
outlet line to facilitate condensate drain. The steam coil heating facilitates the phase
separation of the water and slop oil. The steam can be regulated via the Flow control
valve by setting the desired temperature in the DCS HMI, to be maintained in the
tank.(TIC – 3001)
3. Ensure the steam heating is continuous. This ensures efficient oil water interface in
the tank.
4. Once the tank is filled to more than a half & as a result of phase separation in the tank,
the excess water will tend to accumulate in the bottom of the tank with the oil floating
over the water layer.
5. The excess effluent/water in the slop oil tank is to be periodically drained by opening
the intermediate drain valve in the tank based on the oil-water interface level
recorded in the oil water interface level transmitter, or by visually observing the
quality of the effluent. The excess effluent is drained off in the Intermediate drain
sump (230-SU-118).
6. Before draining the excess effluent from the slop oil tanks, ensure the level in the
Intermediate drain sump is low.
7. The draining activity is stopped once after the drain effluent is observed with oil or
when the interface level is reached.
8. The drained effluent transfer pumps (230-P-135A/B) are stopped / started
automatically w.r.t. drained effluent level in sump. Ensure all the delivery valve is in
open condition.
Note: During the draining over activity, the inlet wet slop oil transfer must be stopped to
ensure good phase separation.
12. Select the Slop oil tank for the DRAW mode. This can be done by the operator from
the DCS HMI. Open the pneumatic valve in the outlet line of the slop oil tank.
13. The dry slop oil pumps (230-P-011A/B) are stopped / started automatically w.r.t. dry
slop level in slop oil tanks (230-TK-010/011). Ensure all the suction and delivery valve
are in open condition.
14. The dry slop oil is to be transferred to battery limit for further slop oil processing by
client.
15. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration and other parameters for the smooth
operation of the pump.
16. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
17. The temperature of the slop tank is to be monitored regularly.
1. The oily sludge collected in the common oily sludge sump and DAF sludge sump, is to
be thickened in the Oily sludge Thickener (230-TK-121).
2. The common sludge transfer pumps (230-P-033 A/B/C) are started/stopped
automatically after start permissive condition in Common oily sludge sump. Ensure all
the suction and delivery valve of the common oily sludge transfer pumps are in open
condition.
3. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration and other parameters for the smooth
operation of the pump.
4. The DAF sludge transfer pumps (230-P-036 A/B) are started/stopped automatically
after start permissive condition in DAF sludge sump. Ensure all the suction and delivery
valve of the common oily sludge transfer pumps are in open condition.
5. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration and other parameters for the smooth
operation of the pump.
6. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
7. Once the oily sludge from the common oily sludge sump and DAF sludge sump is
received in the Oily sludge thickener, start the mechanism.
8. Check the scrapper of oily sludge thickener for proper functioning and ensure
smoothness of running. Observe for any abnormal noise in the gear box.
9. Once the thickener is filled up, the supernatant starts overflowing in the outer launder
of the thickener and is conveyed to the Oily supernatant sump (230-SU-011) by
gravity.
10. After sufficient operation time (8 hr), de-sludge the thickener by opening the
thickened sludge underflow drain valve, to collect the thickened sludge in the
Thickened oily sludge sump (230-SU-110).
11. There is also a provision of bypassing the thickener and collecting the sludge directly
in the Thickened oily sludge sump (230-SU-110).
12. Once after the submergence of the impeller, start the agitator (230-M-110).
13. After reaching the maximum level in the tank, the sludge shall be pumped to Oily
sludge centrifuges (230-DEW-301/401)
14. Ensure the readiness of oily centrifuge feed Pumps and DWPE dosing system and the
0.5% DWPE solution is prepared and kept ready for dosing, before preparing for the
dewatering operation.
15. Start the Belt Conveyor (230-CR-001A/B) for carrying the Dewatering cake into Tipper
trolley.
16. Start the Centrifuge (230-DEW-401/301) prior to start of the centrifuge feed pumps
for the centrifuge to reach the desired speed.
17. Start the Oily centrifuge feed pump (230-P-132A/B/C).
18. The centrifuge and feed pumps are to be checked for any vibration and other
parameters for the smooth operation of the pump.
19. After the desired time of operation of the centrifuges, the oily centrifuge feed pumps
are stopped first followed by centrifuge.
20. Always run the centrifuges for a short while with water before shut down.
21. Arrange to cart away the dewatered cake from the area, so that the next batch of
operation can be started.
22. In the case of oily sludge processing requirement at the Clients DCU facility (outside
B/L), Collect the dewatered sludge in the Re slurry sump (230-SU-121).
23. Once after the submergence of the impeller, start the agitator (230-M-121).
24. After reaching the maximum level in the tank, the sludge shall be pumped to the
Clients DCU facility.
Sludge Dewatering (Bio Sludge)
1. The bio sludge collected in the RAS sump, is to be thickened in the Bio sludge Thickener
(230-TK-120).
2. The SAS pumps (230-P-128 A/B) are started/stopped automatically after start
permissive condition in RAS sump. Ensure all the suction and delivery valve of the SAS
pumps are in open condition.
3. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration and other parameters for the smooth
operation of the pump.
4. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration and other parameters for the smooth
operation of the pump.
5. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
6. Once the bio sludge from the common RAS sump is received in the Bio sludge
12. Ensure the readiness of bio centrifuge feed Pumps (230-P-124A/B/C) and DWPE
dosing system and the 0.5% DWPE solution is prepared and kept ready for dosing,
before preparing for the dewatering operation.
13. Start the Belt Conveyor (230-CR-002A/B) for carrying the Dewatering cake into Tipper
trolley.
14. Start the Centrifuge (230-DEW-101/201) prior to start of the centrifuge feed pumps
for the centrifuge to reach the desired speed.
15. Start the Bio centrifuge feed pump (230-P-124A/B/C).
16. The centrifuge and feed pumps are to be checked for any vibration and other
parameters for the smooth operation of the pump.
17. After the desired time of operation of the centrifuges, the bio centrifuge feed pumps
are stopped first followed by centrifuge.
18. Always run the centrifuges for a short while with water before shut down.
19. Arrange to cart away the dewatered cake from the area, so that the next batch of
operation can be started.
25. The dewatered sludge is to be transported bio tipper trolleys to Sludge weathering
beds (230-TK-122A/B/C/D) for further drying.
26. The dewatered sludge is manually loaded into the sludge weathering beds from the
tipper trolley.
27. Gradually, over a period of days the liquor in the dewatered cake starts to trickle from
the weathering beds and is collected in the weathered sludge Liquor transfer sump
(230-SU-122).
28. After reaching the maximum level in the tank, the liquor shall be recycled back to
Splitter box III for treatment.
29. The Weathered sludge Liquor transfer pumps (230-P137A/B) are started/stopped
automatically after start permissive condition in the weathered sludge Liquor transfer
sump (230-SU-122). Ensure the delivery valve of the pumps is in open condition.
30. After sufficient consolidation of the sludge in the weathering beds, the sludge cake
shall be disposed by client.
1. Open the valve in the Leachate Equalization tank (231-TK-001) influent line to receive
the Leachate effluent
2. Ensure the drain line is closed.
3. While in the filling condition, ensure the level transmitter indicator (LI 1001B) is
indicating the increase in level.
4. The Leachate transfer pumps (231-P-007A/B) are started/stopped automatically after
start permissive condition in Leachate equalization tank. Ensure all the suction and
delivery valve of the leachate transfer pumps are in open condition.
5. Set the desired flowrate to be pumped in the VFD/PID controller available in DCS HMI.
6. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration, seal leakages, noise and other
parameters locally.
7. Set the desired pressure of pump discharge by throttling the discharge valve very
gently by observing the pressure gauge.
8. Open the outlet valve of floating oil skimmer (231-OS-001), or any of the oil outlet
valves periodically to discharge any floating oil in the tank.
9. Operate the Leachate recirculation pump (231-P-005A/B) intermittently or when the
effluent in the leachate equalization tank is stagnant for significantly longer periods of
time.
10. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
1. Ensure the readiness of Caustic dosing system, Ferric chloride and polymer dosign and
kept ready for dosing, before pumping the leachate effluent to pH adjustment tank I.
2. The Leachate effluent is received in the pH Adjustment tank I (231-TK-004A).
3. After the Submergence of the agitator (231-M-001) in the effluent, start the agitator.
4. Start Caustic dosing pump as per the process requirement. The desired pH that is
required to be maintained in the pH adjustment Tank I is to be set in the DCS HMI.
Accordingly, the caustic chemical will be dosed automatically.
5. Once the effluent overflows from the pH Adjustment tank I to Flash mixing tank (231-
TK-004B), start the agitator (231-M-002) followed by Ferric chloride dosing pump.
6. The effluent from the flash mixing tank will subsequently enter the Flocculation tank
(231-TK-004C). Once after submergence of the agitator (231-M-003) in the effluent,
start the Flocculator (231-M-003) followed by the Polymer dosing pump.
7. Observe the mixer drives for any abnormal noise, vibration and heating up.
8. Check chemicals are dosed for proper coagulation the Flash Mixer.
9. Observe the flocculation tank for proper floc development and the flocs should be
fluffy.
11. In order to ensure the pumped leachate to biological treatment is not toxic nor cause
a shock load, certain part of the treated leachate shall be collected in a Aeration pot
(231-TK-006), where its Dissolved oxygen is monitored. The aeration is facilitated by
plant air. The dissolved oxygen shall be in the range of 1.5 to 2.0 mg/l to ensure
minimal shock loading.
12. Some part of the RAS is also added in the aeration pot. The timer operated valves
shall be operated accordingly.
1. The settled sludge from the Plate type clarifier is collected in the Leachate sludge sump
(231-SU-002).
2. Once the agitator in the tank is submerged, start the agitator (231-M-005).
3. The sludge is further dewatered with the filter press (231-GN-002A/B). Open the inlet
valve of the filter press. The operation of the filter press is entirely manual and a batch
operation.
4. The filter press feed pumps (231-P-008A/B) are stopped / started automatically w.r.t.
sludge level in leachate sludge sump. Ensure all the suction and delivery valve are in
open condition.
5. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
6. The suction lines are to be periodically flushed.
7. The sludge generated in the filter press is collected in the tipper trolley and is carted
away to LLPP sludge weathering beds (231-TK-014A/B) for further dewatering.
8. The sludge liquor from the dewatering beds is collected in the LLPP drainage sump
(231-SU-001) from where it is recycled back to pH adjustment tank I (231-P-006A/B)
of the Landfill leachate treatment system.
9. The LLPP drainage pumps (231-P-006A/B) are stopped / started automatically w.r.t.
effluent level in LLPP drainage sump. Ensure the delivery valve is in open condition.
1. The HARD COD Management plant treats the RO Reject, and renders it more suitable
for disposal to Sea.
2. The RO Reject is collected in the Carbon contact tank (231-TK-002).
3. Ensure the PAC dosing system and Acid dosing system is ready before start up of the
Hard COD management plant.
4. Once the Effluent starts collecting in the Carbon contact tank and when the agitator is
submerged, start the agitator (231-M-006).
5. Start the PAC dosing and Acid dosing.
6. Bring in line the Plate type clarifier (231-TK-003A/B) by opening the isolation inlet gate
valve and the effluent overflows into the Overflow chamber and is conveyed to the
respective plate type clarifier by gravity.
7. Monitor the pH and set the desired pH that is to maintained in the Carbon contact
tank in the DCS HMI. Accordingly the acid quantity shall be dosed automatically.
8. Once the effluent enters the plate type clarifier, start the mechanism (231-CLR-
007A/B).
9. Check the scrapper of plate type clarifier for proper functioning and ensure
smoothness of running. Observe for any abnormal noise in the gear box.
10. Once the plate type clarifier is filled up, the supernatant starts overflowing in the outer
launder of the clarifier and is conveyed to the Clean effluent sump (231-TK-008) by
gravity.
11. After sufficient operation time (8 hr), desludge the clarifier by opening the thickened
sludge underflow drain valve, to collect the settled sludge in the PAC sludge sump
(231-SU-004).
12. Once after the submergence of the impeller, start the agitator (231-M-007).
13. After reaching the maximum level in the tank, the sludge shall be pumped to RAS sump
(230-SU-104) in the Effluent Treatment plant section.
14. After sufficient level in the clean effluent sump (231-TK-008), start the Clean Effluent
Transfer pumps (231-P-011A/B).
15. The clean effluent transfer pumps (231-P-011A/B) are stopped / started automatically
w.r.t. effluent level in clean effluent sump. Ensure all the suction and delivery valve
are in open condition.
16. Set the desired pressure of pump discharge by throttling the discharge valve very
gently by observing the pressure gauge.
17. The clean effluent is discharged into sea after filtering through the Guard filters (231-
GN-001A/B)
18. The guard filters are fully automatic in functioning.
19. There is also a provision of bypassing the Guard filters.
20. The untreated RO Reject shall be used for Coke pile dust suppression in the Refinery
complex and a dedicated set of pumps are provided for the purpose.
21. The coke suppression pumps (235-P-127A/B) are stopped / started automatically
w.r.t. effluent level in carbon contact tank. Ensure all the suction and delivery valve
are in open condition.
22. Set the desired pressure of pump discharge by throttling the discharge valve very
gently by observing the pressure gauge.
23. The pumps are to be checked for its vibration and other parameters for the smooth
operation of the pump.
24. Changeover working/standby pumps every 24 hours.
Note:
1. The amount of sludge generated and the chemical dosing rates is described in Section
9: Plant Performance monitoring. Accordingly, the time and frequency of opening of
the valve is decided.
2. Refer to start-up of the chemical dosing pumps in the subsequent sub sections below
and are to be started up during the start-up of the HCOD management system.
1. Select one of the Dosing Tanks for preparing solution with appropriate strength.
2. Fill up the selected Dosing Tank with service water up to the required level to prepare
solution.
3. Start the agitator, when the water is above the impeller.
4. Add manually the required quantity of chemical into the selected Dosing Tank.
Note: DWPE, Polymer and DOPE are added via pneumatic and powder feeder systems, and
the respective operation is covered in the respective vendor manual.
Note:
1. The respective chemical dosing and consumption rates are described in Section 9:
Plant Performance monitoring. Accordingly, the solution is prepared.
1. Ensure 98% H2SO4 is carefully received into the respective H2SO4 day tanks, (230-TK-
133), (231-TK-012), (230-TK-010), from the header line. Collect the sample of acid
and send to lab to determine strength of acid.
2. Before filling the tank ensure the Breather vent is filled in with Silica gel, and the drain
valve is closed.
3. Dose the 98% H2SO4 as such without any dilution, with the help of acid Dosing Pumps
to the respective areas.
4. Ensure the discharge valve is kept fully open, when the dosing pump is started.
5. Adjust the dosing rates as required, by stroke adjustment.
6. In the case of HCOD treatment plant and LLTP package, the dosing is automated with
respect to the desired pH to be maintained in the respective process unit.
7. Periodically change over to the standby pump.
Note:
1. Do not flush the Acid dosing lines with water after taking into service.
1. Ensure 20 % Caustic is carefully received into the respective Caustic day tanks, (231-
TK-011), (231-TK-009) from the header line.
2. Collect the sample of alkali and send to lab to determine strength of alkali.
3. Before filling the tank ensure the Breather vent is ready.
4. Dose the 20% Caustic as such without any dilution, with the help of caustic Dosing
Note: The chemical dosing rates and consumption is described in Section 9: Plant
Performance monitoring.
a. Daily basis:
b. Weekly
Close/open manual valves/gates (which was idle for long time) to ensure freeness and
lubricate, if necessary.
Make up the lubricating oil level with recommended grade of lubricating oil.
JOB RESPONSIBILITY
RESPONSIBILITY OF SHIFT ENGINEER/SHIFT IN CHARGE
1. Responsibility of smooth plant operation ensuring plant safety lies on shift in charge.
2. Guiding the panel engineers and field operators for production stability and achieving
the required specification of treated effluents.
7. Issuing and approving closed work permits and continuous follow ups, if necessary.
8. Ensuring safe work conditions for the maintenance crew/operating personnel to work
in the plant and regular round to the site to check the safety measures.
9. Coordinating with all upstream and downstream process units/plants for smooth
plant operation to avoid upsets.
10. Coordinating with all service departments for required maintenance, inspection etc.
11. Handling emergency scenario like power failure, utility failure, fire, leak etc & to guide
the panel and field staff to take safe shut down, if required.
12. Shall act as a single point communication during emergency in the plant with
concerned personnel/upstream and downstream process units/plants.
13. Monitoring and identifying the upsets/deviations and take necessary actions to avoid
further breakdown/shutdowns.
14. Ensuring adherence to SOP’s and check lists for various activities to ensure the safety
while working.
15. Ensure regular field visits so as to identify field abnormalities (equipment vibrations,
leakages & emissions, unsafe practices) & taking remedial actions.
16. Proper logging of all shift activities for proper follow ups and future records.
17. Preparation of field change orders (FCO)/modifications for operation flexibilities when
required.
18. Close monitoring of hot jobs, vessel entry and excavation etc. where high risk is
involved.
19. Ensuring close coordination between inter departments, field & PLC operations to
ensure the timely completion of the work ensuring minimum loss of the production.
20. Shall provide necessary plant data/information for Technical services group/special
task forces for trouble shooting, debottlenecking/revamp works.
1. Guiding and coordinating with field operators under the supervision of shift in charge.
2. Shall maintain the process stable by adjusting various process parameters to avoid plant
upset, quality degradation, production loss, unforeseen breakdowns and shutdown.
4. Shall closely watch the critical process parameters for smooth operation.
9. Shall enable/disable auto/remote start/stop facility of rotating equipment from PLC during
maintenance.
10. Shall be in close coordination with field operators during emergency with Annunciations,
public address systems, Walkie talkie and pagers under the guidance of shift in charge.
11. Proper logging of all shift activities and follow ups for future records.
12. Monitoring and identifying the upsets/deviations and inform shift in charge for necessary
actions to avoid further breakdowns/shutdowns.
13. Coordinating with all upstream and downstream process units/plants for smooth operation
to avoid upsets, under the guidance of shift in charge.
14. Shall extend support to shift in charge and field personnel during emergency in the plant by
means of plane operation to take safe shutdown.
1. Shall be well versed with process plant as well as with safe operating practices and permit
system.
4. Shall guard the plant for any mischief actions by others, and reporting to shift in charge for
any observation.
5. Shall immediately take necessary action as and when required to avoid breakdowns and
shutdown of the running plant.
6. Responsible for continuous field visits so as to identify any field abnormalities (equipment
vibrations, leakages and emission, unsafe practices) and informing the control room for taking
remedial actions.
7. Follow routine sampling schedule as well as sampling required for smooth plant operation.
8. Shall be responsible for systematic line and isolations of the equipment as per SOP and check
lists provided.
9. Shall log the critical parameters and inventory levels identified on regular interval basis in the
field.
10. Close monitoring of hot jobs vessel entry, vehicle entry and excavation etc. where high risk is
involved.
11. Maintaining inventory levels of required specialty chemical dosing systems in the field.
12. Shall report to control room for equipment vibrations, leakages and emissions for further
action by maintenance crew.
13. Shall facilitate safe working conditions for the maintenance crew while working in the plant.
14. Shall initiate emergency alarm provided at manual call point (MCP) if fire is observed and try
to mitigate the same and inform the same to control room/Fire and safety for onward
mitigation action.
CHAPTER – 7
NORMAL PLANT SHUTDOWN
Effluent treatment plants are generally not shut down completely in view of their
essentiality from the environmental angle as under no circumstances effluent can be
discharged without treatment. However, at times, shutdown may be required due
to non-availability/ breakdown of equipment for which the following operations are
suggested:
Shut down of the plant is decided and taken for repair and maintenance purposes of the
identified equipments and structures during operation of the plant and also in the events of
effluent unavailability. Before planning any shutdown activity, ensure the readiness and
availability of sufficient manpower and spares.
Sufficient provisions are provided in the plant to carry out shutdown activities for individual
process units enabling bypasses so as to minimize all necessary downtime of the activities
required.
In general, ensure no high level exists in any sump, before shutting down.
Stop the rotating equipments right from inlet to the final effluent storage tank at local
or at MCC.
Isolate the equipment mechanically and the power supply for the equipment is to be
isolated at MCC, before taking the equipment for maintenance.
In case of short shut down of API, close inlet gate, drain the accumulated sludge,
remove oily layer through slotted pipe skimmer and bring down to as low as possible.
Prepared by Reviewed By Approved By
Ensure all the effluents in the Equalization tanks/sumps is pumped up for treatment
and the remaining effluent is drained.
In general, ensure no high level exists in any sump, before shutting down.
Stop all moving equipment at local or at MCC or at PLC.
Isolate the equipment and the power supply for the equipment at MCC, if it is to be
taken up for maintenance.
In case of complete shutdown of the Effluent Treatment Plant, it is ensured that the
accumulated sludge in the clarifier units and the sludge sump is dewatered. Shut down
the dewatering units is as per the standard procedure, outlined earlier.
Ensure all the sludge lines are properly flushed clean and then the units and the
equipment is stopped / isolated.
Isolate all the dosing system.
The tanks are drained and flushed clean. However, schedule the shutdown
programme such that unnecessarily no chemical requires wasting, except for the dead
volumes.
For longer period shut down or for maintenance of DAF system, the pump and
compressed air should both be turned off. The water remaining in the Saturation
vessel should be drained off. All connecting pipes should also be drained.
CHAPTER – 8
Emergency could arise from equipment failure, interruption of utilities, power failure or due
to feed supply failure. Obviously, any written procedure cannot cover all the details of
problem, which might arise in an emergency as degree of emergency varies from time to time.
However, general guidelines are described here.
In the case of feed failures, planned action or planned shutdown of the whole or part of the
plane can be undertaken depending on the possible consequence of such a feed failure.
Loss of Instrument air will cause the various control valves in the plant to go to their respective
fail safe position. Although the plant can be kept running partially during short interruption
of instrument air by taking all control valves on bypass, it is not advisable to do for long
periods as controlling of various parameters becomes difficult and unsafe.
Power failure causes tripping of all running pumps, Air compressors and under such
conditions:
1. All the pumps will stop. Isolate all pumps by closing all the pump discharge isolation
valves.
2. In case that is only for a short shut down, it is not necessary to undertake any draining
activity of any tanks.
3. If power failure persists for any scheduled longer duration, shutdown the unit
completely as per normal shutdown procedures.
Note: The process could be continued as soon as the problems are solved/power restored.
There is no significant Process consequence that will arise as a result of Steam failure in the
plant. In the case of slop oil handling, any excess water draining off the slop oil tanks is to be
temporarily suspended until steam supply is restored.
All the pumps are in continuous operation. All these pumps are provided with stand by
pumps. In the case on any of these pumps fail, this will be intimated in the DCS HMI with a
visual status alarm. Under such conditions, the Panel Engineer must ensure the start of the
Standby pump or direct the field operator to start the standby pump immediately.
The compressors are provided in the Effluent Treatment Plant for Oily DAF and BIO DAF
systems and are in continuous operation. All these compressors are provided with stand by
unit. In the case on any of these compressor fail, this will be intimated in the DCS HMI with a
visual status alarm. Under such conditions, the Panel Engineer must ensure the start of the
Standby unit or direct the field operator to start the standby unit immediately.
In the case of PLC failure, it is assumed that PLC failure will lead to the display interruption
and thereby panel engineer doesn’t know what is happening in the plant from the Control
Room/Panel LCD Screen. After such a screen blackout, the Shift In Charge must immediately
alert all the field operators to watch closely all the critical process parameters (like levels,
pressures, process values and variables, equipment run status, Temperatures etc.) by
observing the Field Instruments and Local Displays and the same has be conveyed instantly
to the Shift In Charge/ Panel Engineer using the applicable communication systems in case of
any abnormalities or directives for manual action.
The Field operators shall log all the respective critical parameters/data in regular intervals
until the PLC display is restored.
CHAPTER -9
PROCESS INTERLOCKS
The purpose of the Oily Water Treatment Plant Sub-package is to remove free oil and
settleable solids from contaminated aqueous effluent streams and to render these streams
suitable for biotreatment.
Saline effluents from crude tank drainage will be intermittent and imposes a salt load with an
unacceptably high peaking factor for reliable biotreatment. Hence saline effluents from crude
tank drainage and the desalter effluent are routed to the Desalter Water / Brine Equalisation
Tank, combined and equalized.
1) The desalter water/brine equalization tank 230-TK-001 is provided to equalize the brine
from crude tank farm and the desalter effluent.
2) Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-1001 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm set points as defined in
This transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-1002 is provided to generate the low low level
alarm setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system,
hardwired interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) Two numbers of desalter water/brine pumps 230-P-001 A/B are provided for pumping the
effluent from the equalization tank to the splitter box – 1. These pumps are VFD driven
and work on the duty / standby philosophy. The speed of the pump is varied with respect
to the required discharge flow.
5) A electro magnetic type flow transmitter FT 1001 is provided in the common discharge line
of the desalter water/brine pumps to measure the flow. This instrument provides the input
flow signal to the PID flow controller whose output is connected to the VFD controller to
vary the speed of the pump to achieve the desired flow set by the operator in DCS HMI.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-1001A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the desalter water/brine pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
7) Two numbers of desalter water/brine recirculation pump 230-P-002A/B are provided for
recirculation and mixing.These pumps work on the duty standby philosophy.
8) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-1002A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the desalter water / brine recirculation pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure
locally.
1) 230-I-1000:
High level (Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator shall ensure the feed to the
desalter water /brine equalization tank to be stopped. However operator to ensure that the
duty pump is in operation..
Start level (Set point 2)– Start desalter water / brine pumps
Stop level (Set point 3) – Stop desalter water / brine pumps
Low level (Set point 4)– Generate alarm in DCS and stop desalter/brine recirculation pump.
Also start permissive to desalter water/brine pumps and desalter/brine recirculation pumps
to be disabled.
2) 230-IZ-0100:
Low low level(Set point 1) – Trip desalter water / brine pumps and desalter water / brine
recirculation pump through ESD.
3) 230-FIC-1001:
The speed of the desalter water/brine pump is modulated through the VFD based on the flow
transmitter to achieve the flow set by the operator in DCS HMI.
C) Operation
1) When the level in the desalter water / brine equalization tank reaches the start level, the
duty pump starts running and the speed of the pump is varied with respect to the discharge
flow set by the operator in DCS HMI.
2) When the level in the desalter water / brine equalization tank reaches the stop level, the
duty pump stops.
3) The desalter/brine pump is alternated as duty and standby manually based on the preset
run time set by the operator from the DCS HMI.
4) The desalter/brine recirculation pump is started and stopped manually by the operator
from the DCS HMI provided the start permissive for this pump is enabled. The start
permissive is enabled only when the level in the equalization tank is above the low level.
5)The desalter/brine recirculation pump is alternated as duty and standby in every operation
cycle.
6) When the level in the equalization tank reaches high level, the operator shall ensure that
the inlet feed to the brine equalization tank is stopped.
9.1.2 SPLITTER BOX
The effluents from the various streams at the battery limit are connected to the splitter box-
1 in addition to the discharge from drained effluent transfer pump, oily supernatant pump
and desalter water/brine pumps.
There are no automatic controls envisaged for this piece of equipment.
1) The splitter box 230-TK-114 is provided to collect the feeds to the API units and distribute
it evenly to each of the units.
2) At the outlet of the splitter box a parshall flume is provided to measure the total flow to
the API system. The flow is measured with an ultrasonic type flow transmitter 230-FT-1002.
This flow transmitter is also used to generate high flow alarm in the DCS HMI.
3) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-1003 is provided in the common inlet channel of the
API to monitor the channel levels and generating high and high high level alarm setpoints
as defined in 5.1.2.B(1).
4) A manual screen 230-SCR-004 is provided in the outlet of the splitter box to remove large
floating particles.
1) 230-I-1020:
High high level(Set point 1) – Alarm to be generated in the DCS HMI and stop the desalter
water/brine pumps.
High level (Set point 2)– Alarm to be generated in the DCS HMI for the necessary action by
the operator.
2) 230-I-1010:
High flow - Alarm to be generated in the DCS HMI and stop the desalter water/brine pumps.
C) Operation:
1) There is no automatic operation envisaged for this piece of equipment.
The API Separator is provided for the removal of free oil and suspended solids from the
effluent. Three numbers of API separators is provided as part of phase I stage I. As part of
phase I stage II, one more API separator will be provided.
1) Three no of combined tanks 230-TK-105/205/305 for API separator and TPI separator are
provided as part of phase I stage I.
2) Each of the API oil Separator will be covered with removable chequered plates, with venting
arrangement. The vent is connected to the Volatile Organic Compound(VOC) abatement
package.
3) Each Channel will be provided with a manual gate at the inlet to facilitate the isolation and
maintenance of any Channel of the API Oil Separator.
4) Rotatable slotted pipe oil skimmers (manually adjusted by operator) will be provided in
each separator both at the inlet and outlet to collect the oil at the surface and sent to the
Wet Slop Oil Sump.
5) Each API separator is provided with a flight chain oil skimmer to move the free oil floating
at the top liquid surface towards the slotted pipe oil skimmer and scrape the settled solids
towards the sludge pit of the separator. This flight oil skimmer is driven by a motor 230-
A(M)-002 A/B/C/D
6) Two sludge hoppers are provided in the sludge pit to remove the sludge from the API
separator to the common oily sludge sump.
7) LP Steam sparging facility is provided to facilitate easy skimming of floating free oil, by the
slotted pipe oil skimmer
C) Operation:
1) There is no automatic operation envisaged for the API system. Whenever the system is
selected online by the operator from the DCS OWS, the flight oil skimmers start
automatically and stop whenever the separator is taken offline for maintenance.
2) The slotted pipe oil skimmers are to be operated by the operator manually from the field.
3) The sludge valves are operated manually from the field twice to thrice in a shift depending
on the sludge volume.
The TPI separator is provided for the further treatment of the effluent from the API separator.
In the TPI separator, free oil of particle size greater than 100 micron size, is removed. Three
numbers of TPI separator are provided, each dedicated to an individual API separator as part
of phase I stage I. As part of phase I stage II, one more TPI separator will be constructed.
1) The TPI Separator shall also be covered with removable chequered plates, with venting
arrangement. The vent is connected to the Volatile Organic Compound(VOC) abatement
package.
2) A rotatable slotted pipe oil skimmer (manually adjusted by operator) is provided at the
surface of the separator for removing the floating oil. The free oil is sent to the wet slop oil
sump.
3) The sludge moves towards the bottom of the corrugation and slides down the inclined plate
into the bottom hopper, to be discharged intermittently into the common oily sludge
sump.
4) Sludge is automatically withdrawn via actuated valves 230-XV-1001/1002/1003 to the
Common Oily Sludge Sump 230-SU-010. The operator has two timer controls. The first
timer controls the frequency of valve opening and the second timer controls the duration
of valve opening in each cycle.
5) LP Steam sparger shall be provided in TPI Separator for heating up of floating free oil,
because of its high pour point, to facilitate its easy skimming and conveying.
5) The treated effluent shall flow via overflow weir into the concrete channel for further
treatment by Oily DAF system. The overflow weir provides the necessary isolation during
maintenance.
6) Manual gates provided at the inlet of API separator shall be operated to isolate the bays,
for maintenance.
1) 230-X-1001/1002/1003:
C) Operation:
1) Once the TPI system is put online and the sludge valve is put in auto, the valve operates
based on the timer settings of the operator provided on the DCS HMI. The operator shall
set the timers based on the incoming sludge load.
2) There is no other automatic operation envisaged for the TPI system. Whenever the system
is taken online, and API inlet gates are opened, the TPI system is brought under operation.
3) The slotted pipe oil skimmers are operated manually by the operator from the field.
The Common Oily Sludge Sump receives oily sludge from the API and TPI system and transfers
to the oily sludge thickener by the common sludge transfer pumps.
1) A common oily sludge sump 230-SU-010 is provided to collect the oily sludge from the API
system and TPI system.
2) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-1005 is provided in the sump for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints as defined in
5.1.5.B.(1)
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-1004 is provided for generating the low low
level alarm setpoint which is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system,
hardwired interlock are provided in the MCC for tripping the common sludge transfer
pumps at low low level.
4) A temperature transmitter 230-TT-1001 is provided in the tank for monitoring the
temperature in the tank. This instrument also provides the inlet temperature signal for the
PID temperature controller configured in the DCS, whose output is connected to the
temperature control valve TV 1001 in the LP steam line for controlling the steam inlet to
the tank.
5) A motorized oil skimmer 230-OS-002 is provided to skim the floating oil which is transferred
to the wet slop oil sump. Continuous operation of this skimmer is not envisaged and is
operated only when floating oil/wax is observed in this sump.
6) An agitator 230-M-010 is provided to maintain the oily sludge in suspension.
7) Three numbers of common sludge transfer pumps 230-P-033 A/B/C are provided to
transfer the oily sludge to the oily sludge thickener system. These pumps work on two duty
and one standby philosophy.
1) 230-I-1030:
High level (Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and inhibits opening of sludge valves
of TPI.
Start level 1 (Set point 2)– Start both the duty pumps with a time delay of 2 min between
the pump starts
Start level 2 (Set point 3) – Start the agitator and open the sludge valves at TPI.
Stop level 4 (Set point 5) – Stop the duty pumps.
Stop level 3 (Set point 4) – Stop the agitator.
Low level (Set point 6)– Generate alarm in the DCS HMI and further action to be taken by
the operator
2) 230-IZ-0110:
Low low level – Trip common sludge transfer pumps and agitator through ESD.
3)230-I-1050/1080/1110:
High pressure – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop the pump. Operator has to check field
conditions and restart the pump.
4) 230-I-1040/1070/1100:
High stator temperature – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop the pump. Operator has to
check field conditions and restart the pump.
5) 230-I-1060/1090/1120:
Bursting disc ruptured – Generate alarm in DCS and Stop pump. Requires operator
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting Soft button in DCS HMI
6) 230-TIC-1001:
The steam inlet to the common oily sludge sump is controlled via the temperature control
valve to maintain the temperature in the common oily sludge sump.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the common oily sludge sump reaches start level 1, the duty common
sludge transfer pumps start running and stops at the stop level 2.
2) The common sludge transfer pumps are alternated as duty and standby in every operation
cycle.
3) When the level in the common oily sludge sump reaches start level 2, the common oily
sludge sump agitator starts running and stops at stop level 1.
4) The oil skimmer is operated only when floating oil is observed in the sump. This skimmer
can be started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
The CRWS sump is provided to collect the overflow and surface run off of the entire plant and
pump the same to outside the battery limit.
1) The CRWS sump 230-SU-123 is provided to collect the overflow and surface runoff of the
entire plant.
2) Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-1006 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints connected to
the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-1007 is provided to generate the low low level
alarm setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system,
hardwired interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) Three numbers of CRWS transfer pumps 230-P-136 A/B/C are provided for pumping the
effluent from the CRWS sump to outside the battery limit. These pumps work on two duty
and one standby philosophy.
5) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-1004A/B/C is provided in the individual discharge
of the CRWS transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
1) 230-I-1130:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start both the duty pumps with a time delay of 2 min between the
pump starts
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop the duty pumps
Low level(Set point 4) - Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
2) 230-IZ-0120:
Low low level – Trip CRWS transfer pumps through ESD.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the CRWS sump reaches the start level, the duty pump starts running
and stops at the stop level.
2) The CRWS transfer pump is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
The API sump is provided to store the treated effluent from the TPI. The API OWS pumps
transfer the effluent from the API sump to the Equalization Tanks. Three numbers of API
pumps are provided for Phase I Stage I and two more pumps will be added for Phase I Stage
II.
1) The API sump 230-TK-004 is provided to collect the effluent from the TPI separator and
feed it further to the equalization tanks 230-TK-006A/B.
2) Three numbers of API OWS pumps 230-P-106A/B/C are provided to transfer the effluent
from the API sump to the equalization tanks. These pumps work on 2 working 1 standby
philosophy with duty / duty assist /standby modes of operation.
3) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-1008 is provided in the API sump for monitoring the
level in the DCS and also to generate the various operation set points and high and low
alarm set points.
4) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-1009 is provided to generate the low low level
alarm setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system,
hardwired interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
1) 230-I-1140:
High level (Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and inhibit desalter water/brine pumps.
Start level 2(Set point 2) – Start duty assist pumps
Start level 1(Set point 3) – Start duty pumps
Stop level(Set point 4) – Stop duty and duty assist pumps
Low level(Set point 5) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
2) 230-IZ-0130:
Low low level – Trip API OWS pumps through ESD.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the API sump reaches the start level 1, the duty pump starts running and
stops at the stop level.
2) When the level in the API sump reaches the start level 2, the duty assist pump starts running
and stops at the stop level.
3) The API OWS pumps are alternated as duty / duty assist and standby manually based on
the preset runtime set by the operator form the DCS HMI.
The equalization tanks are provided to equalize the effluent from the API sump, Stripped sour
water and effluent recycle from effluent check basin. The DAF feed pumps 230-P-003A/B/C is
provided for transferring the equalized effluent from the equalization tanks to the splitter box
– II. Three pumps are provided for phase I stage I and two more pumps will be added for
phase I stage II.
2) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-1010 / 1012 is provided in each of the equalization
tanks to monitor the level and to generate the various operating and high and low alarm
setpoints in the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-1011/ 1013 is provided in each of the
equalization tanks to generate the low low level alarm setpoint and is directly connected
to the ESD system. From the ESD system, hardwired interlocks are provided in the MCC for
tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) The equalization tanks are also provided with oil skimmer for facilitating the removal of oil
and shall be provided with mixing facility to prevent stratification and ensure complete
mixing.
5) Three numbers of DAF feed pumps 230-P-003A/B/C are provided to pump the effluent from
the equalization tanks to the splitter box-2. These pumps work on 2 working and 1 standby
philosophy with duty/assist modes of operation.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-1006A/B/C is provided in the individual discharge
of the DAF feed pumps for monitoring the individual pump discharge pressure locally.
7) Two pH analysers 230-AT-1001A and 230-AT-1001B with pH sensors are provided on the
common discharge of the DAF feed pumps to measure pH. This analyzer generates high
and low pH alarms in the DCS HMI.
8) An electro magnetic flow transmitter 230-FT-1003 is provided in the common discharge of
the DAF feed pumps to measure the flow into the DAF system. This instrument provides
the input flow signal to the PID flow controller configured in the DCS whose output is
connected to the control valve FV 1003 to control the desired flow to the DAF.
9) Two numbers of equalization tank recirculation pumps 230-P-004 A/C is provided to the
equalization tank 230-TK-006A and another two numbers of equalization tank recirculation
pumps 230-P-004B/D is provided to the equalisation tank 230-TK-006B for recirculation
and mixing.
10) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-1007A/B/C/D is provided at the individual
discharge of the equalization tank recirculation pumps to monitor the pump discharge
pressure locally.
11) A clamp on type Flow transmitter 230-FT-1009 is provided at the inlet of the equalization
tank 230-TK- 006 to monitor the inlet flow to the equalization tank.
12) A Pressure vaccum relief valve 230-PVRV-1002 is provided for safety purpose.
1) 230-I-1150/1160:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to take further action.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start both the duty pumps with a time delay of 2 min between the
pump starts.
2) 230-IZ-0140/0150:
3) 230-FIC-1003:
The control valve 230-FV-1003 is throttled to control the flow to the DAF system based on the
flow measured by the magnetic level transmitter 230-FT-1003. The PID controller is
configured in the DCS. Also based on this flow, auto stroke controller of FeCl3 and DOPE
dosing pump is controlled to adjust the dosing rate.
4) 230-FQR-1003:
The flow to the oily DAF system is recorded and totalized in the DCS from the flow measured
by the magnetic flow transmitter 230-FT-1003
High pH(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
Low pH(Set point 2) - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
6)230-FQI-1009:
The flow to the equalisation tank is totalized in the DCS.
C) Operation:
1) Both the equalisation tanks are operated in parallel and the tanks are in continuous fill and
draw modes.
2) When the level in the equalization tank reaches the start level, the duty pump starts
running and stops at the stop level.
3) The DAF feed pumps are alternated as duty and standby manually based on the preset run
time set by the operator from the DCS HMI.
4) The equalization tank recirculation pump is started and stopped manually by the operator
from the DCS HMI provided the start permissive for this pump is enabled. The start
permissive is enabled only when the level in the equalization tank is above the low level.
5) The equalisation tank recirculation pump is alternated as duty and standby in every
operation cycle.
6) The flow to the DAF system is controlled automatically to the flow set by the operator in
the DCS HMI through the control valve.
Effluent from equalization tank will be pumped by the DAF feed pumps into splitter Box – 2,
where FeCl3 will be dosed proportionately by means of dosing pump with auto stroke control
and Sulphuric acid will be dosed if required. The outlet from the box splitter is divided into
four equal parts into the four flash mixer channels. The Flash mixer is provided to thoroughly
mix the chemical with the effluent which is achieved by the agitator. The effluent after mixing
exits at the bottom and enter the flocculators. Four unit is provided for phase I stage I and
one unit is considered for phase I stage II.
1) Splitter box -II is provided to divide the DAF feed pump discharge to the four flash mixers
equally.
2) Four numbers. of flash mixer tank 230-TK-108/208/308/408 is provided to mix the effluent
with ferric chloride and acid thoroughly. The acid dosing in the effluent is decided by the
operator based on the pH value in the DAF feed pump discharge and this operation is
envisaged to be occasional.
3) Each of the flash mixer tanks is provided with a agitator 230-M-101/201/301/401 for
mixing the effluent and the chemical.
4) Splitter Box-2 will be provided with Adjustable weir with stop log at the inlet to flash mixer
to facilitate the isolation and maintenance of any train of Flash mixer, Flocculator and Oily
DAF unit.
1) The starting and stopping of the flash mixer is to be carried out by the operator manually
from the DCS HMI.
Prepared by Reviewed By Approved By
9.1.10 FLOCCULATORS
P&ID Ref:- PDRP0451-8110-25-230-0004
The flocculators are provided for dosing deoiling polymer (DOPE) to the flash mixer outlet and
for the formation of flocs and de-emulsification of dissolved oil from the effluent. DOPE will
be dosed proportionately based on the feed to DAF system, by means of dosing pump with
auto stroke control. The effluent after flocs formation and de-emulsification flows to the DAF
unit. Four units are provided for phase I stage I and one unit is considered for phase I stage II.
1) Four flocculation tanks 230-TK-109/209/309/409 are provided for the above stated
purpose. Each of the flocculator is connected to an individual flash mixer.
2) Each flocculator consists of a paddle agitator 230-M-103/203/303/403 for mixing the 0.5%
DOPE to the effluent to enable the formation of flocs and de-emulsification of the dissolved
oil.
C) Operation:
1) The starting and stopping of the flocculator is to be carried out by the operator manually
from the DCS HMI.
The Oily DAF unit is provided to remove the remaining oil from the effluent. Four numbers of
Oily DAF unitsbare provided which are connected to the individual flocculators as part of
Phase I stage I. One more oily DAFunits will be provided as part of Phase I stage II.
1) Four numbers of oily DAF units 230-TK-110/210/310/410 are provided for the above stated
purpose.
2) The flocculated effluent enters the inlet chamber of the oily DAF unit and de-emulsified oil
rises to the top of floatation tanks due to the action of the micro fine bubbles getting
released from the depressurized recycle effluent.
3) The part of the outlet from the oily DAF is used for recirculation and this is achieved by two
sets of recirculation pumps.
4) Three no recirculation pumps 230-P-113A/B/C is connected to the oily DAF unit A/B and
they work on two working and 1 standby philosophy in duty/standby modes of operation.
The pump A is dedicated for oily DAF unit A and pump C is dedicated for oily DAF unit B.
The pump B is a common standby.
5) Another three no recirculation pumps 230-P-213A/B/C is connected to the oily DAF unit
C/D and they work on two working and 1 standby philosophy in duty/standby modes of
operation. The pump A is dedicated for oily DAF unit C and pump C is dedicated for oilly
DAF unit D. The pump B is a common standby.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-1008A/B/C and 230-PG-1009A/B/C are provided
at the individual discharge of the recirculation pumps for monitoring the pressure locally.
7) Two saturation vessels 230-V-101/201 are provided in the system. Saturation vessel 230-
V-101 is dedicated for oily DAF A/B and saturation vessel 230-V-201 is dedicated for oily
DAF C/D.
8) The saturation vessels are provided with pressure transmitters 230-PT-1001/1002 for
monitoring the pressure in the saturation vessel and also for generating high and low
pressure alarm set points.
9) Each of the saturation vessel is provided with a radar type level transmitter 230-LT-
1014/1015 for monitoring the saturation tank level and also to generate various
operational and high and low alarm set points.
10) Each of the saturation vessels is provided with an online flow indicator FI 1001/1002 to
monitor the air flow into the saturation vessel locally.
11) Each of the saturation vessel air inlet line is provided with a pneumatic on/off valve 230-
XV-1011/1013 for controlling the air flow inlet to the saturation vessel based on
operational requirements.
12) Each of the saturation vessel is also provided with a pneumatic on/off valve 230-XV-
1010/1012 for venting purpose.
13) Each of the saturation vessel is provided a reflex type level gauge 230-LG-1001/1002 to
monitor the level locally.
14) The recycle effluent gets saturated with air in the vessel and the air water mixture under
pressure in the pressure pipe is suddenly released through hosepipe connections to
atmospheric pressure in the oily DAF tank. The de-emulsified oil get attached to micro fine
air bubbles and rise to the top surface of flotation tank, forming a scum which is skimmed
to the oily scum outlet and then conveyed to the oily DAF Sludge Sump, by gravity.
15) A DP type flow transmitter 230-FT-1004/1005/1006/1007 is provided in the inlet of each
oily DAF unit to monitor the recycle flow to the oily DAF unit.
16) Each of the oily DAF unit is provided with a surface oil skimmer 230-A-003A/B/C/D for
skimming the floating scum.
17) The OILY DAF Unit is also provided with a number of inclined corrugated plates placed at
60° to the horizontal, at equal spacing. The wastewater containing heavier suspended
solids and left out demulsified oil passes between the plates. Laminar flow conditions
between the plates ensure the effective gravity separation of water, oil and suspended
particles. In the course of passing from pack inlet to pack outlet, the remaining de-
emulsified oil droplets coalesce into larger droplets and the oil floats upward into the top
of corrugation and rises up the inclined plate to the surface of the system where it is
removed by the moving surface skimmer of non-absorbent material, along with the
already floating demulsified oil.
18) Each of the OILY DAF unit is provided with a motorized auger for intermittent removal of
sludge. A pneumatic on/off valve XV1005/1006/1007/1008 in the sludge line is operated
based on two timers. All these operations are carried out automatically from the DCS HMI.
19) Two numbers of air compressor 230-K-001A/B is provided for supplying air to the
saturation vessel.These compressors start and stop automatically based on the set receiver
pressure.
20) A diaphragm type pressure gauge PG-1011A/B is provided at the individual discharge of
the DAF air compressor to monitor the compressor discharge pressure locally.
21) Saturation vessels are provided with pressure safety valves 230-PSV-1001/1002 for safety
purpose
1) 230-I-1180/1200:
High Pressure(Set point 1) – Open air vent valve and close air inlet valve
Low pressure(Set point 2) – Close air vent valve and open air inlet valve
2) 230-I-1170/1190:
High level – Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action.
Open level(Set point 1) – Open air vent valve and close air inlet valve
Close level(Set point 2) - Close air vent valve
Low level(Set point 3) – Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action.
3) 230-XV-1005/1006/1007/1008:
- Each automated valve is provided with two timers
- The first timer controls the frequency of operation of the automated sludge removal
system.
- The second timer controls the duration of operation.
- When the timer is set for operation, the on/off valve opens. After opening of the valve
the motorized auger starts.
- When the timer is elapsed, the motorized auger stops following which the on/off valve
closes.
4) 230-FQR-1004/1005/1006/1007:
The recycle flow to the individual oily DAF is recorded and totalized in the DCS.
C) Operation:
1) The OILY DAF unit is selected / deselected for operation by pressing the OILY DAF train
selector provided on the DCS HMI, after isolating the deselected Oily DAF train by
adjustable weir with stop log at the inlet of flash mixer.
2) Once the OILY DAF unit is selected, the oil skimmer is started, the recirculation pump starts
and the unit is taken for operation. The oil skimmer and the recirculation pump is stopped
when the unit is deselected.
3) There is no alternation of duty/standby in this pump system since the duty pumps are
dedicated for the individual OILY DAF and the third pump is a common standby.
4) The compressors start and stop automatically based on the set receiver pressure and there
is no control of the same by the operator.
5) The upstream pressure self regulating valve regulates the upstream pressure at 5 Kg/cm2.
This sump is provided to collect the oily DAF treated effluent and mix it with other effluents
such as treated spent caustic from WAO, treated landfill leachate, excess treated effluent and
stripped sour water. Chemical such as DAP/urea and sulphuric acid is also dosed to the
effluent and sent to the bio tower for further treatment.
The bio tower treated water is also stored in this sump for further pumping into the aeration
tanks. Four numbers of bio tower feed pumps are provided for pumping the effluent from the
sump to the bio towers for phase I stage I and four more will be considered for phase I stage
II.
1) The sump 230-TK-003 is provided for the above mentioned purpose. This tank consists of
three sections. In the first section, the effluent from oily DAF is mixed with the other
effluents and chemical and pumped to the bio tower. In the second section, the effluent
after bio tower treatment is stored. In the third section, the bio tower treated effluent
from section 2 overflows and further pumped to aeration tank from this section.
2) Two pH analysers 230-AT-2001A/B with sensors is provided in the first section for pH
measurement.
3) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-2001 is provided in the second section (Bio tower
feed section) of the tank for monitoring the tank level and to generate the various
operating and high and low alarm setpoints.
4) Another radar level transmitter 230-LT-2005 is provided in the third section (aeration tank
feed section) of the sump for monitoring the tank level and to generate the various
operating and alarm setpoints.
5) An oil in water analyser 230-AT-2011 is provided in the first section of the tank to measure
the level of oil and to generate high oil alarm in the DCS HMI.
5) Four bio tower feed pumps 230-P-126A/B/C/D are provided for transferring the effluent
from the sump to the bio tower. The first three pumps are dedicated to the individual bio
tower and the fourth pump acts as the standby pump which can be used for any of the bio
tower in case of failure of it’s dedicated pump.
4) Diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-2001A/B/C/D is provided in the individual
discharge of the bio tower feed pump to monitor the discharge pressure locally.
1) 230-I-1230:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start bio tower feed pumps
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop bio tower feed pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
2) 230-A-2001A/2001B:
High pH – Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
Low pH - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
3) 230-A-2011
High Oil - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the sump reaches the start level all three duty bio tower feed pumps
shall start operating and stop at the stop level. The duty pumps will start one by one after
a certain time delay.
2) Since the duty pumps are dedicated to individual bio towers, there shall not be any rotation
of duty and standby operation for this pump system.
3) In case of failure of any of the duty pump, the standby pump shall start after a permissive
from the operator. The operator shall provide the permissive after opening or closing the
necessary manual valves so that the discharge of the standby pump is routed to the stream
of the failed duty pump.
3.2.2 BIOTOWERS
The bio tower is provided to bio degrade the organic matter present in the effluent and to
reduce the BOD and COD.
C) Operation:
No automatic operation is envisaged for this equipment.
The aeration feed pumps pumps the water from the overflow compartment of the bio tower
sump to the splitter box-3 from where it is further routed to the aeration tank. As part of
phase I stage I, three pumps are provided and 2 pumps are considered for phase I stage II.
1) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-2005 is provided in the third section of the tank for
monitoring the tank level and to generate the various operating and high and low alarm
setpoints.
2) Three numbers of aeration feed pumps 230-P-127A/B/C are provided for pumping the bio
treated effluent to the splitter box-III from where it is further routed to the aeration tank.
These pumps work on 2 working 1 standby philosophy with duty / standby modes of
operation.
3) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-2002A/B/C are provided in the individual
discharge of the aeration feed pumps for monitoring the discharge pressure locally.
230-I-1240:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start both aeration feed duty pumps with a time delay of 2 min
between the starts.
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop aeration feed pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the third compartment of the biotower/aeration feed sump reaches the
start level, the duty pumps starts running after receiving signal that any of the biotower
feed pump is running and stops at the stop level.
2) The aeration feed pumps are alternated as duty and standby manually based on the preset
run time set by the operator form the DCS HMI.
Effluent after treated by the bio tower is pumped by the aeration feed pump into the splitter
box – 3 where it is mixed with the screened sewage from Township and Factory, Filtrate from
weathered drying beds, UF waste/reject and Sand filter waste backwash, and RAS. After this
the effluent is equally distributed to the two aeration tanks.
1) The splitter box 230-SU-115 is provided for the above stated purpose.
2) The splitter box consists of three sections. In the first section the effluent is mixed with the
other effluents and then overflows into the other two equal sections.
3) From these section, the effluent flows into the aeration tank 1 and 2 through manual gates
230-SG-0501 and 230-SG-0502 respectively. These gates are used to isolate the aeration
tanks.
C) Operation:
1) The manual gates are the inlet to the aeration and has to be opened or closed manually.
2) No automatic operation is envisaged for this equipment.
The screen chamber is provided to remove the large floating particles from the sewage
coming from township before getting added to the effluent in splitter box-3.
1) Two numbers of screening sumps 230-SU-117A/B is provided for the above said purpose.
2) The sump 230-SU-117A is provided with an automated screen 230-SCR-002 which operates
on time and level differential. A manual gate 230-SG-0503 is provided for isolation of the
screen chamber. The screenings from the screen is conveyed by the rake arrangement into
the opening chute of the screw conveyor.
3) The sump 230-SU-117B is provided with a manual screen 230-SCR-003 which is to be
cleaned manually and isolated with an inlet weir. This screen is operated only in case of
failure of the automated screen and to handle excess flow than peak hydraulic flow.
4) Two radar type level transmitters 230-LT-2002A/B are provided across the automated
screen for sensing the differential level and to generate the various operating and alarm
setpoint.
5) A screw conveyor with compactor 230-CR-003 is provided for conveying the screenings
from the bar screen to the trolley. The screenings filtered by the bar screen is moved by
the rake arrangement into the opening chute of the screw conveyor.
6) Two fans 230-K-103A/B are provided to suck the air from the screen chamber and routed
to the aeration tank. This acts as the odour abatement system.
7) A pneumatic On/Off valve 230-XV-2014 is provided in the service water inlet line of the
screw conveyor with compactor to control the service water inlet into the conveyor, where
hypo will be dosed by means of dosing pump.
1) 230-I-1250:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in the DCS for the operator to take necessary action.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start the screen operation, start hypo dosing pumps, open service
water inlet valve and start conveyor
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop the screen. The conveyor stops , hypo dosing will stop after a
preset time following which service water inlet valve opens.
2) 230-XS-2001:
High torque – Generate alarm in the DCS HMI and stop the conveyor.
C) Operation:
1) The screen operates on two modes of time and level or level only. When selected in time
mode and level mode, the screen operates after a preset time set in the DCS HMI by the
operator. However within the set time if the differential level across the screen reaches
high level then the screen operation will have the following start sequence. When selected
in level mode, the screen will operate when the differential level across the screen reaches
the start level and stop when the level reaches the stop level. Once the barn screen gets a
demand to start, the screw conveyor and the hypo chlorite dosing pump will also start. The
sequence of starting is as shown below,
2) The screen shall stop and an alarm shall be raised if the screw conveyor fails to start or
stops due to high torque. This shall also stops when differential level reaches stop level.
The screw conveyor stops after a preset time of stopping of the screen mechanism. The
sequence of stopping is as shown below,
3) The odour control centrifugal fan is started and stopped manually by the operator form the
DCS HMI.
The aeration tank is provided for the removal of pollutants viz., BOD5, COD and sulphides.
The aeration tank is provided with Diffused aeration system for maintaining a constant
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) level in the tank. Fine bubble aeration system of silicon base rubber
material will be provided with easily retrievable system and aeration will be provided by
means of 3 numbers. (2W+1S) of blowers for each aeration tank.
2) 230-A-2002/2004:
High DO(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in the DCS and the operator to take further action.
Low DO(Set point 2) - Generate alarm in DCS and the operator to take further action.
3) 230-A-2003A/2003B/2005A/2005B:
High pH(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in the DCS and the operator to take further action.
Low pH(Set point 2) - Generate alarm in DCS and the operator to take further action.
4) 230-T-2001/2002:
High temperature - Generate alarm in the DCS HMI and the operator to take further action.
5) 230-F-2001/2002:
High Flow (Set point 1)- Generate alarm in the DCS HMI and the operator to take further
action.
Low Flow (Set point 2)- Generate alarm in the DCS HMI and the operator to take further
action.
C) Operation:
1) An Online/Offline button will be provided in the DCS HMI to take the aeration tank online
and offline. Once the tank is taken online the VFD blower will start operation. The VFD
based blower is always selected as the duty blower.
2) The speed of the VFD blower is varied with respect to the dissolved oxygen level in the
aeration tank.
3) The non VFD blowers is alternated as duty and standby manually based on the preset run
time set by the operator from the DCS HMI.
4) When the VFD based blower is running in full speed and still the desired DO levels are not
reached in the aeration tank for a pre defined time, then the non VFD duty assist blower
will start operating.
5) The air cooler is started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
Two numbers of Secondary Clarifier has been provided to handle the effluent from its
respective aeration tank. The clarifiers provided are of peripheral driven type. The clarifiers
are provided with a sludge scrapper, which revolves slowly to scrap the bio-solids settled at
the bottom. From the bottom of the secondary clarifier the sludge flows to the RAS sump
through gravity. The collected sludge in the Secondary clarifier is recycled back by 3
numbers.(2W+1S) of RAS pumps to the aeration tank. This sludge recirculation facility is
provided to maintain a Constant Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids (MLSS) level in the aeration
tank. The PAC sludge from the landfill and leachate system also flows into the small chamber
and then overflows in the RAS sump.
1) Two clarifiers 230-TK-112/212 are provided for the above mentioned purpose.
2) Each of the clarifier mechanism is provided with a peripheral motor 230-CLR-112/212 for
scraping the sludge from the bottom.
3) A RAS sump 230-SU-104 is provided for collecting the sludge from both the secondary
clarifiers and the PAC sludge from the landfill and leachate system. This sump is divided
into four compartments. Two compartments are for collecting the sludge from the
individual secondary clarifier. Two other compartments are for the Surplus Activated
sludge (SAS), which also receive .BIO-DAF sludge.
4) Three numbers of RAS pumps 230-P-115A/B/C is provided to recirculate the RAS to the
aeration tank. These pumps work on 2 working and 1 standby philosophy with
duty/standby mode of operation. The pump C acts as a common standby for pump A & B
and it is selected for operation when any one of the working pumps stops running.
5) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-2005A/B/C is provided at the discharge of the
individual RAS pump for monitoring the discharge pressure locally.
6) A magnetic flow transmitter 230-FT-2013 is provided in the common discharge of the RAS
pumps to measure the total RAS flow to the aeration system.
1) 230-XS-2002/2003:
C) Operation:
1) The secondary clarifier drive starts operating when the secondary clarifier is taken online
from DCS HMI and stops when taken offline.
2) The RAS pumps are started and stopped manually from the DCS HMI.
3) Selection will be provided in the DCS HMI for selecting the pump B as either a standby for
pump A or pump C.
The SAS pump is provided to pump the activated sludge to the bio sludge thickener for further
treatment. A common suction header with manual isolation facility is provided from the two
compartments for SAS sump to the SAS pump, which in turn pump the surplus sludge to the
thickener.
1) Two numbers of SAS pumps 230-P-128A/B is provided to pump the activated sludge to the
sludge thickener. These pumps work on 1 working and 1 standby philosophy with
duty/standby mode of operation.
2) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-2006A/B is provided at the discharge of the
individual SAS pump for monitoring the discharge pressure locally.
3) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-2003 is provided in the first SAS compartment for
monitoring the level in the DCS and to generate various operational and high and low alarm
set points.
4) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LT-2010 is provided in the second SAS
compartment for monitoring the level in the DCS and to generate the various operational
and high and low alarm setpoints.
5) A magnetic flow transmitter 230-FT-2003 is provided in the common discharge of the SAS
pumps to measure the total SAS flow to the dewatering system.
1) 230-L-2003:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Low level (Set point 2)– Generate alarm in DCS and stop SAS pump 230-P-128A/B.
2) 230-L-2010:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator. Low level(Set point 2) – Generate alarm in DCS and stop SAS pump 230-P-128A/B.
2) 230-FQR-2003:
The total SAS flow to the SAS system is recorded and totalized in the DCS.
Prepared by Reviewed By Approved By
C) Operation:
1) The SAS pumps are started and stopped automatically based on the setpoints of level
transmitters .
The Splitter Box-IV is provided for collecting the clarified effluent from the secondary clarifier
and splitting the effluent equally in four parallel streams of Bio-DAF system. The bio treated
effluent shall be dosed with a coagulant(FeCl3) in the upstream of splitter box-4 and well
mixed in high intensity flash mixer. From the flash mixer the effluent flows into the
flocculators where it is mixed with a polymer and gently agitated prior to being treated in a
Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) unit. Ferric Chloride and Polymer will be dosed proportionately
based on the feed to BIO-DAF system, by means of dosing pump with auto stroke control.
Four numbers of flash mixer and flocculators is provided for phase I stage I and one more will
be provided for phase I stage II.
1) A splitter box 230-SU-116 is provided to distribute the secondary clarified water equally
into 4 streams of flash mixer, flocculator and bio DAF Train and have a manual isolation
facility by means of adjustable weir with stop log for each Bio-DAF trains.
2) Four no of flash mixer tanks 230-TK-115/215/315/415 are provided mixing the clarified
effluent with polymer
3) Each of the flash mixer is provided with a agitator 230-M-104/204/304/404 for mixing.
4) Four numbers of flocculation tanks 230-TK-116/216/316/416 are provided for the purpose
of flocculation.
5) Each of the flocculation tank is provided with a gentle mixer 230-M-116/216/316/416 for
the purpose of flocculation.
C) Operation:
1) Provision is provided in the DCS HMI to select the individual stream of flash mixer,
flocculator and bio DAF in online mode of operation. Once the stream is selected online,
the flash mixer, flocculator and bio DAF is started automatically.
2) The flash mixer, flocculator and bio DAF can be stopped by selecting the stream in offline
mode.
The bio DAF unit is provided to remove the suspended solids in the effluent. Four no of bio
DAF units are provided for Phase I stage I and one more is considered for phase I stage II.
12) Each of the saturation vessel is also provided with a pneumatic on/off valve 230-XV-
2008/2010 for venting purpose.
13) The recycled effluent gets saturated with air in the vessel and the air water mixture under
pressure in the pressure pipe is suddenly released through hosepipe connections to
atmospheric pressure in the floatation tank.
14) A DP type flow transmitter 230-FT-2004/2005/2006/2007 is provided in the inlet of each
BIO DAF unit to monitor the inlet flow to the BIO DAF unit. The flow transmitter is also
used to record and totalize the flow to the individual DAF units.
15) In the downstream of the flow transmitter an upstream self regulating valve is provided
to control the upstream pressure.
16) Each of the BIO DAF unit is provided with a pneumatic ON/OFF valve 230-XV-
2001/2002/2003/2004 in the sludge line for intermittent removal of sludge. This valve is
operated based on two timers and all these operations are carried out automatically from
the DCS HMI.
18) Two numbers of air compressor 230-K-104 A/B is provided for supplying air to the
saturation vessel. These compressors start and stop automatically based on the set
receiver pressure and there is no control of the same by the operator.
19) Saturation vessels are provided with pressure safety valves 230-PSV-2001/2002 for safety
purpose.
1) 230-I-1340/1360:
High Pressure(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS, close air inlet valve and open air vent
valve.
Low pressure(Set point 2)– Generate alarm in DCS, open air inlet valve and close air outlet
valve.
2) 230-I-1330/1350:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS, and operator to take further action
Set level 1(Set point 2) – Open air vent valve and close air inlet valve.
Set level 2(Set point 3) - Close air vent valve and open air inlet valve
Low level (Set point 4)– Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
3) 230-XV-2001/2002/2003/2004:
- Each automated valve is provided with two timers
- The first timer controls the frequency of operation of the automated sludge removal system.
- The second timer controls the duration of operation.
4) 230-FQR-2004/2005/2006/2007:
The flow to the individual bio DAF is recorded and totalized in the DCS.
C) Operation:
1) The BIO DAF unit is selected / deselected for operation by pressing the BIO DAF train
selector provided on the DCS HMI, after isolating the deselected Bio-DAF train by
adjustable weir with stop log at the inlet of respective flash mixer.
2) Once the BIO DAF unit is selected, the BIO DAF unit is started, the recirculation pump starts
and the unit is taken for operation. The BIO DAF unit and the recirculation pump is stopped
when the unit is deselected.
3) There is no alternation of duty/standby in this pump system since the duty pumps are
dedicated for the individual BIO DAF and the third pump is a common standby.
4) The compressors start and stop automatically based on the set receiver pressure and there
is no control of the same by the operator.
5) The upstream self regulating valve regulates the upstream pressure at the 5 Kg/cm2.
The effluent check basin is provided to receive treated effluent from BioDAF, the steam
system blowdown stream from the battery limit and non-contaminated CWBD. The effluent
check basin shall have separate compartment to receive CWBD stream and shall be provided
with 2 No. of air driven floating Disc skimmers for the removal of any oil in the effluent.
Different sets of submersible pumps are provided in the effluent check basin for transferring
the treated effluent to various other sections as explained below.
1) The effluent check basin tank 230-SU-001 is provided to collect the bio DAF treated
effluent, steam systems blowdown and uncontaminated cooling tower blowdown. The
effluent check basin consists of two sections. In the main section, the treated effluent after
bio DAF and the steam systems blowdown is collected. The submersible pumps are also
located in this section. In the other section the uncontaminated cooling tower blowdown
is collected which overflows into the main section. This section also consists of a baffle wall
to retain any floating oil in the cooling tower blowdown.
2) An oil analyzer 230-AT-2010 is provided in the cooling tower blowdown discharge chamber
to monitor the oil presence and to generate high alarm setpoint. In case of high alarm in
this analyzer the operator shall divert the flow to splitter box-1 manually.
3) Two numbers of oil skimmers 230-OS-005A/B are provided in the cooling tower blowdown
section to remove the floating oil. 4) 3 numbers of offspec/excess effluent transfer pumps
230-P-021 A/B/C are provided for transferring the excess/offspec effluent from the
effluent check basin to the storm water reservoir. These pumps work on 2 working and 1
standby philosophy. Provision is also available to divert the pumped flow either to
equalization tank or to the bio tower feed sump. Treated effluent from hard COD is
connected to the pump discharge line to transfer the fluid to the storm water reservoir.
5) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-2014A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the off spec/excess effluent transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure
locally.
6) Three numbers of treated effluent transfer pumps 230-P-022 A/B/C are provided to
transfer the treatedmeffluent from the effluent check basin to the Rapid Gravity sand filter
in the WRP package. These pumps work on 2 working and 1 standby philosophy in duty
and standby modes of operation.
7) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-2015A/B/C is provided in the individual discharge
of the off treated effluent transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
8) At the common discharge of the treated effluent transfer pumps a TDS analyzer 230-AT-
2006, two pH analyzers 230-AT-2007A/B, a COD analyzer 230-AT-2008 and a turbidity
analyzer AT 2009 is provided to monitor the parameters of the treated effluent and to
generate various alarm setpoints in the DCS.
9) A DP type flow transmitter 230-FT-2009 is provided in the common discharge of the treated
effluent pump to measure the total flow to GSF and to monitor the same in the DCS.
10) Two numbers of treated effluent transfer pumps 230-P-025A/B are provided which will
pump the treated effluent for gardening purpose into tankers. Before discharging into the
tanker, the effluent is dosed with hypo chlorite for disinfection and blended with treated
RO water to maintain the Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) to the required level. This pump
will normally pump the effluent to the biosludge thickener to maintain the required surface
loading rate thereby preventing the septic condition in the thickener.
11) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-2016A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the treated effluent transfer pumps (Gardening) to monitor the pump discharge
pressure locally.
12) A DP type flow transmitter 230-FT-2010 is provided in discharge of the treated effluent
pump for gardening to measure the total flow and to monitor the same in the DCS.
13) A DP type flow transmitter 230-FT-2011 is provided in the treated RO line for blending to
monitor the flow in the DCS.
14) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-2008 is provided in the effluent check basin to
measure the level and to generate the various high and low alarm and operation setpoints.
15) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-2009 is provided to generate the low low
level alarm setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system,
hardwired interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
16)A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-2017 is provided at the inlet to truck loading for
dust supression/gardening to monitor the pressure at the common discharge header of
treated effluent transfer pump(Gardening).
1) 230-I-1390:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by operator.
Start level 2(Set point 2) – Start both treated effluent transfer duty pumps with a time delay
of 2 min between the pump starts..
Start level 1(Set point 3) – Enable treated effluent transfer pump (gardening).
Stop level 1(Set point 4) – Stop treated effluent transfer pump.
Stop level 2 (Set point 5)– Stop off spec/excess effluent transfer pump.
Stop level 3 (Set point 6)– Stop treated effluent transfer pump (gardening).
Low level(Set point 7) – Generate alarm in the DCS HMI for operator action.
2) 230-IZ-0160:
Low low level – Trip off spec/excess transfer pumps, treated effluent transfer pumps and
Start treated effluent transfer pump (gardening).pumps through ESD.
3) 230-A-2010:
High oil content - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
4) 230-A-2006:
High TDS(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
5) 230-A-2007A/B:
High pH(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
Low pH (Set point 2) - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
6) 230-A-2008:
High COD(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
7) 230-A-2009:
High turbidity(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to take further action
8) 230-FQI-2009:
The flow to the RGF system is totalized in the DCS.
9)230-FQI-2010:
The flow to the biosludge thickener is totalized in the DCS.
10)230-FQI-2011:
The flow to the truck loading is totalized in the DCS.
C) Operation:
1) When the level of the effluent check basin reaches high level, an alarm is raised in the DCS
HMI. The off spec/excess effluent pumps are operated for two conditions, one to pump
the excess effluent and other during the condition of offspec.
2) During excess flow condition the effluent will be pumped to the storm water reservoir and
during offspec condition, based on the nature of offspec the destination of effluent to be
pumped will be decided by the operator. However this has to be done manually by the
operator from the DCS HMI after setting the valves in the field. The pump shall stop at stop
level 2.
3) The off spec/excess effluent pumps are alternated as duty and standby in every operation
cycle.
4) When the level in the effluent check basin reaches a start level 2, the treated effluent pump
shall start operating. These pumps work on 2 working and 1 standby philosophy in
duty/standby modes of operation.
5) The treated effluent transfer pumps are alternated as duty and standby manually based on
the preset run time set by the operator form the DCS HMI.
6) When the level in the effluent check basin reaches a start level1 the gardening pumps are
enabled for operation and the operator can start and stop the pump manually. The pump
will also stop automatically at stop level 3. These pumps work on 1 working and 1 standby
philosophy. Before starting these pumps the operator shall manually set the valves in the
field such that the discharge reaches the intended area.
7) The treated effluent pump(gardening) is alternated as duty and standby in every operation
cycle .
This sub package deals with the collection of slop oil from various parts of the plant as well
as from decantation of mobile tankers from other outside third parties, storage (230-TK-
010/011) and transfer the same outside battery limit through dry slop oil transfer pump
(230-P-011A/B).
The wet slop oil from slop oil transfer pump, Naphthenic oil transfer pump, Desalter
water/Brine equalization tanks, API Separator, TPI separator, common oily sludge sump and
equalization tanks is collected in wet slop oil sump. The slop oil is then transferred to the wet
slop oil storage tanks by the wet slop oil transfer pumps.
A) Equipment and Functions:
1) The wet slop oil sump 230-SU-007 is provided for collection of the slop oil within ETP B/L.
2) One Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-3001 is provided in the tank for monitoring the
tank levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm set points. This
transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-3002 is provided to generate the low low level
alarm setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system,
hardwired interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) Wet slop oil transfer pumps (230-P-012A/B) 2 numbers are provided for pumping the oil to
the slop oil storage tanks. These pumps work on 1 working 1 standby philosophy with duty
/standby modes of operation. (230-P-012A) is provided with an extended suction arm with
mounted female knob that can be connected to decanter tanker unloading fitting for
unloading purpose of off-specs material & transfer it into slop oil storage tanks.
5) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-3002A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the wet slop oil transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
1) 230-L-3001:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to manually start the
standby pump to transfer more wet slop oil to the slop oil tank.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start wet slop oil transfer pumps
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop wet slop oil transfer pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Low low level – Trip wet slop oil transfer pumps through ESD.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the wet slop oil sump reaches the start level, the duty pump starts
running and stops at the stop level.
2) The wet slop oil transfer pump is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
9.3.2 SLOP OIL STORAGE TANKS & DRY SLOP OIL TRANSFER PUMPS
Two numbers of Slop Oil Storage Tanks have been provided with steam heating coil facility to
store the slop oil for a period of time, and to separate water from oil and to pump the
separated oil outside the battery limit using the dry slop oil transfer pumps.
1) Two numbers of slop oil storage tanks 230-TK-010/011 are provided for storing the slop oil
and separating the water from oil. One tank is operated in the fill mode and the other tank
is operated in the transfer mode.
2) Each tank has been provided with Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-3003 & 230-LT-3005
for monitoring the level and to generate various operational and high and low alarm
setpoints.
3) Each tank has been provided with another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-3004 &
230-LZT-3006 provided to generate the low low level alarm setpoint and is directly
connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system, hardwired interlocks are provided in
the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) Each tank is provided with a temperature transmitter 230-TT-3001 & 230-TT-3002 to
monitor the tank temperature and to generate the control signal for the LP steam inlet
control valve 230-TV-3001 at the common header to control the temperature in the tank.
The steam heating is done to facilitate the phase separation of oil and water before starting
the transfer pump. The tank isolation for the steam has to be done manually from the field.
5) Two numbers of dry slop oil transfer pumps 230-P-011 A/B is provided to transfer the slop
oil from the transfer tank to outside the battery limit.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge PG 3003A/B is provided in the individual discharge of the
dry slop oil transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
7) A pressure transmitter 230-PT-3001 is provided in the common discharge of the dry slop
oil transfer pumps to monitor the discharge pressure and also to stop the pumps in case
of high pressure.
8) A pneumatic on/off valve XV-3001/3002 is provided in the inlet of each of the slop oil tank.
This valves are remote operated shut off valves(ROSOV) which can be operated from the
DCS HMI and as well as from the field.
9) Two nos.of manual Dyke valves, one routed to CRWS and other routed to storm water
drain. Both valves are provided with open position indications in the control room.
10) A Pressure vaccum relief valve 230-PVRV-3001/3002 are provided for safety purpose.
11) A pneumatic on/off valve 230-XZV-3003/3004 is provided at the discharge of slop oil tank
230-TK- 010/011 to pump the oil into wet slop oil storage tank.
1) 230-I-1410/1420:
High level (Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to switch over the tank or
stop the wet slop oil transfer pump.
Low level(Set point 2) – Generate alarm in DCS and stop dry slop oil transfer pump
2) 230-IZ-0180/0190:
Low low level – Trip dry slop oil transfer pumps through ESD.
3) 230-TIC-3001/3002:
The temperature control valve is modulated to control the steam inlet to the transfer tank to
maintain the temperature.
4) 230-IZ-0260:
High pressure – Generate alarm in DCS and stop dry slop oil transfer pumps.
C) Operation:
1) Soft buttons are provided in the DCS HMI to select the tanks in fill mode or transfer mode.
The transfer mode tank temperature transmitter is used to control the steam inlet valve.
The steam inlet isolation valve provided for two slop oil tanks has to be carried out
manually from the field.
2) With phase separation happened in the slop oil tank due to the steam heating, the operator
shall manually drain the oil separated effluent by manual valves provided in the tank.. The
manual drain valves shall be closed as soon the operator visually identifies oil presence in
the drained effluent.
3) Then the dry slop oil transfer pump is started and stopped manually to ensure only oil is
pumped from the tank.
4) When the level in the transfer tank reaches low level, the dry slop oil transfer pump shall
stop.
5) The ROSOV's at the inlet and outlet can be operated both from the DCS HMI and the field.
A operating station is provided outside the dyke wall for operating these valves.
The OWS sump-I collects the oil free drained water from the slop oil storage tanks and transfer
the collected effluent to splitter box-I through the drained effluent transfer pumps.
1) The OWS sump-I 230-SU-118 is provided to collect the oil free drained water from the slop
oil tank.
2) One RADAR level transmitter (LT-3007) is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank levels
and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
3) Another Radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-3008 is provided to generate the low low
level alarm setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system,
hardwired interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) Two drained effluent transfer pumps (230-P-135A/B) are provided to pump the collected
effluent to the API splitter box-I
5) A diaphragm type pressure gauge PG 3001A/B is provided in the individual discharge of the
drained effluent transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
1) 230-I-1440:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start drained effluent transfer pumps
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop drained effluent transfer pumps
Low level(Set point 4)– Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
2) 230-IZ-0200:
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the OWS sump-I reaches the start level, the duty pump starts running
and stops at the stop level.
2) The dry effluent transfer pump is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
This subsystem is provided for the collection of the oily sludge from various areas of the plant
and to treat them.
The DAF sludge sump is provided to collect the oily sludge from the oily DAF tank and pumped
to the oily sludge thickener using the DAF sludge transfer pump.
1) DAF sludge sump (230-SU-119) is provided for collecting the oily sludge from the oily DAF
tank.
2) Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-4001 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This
transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-4005 is provided to generate the low low level
setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system, hardwired
interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps and mixers at low low level.
4) Two numbers of DAF sludge transfer pumps 230-P-036 A/B is provided to transfer the oily
sludge from the DAF sludge sump to the oily sludge thickener. These pumps work on 1
working 1 standby philosophy with duty /standby modes of operation. A manual bypass
facility is provided to transfer the sludge directly to the thickened oily sludge sump.
5) A diaphragm type pressure Gauge 230-PG-4001A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the DAF sludge transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
6) A pressure transmitter 230-PT-4001 A/B is provided to generate the high pressure alarm in
the individual discharge of the DAF sludge transfer pumps and to stop the pump.
7) A stator temperature transmitter 230-TT-4001 A/B is provided to generate the high
temperature alarm in the stator and to stop the pump.
8) A mixer 230-M-119 is provided in the DAF sump to keep the sludge in suspension.
9) The mixer is provided with a torque switch 230-XS-4001 to stop the mixer in case of high
torque.
10)Bursting Disc Tell-Tale strips(230-PSE-4001A/B) are provided to stop the motor incase of
Bursting Disc Rupture
1) 230-I-1450:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Start level 2(Set point 2) – Start DAF sludge transfer pumps
Start level 1(Set point 3) – Start DAF sludge sump mixer
Stop level 2(Set point 5) – Stop DAF sludge transfer pumps
Stop level 1(Set point 4) – Stop DAF sludge sump mixer
Low level(Set point 6) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
2) 230-IZ-0210:
Low low level - Trip the pumps and mixers through ESD.
3) 230- XS-4001:
High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS and stop mixer.
4) 230-I-1470/1500:
High pressure – Generate alarm in DCS and stop the pump.
5) 230-I-1460/1490:
High temperature – Generate alarm in DCS and stop the pump.
6) 230-I-1480/1510:
Bursting disc ruptured – Generate alarm in DCS and Stop pump. Requires operator
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting Soft button in DCS HMI.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the DAF sludge sump reaches the start level 2, the duty pump starts
running and stops at the stop level 2.
2) The DAF sludge transfer pumps is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
3) When the level in the DAF sludge sump reaches the start level 1, the mixer starts running
and stops at the stop level 1.
The oily sludge thickener is provided to thicken the oily sludge from the DAF sludge sump and
common oily sludge sump. The thickened sludge is sent to the thickened oil sludge sump and
the supernatant is sent to the OWS sump-II.
1) The oily sludge thickener tank 230-TK-121 is provided for thickening the oily sludge.
2) A centrally driven thickener mechanism 230-THK-121 is provided for thickening the sludge.
3) A torque switch XS-4002 is provided in the scraper mechanism to generate high torque
alarm and high high torque alarm in the DCS.
4) A pneumatic ON/OFF valve 230-XV-4001 is provided in the sludge discharge line of the
sludge thickener to enable automatic discharge of the thickened sludge. Two timer
controls are provided for this valve. The first timer controls the frequency of operation and
the second timer controls the duration of valve opening in every cycle. In addition to the
timer, the valve will also be opened in case of high torque in the sludge thickener.
1) 230-I-1520:
High Torque(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and open sludge discharge valve 230-XV-
4001.
High high Torque(Set point 2) - Generate alarm in the DCS and trip the oily sludge thickener.
2) 230-XV-4001
- Each automated valve is provided with two timers
- The first timer controls the frequency of operation of the automatic valve
- The second timer controls the duration of opening.
Automated valve will not open in case of high level of thickened oily sludge sump.
C) Operation:
1) The operator can start and stop the sludge thickener manually from the DCS HMI.
9.4.3 THICKENED OILY SLUDGE SUMP AND OILY CENTRIFUDGE FEED PUMP:
The thickened oily sludge sump is provided to collect the thickened sludge from the Oily
sludge thickener and to transfer the same to the centrifuge using the oily centrifuge feed
pump.
1) The thickened oily sludge sump 230-SU-110 is provided to collect the thickened sludge from
the oily sludge thickener and also can receive sludge directly both from common oily
sludge sump and DAF sludge sump with the help of manual bypass facility provided.
2) Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-4003 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This
transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-4007 is provided to generate the low low level
setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system, hardwired
interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) A thickened oily sludge sump agitator 230-M-110 is provided in the thickened oily sludge
sump to keep the thickened sludge in suspension.
5) Three numbers of oily centrifuge feed pumps 230-P-132A/B/C are provided to transfer the
thickened sludge from the thickened oily sludge sump to the oily sludge centrifuge. The
pump A and B are dedicated to individual centrifuge and pump C acts as a common
standby.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-4003A/B/C B is provided in the individual
discharge of the oily centrifuge feed pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure
locally.
7) A pressure transmitter 230-PT-4002 A/B/C is provided to generate the high pressure alarm
in the individual discharge of the oily centrifuge feed pumps and to trip the pump.
8) A stator temperature transmitter 230-TT-4002 A/B /C is provided to generate the high
temperature alarm in the stator and to trip the pump.
9) The agitator is provided with a torque switch 230-XS-4003 to stop the mixer in case of high
torque.
10) Bursting Disc Tell-Tale strips(230-PSE-4002A/B/C) are provided to stop the motor in case
of Bursting Disc Rupture
1) 230-I-1540:
High level (Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMIand inhibits opening of on/off valve of
oily sludge thickener
Start level 1(Set point 2) – Start thickened oily sludge sump agitator
Stop level 1(Set point 3) – Stop thickened oily sludge sump agitator
Stop level 2(Set point 4)– Disable starting of oily centrifuge feed pump
Low level(Set point 5) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
2) 230-IZ-0230:
Low low level - Trip the pumps and agitators through ESD.
2) 230- I-1530:
High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS and trip agitator.
3) 230-I-1560/1590/1620:
High pressure – Generate alarm in DCS and trip pump.
4) 230-I-1550/1580/1610:
High temperature – Generate alarm in DCS and stop pump.
5) 230-I-1570/1600/1630:
Bursting disc ruptured – Generate alarm in DCS and Stop pump. Requires operator
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting Soft button in DCS HMI
C) Operation:
1) The thickened oily sludge sump agitator will start and stop based on the levels in the
thickened oily sludge sump.
2) The oily centrifuge feed pump is enabled for operation above the stop level 2 and the pump
will start. when the dedicated centrifuge is put in service and stop when the centrifuge is
taken out of service.
9.4.4 CENTRIFUGE:
The centrifuge is provided to dewater the oily sludge. The supernatant is sent to the OWS
sump-II and the dewatered cake is collected in trolleys for further disposal.
1) Two oily centrifuges 230-DEW-301/401 is provided for dewatering the oily sludge.
2) Each of the centrifuge is provided with a dedicated reversible belt conveyor 230-CR-001A/B
for conveying the oily sludge cakes into the trolley or the reslurry sump.
3) Each centrifuge is provided with a torque switch XS 4004/4005 for generating the high
torque alarm and high high torque alarm in the DCS and to stop the centrifuge.
4) An LEL detector is provided in the centrifuge vicinity to sense the presence ot LEL and raise
alarm for operator safety.
5) Two DWPE dosing pumps are provided to dose the chemical at the inlet of each centrifuge.
1) 230-I-1710/1720:
High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS.
High high torque - Genrate alarm in the DCS HMI and stop centrifuge.
C) Operation:
1) Soft push buttons are provided in the DCS HMI to put the centrifuge online and offline.
Once the centrifuge is selected online the dedicated conveyor and the feed pump is
started. The sequence of starting is as below provided oily sludge sump level and DWPE
dosing tank level not low.
a) Start conveyor
b) Start Centrifuge
c) Start DWPE dosing pump
d) Start centrifuge feed pump
2) The centrifuge is taken offline by pressing the offline push button provided on the HMI.
The dedicated conveyor and the feed pump is stopped when the centrifuge is taken offline.
The centrifuge will also stop when the level in the oily supernatant sump reaches high level.
The sequence of stopping is as below:
a) Stop centrifuge feed pump
b) Stop DWPE dosing pump
c) Stop centrifuge
d) Stop conveyor
3) Provision is also provided in the DCS HMI to select the direction of rotation of the conveyor.
The reslurry sump is provided to collect the oily sludge cakes and mix it with the centrifuge
supernatant tapped from the discharge outlet of oily supernatant transfer pumps and pump
the mixed slurry to outside the battery limit using the oily sludge transfer pump. This facility
is an alternate facility and not in continuous operation.
1) The reslurry sump 230-SU-121 is provided to collect the centrifuge cakes and to prepare
the slurry and also a manual bypass facility is provided to receive the sludge directly from
the discharge centrifuge feed pump.
2) Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-4004 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This
transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-4008 is provided to generate the low low level
setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system, hardwired
interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) An agitator 230-M-121 is provided in the reslurry sump to mix the cakes with the
supernatant.
5) Two numbers of oily sludge transfer pumps 230-P-134 A/B are provided to transfer the
reslurry from the reslurry sump to outside the battery limit. These pumps work on 1
working 1 standby philosophy with duty /standby modes of operation.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-4004A/B is provided in the discharge of the oily
sludge transfer pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
7) A pressure transmitter 230-PT-4003 A/B is provided to generate the high pressure alarm in
the individual discharge of the oily sludge transfer pumps and to stop the pump.
8) A stator temperature transmitter 230-TT-4003 A/B is provided to generate the high
temperature alarm in the stator and to stop the pump.
9) The agitator is provided with a torque switch to generate the high torque alarm and high
high torque alarm in the DCS and to stop the agitator.
10) A magnetic flow transmitter 230-FT-4001 is provided in the discharge of the Oily
supernatant transfer pumps to measure the flow to the reslurry sump.
11)A pneumatic ON/OFF valve 230-XV-4002 is provided in the oily supernatant transfer
pumps discharge line to divert the flow to the reslurry sump.
12)Bursting Disc Tell-Tale strips(230-PSE-4003A/B) are provided to stop the motor incase of
Bursting Disc Rupture
1) 230-I-1640:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Start level 2(Set point 2) – Start oily sludge transfer pumps
Start level 1(Set point 3) – Start reslurry sump agitator
Stop level 2(Set point 5) – Stop oily sludge transfer pumps
Stop level 1(Set point 4) – Stop reslurry sump agitator
Low level(Set point 6) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
2) 230-I-0240:
Low low level - Trip the pumps through ESD system.
3) 230- XS-4006:
High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS.
High High torque - Generate alarm in the DCS and stop agtitator.
4) 230-I-1660/1690:
High pressure – Generate alarm in DCS and stop the pump.
5) 230-I-1650/1680:
High temperature – Generate alarm in DCS and stop the pump.
6) 230-I-1670/1700:
Bursting disc ruptured – Generate alarm in DCS and Stop pump. Requires operator
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting Soft button in DCS HMI
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the reslurry sump reaches the start level 2, the duty pump starts running
and stops at the stop level 2.
2) The reslurry pumps is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle .
3) When the level in the reslurry sump reaches the start level 1, the agitator starts running
and stops at the stop level 1.
The OWS sump-II is provided to collect the supernatant from the oily sludge centrifuge and
the supernatant from the oily sludge thickener and transfer the same to the splitter box-I
using oily supernatant transfer pumps.
1) The OWS sump - II 230-SU-011 is provided to collect the supernatant from the oily
centrifuge and the oily sludge thickener.
2) Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-4002 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This
transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LZT-4006 is provided to generate the low low level
setpoint and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system, hardwired
interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) Two numbers of oily supernatant transfer pumps 230-P-133 A/B are provided to transfer
the supernatant from the oily supernatant sump to splitter box-I. These pumps work on 1
working 1 standby philosophy with duty / standby modes of operation.
5) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-4002A/B is provided in the discharge of the oily
supernatant transfer pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
1) 230-I-1530:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop centrifuge.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start oily supernatant transfer pumps
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop oily supernatant transfer pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
2) 230-IZ-0220:
Low low level - Trip the pumps through the ESD system.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the oily supernatant sump reaches the start level, the duty pump starts
running and stops at the stop level.
2) The oily supernatant pumps is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
This subsystem is provided for the collection of the bio sludge from various areas of the plant
and to treat them.
The bio sludge thickener is provided to thicken the bio sludge and PAC sludge from the SAS
sump and send the thickened sludge to the thickened bio sludge sump. The supernatant from
the thickener is collected in the bio supernatant sump.
1) The bio sludge thickener tank 230-TK-120 is provided for thickening the bio sludge.
2) A centrally driven thickener mechanism 230-THK-120 is provided for thickening the sludge.
3) A torque switch 230-XS-5001 is provided in the scraper mechanism to generate high torque
alarm and high high torque alarm in the DCS.
4) An pneumatic ON/OFF valve 230-XV-5001 is provided in the sludge discharge line of the
sludge thickener to enable automatic discharge of the thickened sludge. Two timer
controls are provided for this valve. The first timer controls the frequency of operation and
the second timer controls the duration of valve opening in every cycle. In addition to this,
the sludge valve will also open in case of high torque alarm in thickener.
1) 230-I-1730:
High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS and open sludge discharge valve 230-XV-5001.
High high torque - Generate alarm in DCS and stop the thickener.
2) ) 230-XV-5001
- Each automated valve is provided with two timers.
- The first timer controls the frequency of operation of the automatic valve.
- The second timer controls the duration of opening.
Automated valve will not open incase of high level of thickened bio sludge sump
C) Operation:
1) The operator can start and stop the sludge thickener manually from the DCS HMI.
The thickened bio sludge sump is provided to collect the thickened sludge from the sludge
thickener and to transfer the same to the centrifuge using the bio centrifuge feed pump.
1) The thickened bio sludge sump 230-TK-118 is provided to collect the thickened sludge from
the bio sludge thickener.
2) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-5002 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This
transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) A thickened bio sludge sump agitator 230-M-118 is provided in the thickened bio sludge
sump to keep the thickened sludge in suspension.
4) Three numbers of bio centrifuge feed pumps 230-P-124A/B/C are provided to transfer the
thickened sludge from the thickened bio sludge sump to the bio sludge centrifuge. The
pump A and B are dedicated to individual centrifuge and pump C acts as a common
standby.
5) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-5002A/B/C is provided in the individual discharge
of the bio centrifuge feed pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
6) A pressure transmitter 230-PT-5001 A/B/C is provided to generate the high pressure alarm
in the individual discharge of the bio centrifuge feed pumps and to stop the pump.
7) A stator temperature transmitter 230-TT-5001 A/B is provided to generate the high
temperature alarm in the stator and to stop the pump.
8) The agitator is provided with a torque switch 230-XS-5003 to stop the mixer in case of high
torque.
9) Bursting Disc Tell-Tale strips(230-PSE-5001A/B/C) are provided to stop the motor incase of
Bursting Disc Rupture
1) 230-I-1750:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and inhibits opening of on/off valve of
oily sludge thickener
Start level 1(Set point 2) – Start thickened bio sludge sump agitator
Stop level 1(Set point 3) – Stop thickened bio sludge sump agitator
Stop level 2(Set point 4) – Stop of bio centrifuge feed pump
Low level (Set point 5) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
2) 230- XS-5003:
High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS and stop agitator.
3) 230-I-1770/1800/1830:
High pressure – Generate alarm in DCS and stop the pump.
4) 230-I-1760/1790/1820:
High temperature – Generate alarm in DCS and stop the pump.
5) 230-I-1780/1810/1840:
Bursting disc ruptured – Generate alarm in DCS and Stop pump. Requires operator
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting Soft button in DCS HMI.
C) Operation:
1) The thickened bio sludge sump agitator will start and stop based on the levels in the
thickened bio sludge sump.
2) The bio centrifuge feed pump is enabled for operation above the stop level 2 and the pump
will start. When the dedicated centrifuge is put in service and stop when the centrifuge is
taken out of service.
9.5.3 CENTRIFUGE:
The centrifuge is provided to dewater the bio sludge. The supernatant is sent to the bio
supernatant sump and the dewatered cake is collected in tipper trolleys for further drying in
sludge weathering beds.
1) Two bio centrifuges 230-DEW-101/201 is provided for dewatering the bio sludge.
2) The centrifuges are provided with a two common belt conveyor 230-CR-002A/B for
conveying the bio sludge cakes into the trolley.
3) Each centrifuge is provided with a torque switch XS 5002/5004 for generating the high
torque alarm in the DCS and to stop the centrifuge.
4) Two DWPE dosing pumps are provided to dose the chemical at the inlet of each centrifuge.
1) 230-XS-5002/5004:
High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS and stop centrifuge.
C) Operation:
1) Soft push buttons are provided in the DCS HMI to put the centrifuge online and offline.
Once the centrifuge is selected online the conveyor and the feed pump is started. The
sequence of starting is as below:
a) Start conveyor
b) Start Centrifuge
c) Start DWPE dosing pump
The Bio supernatant sump is provided to collect the supernatant from the bio sludge
centrifuge and the supernatant from the bio sludge thickener and transfer the same to the
splitter box-III using bio supernatant transfer pumps.
1) The bio supernatant sump 230-SU-002 is provided to collect the supernatant from the bio
centrifuge and the bio sludge thickener.
2) Radar type level transmitter LT 5001 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank levels
and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
3) Two numbers of bio supernatant transfer pumps 230-P-023 A/B are provided to transfer
the supernatant from the bio supernatant sump to splitter box-III. These pumps work on 1
working 1 standby philosophy with duty / standby modes of operation.
4) A diaphragm type pressure gauge PG-5001A/B is provided in the discharge of the oily
supernatant transfer pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
1) 230-I-1740:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop centrifuge.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start bio supernatant transfer pumps
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop bio supernatant transfer pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the bio supernatant sump reaches the start level, the duty pump starts
running and stops at the stop level.
2) The bio supernatant pumps is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
9.5.5 SLUDGE WEATHERING BEDS, WEATHERED SLUDGE LIQUOR SUMP AND WEATHERED
SLUDGE LIQUOR TRANSFER PUMP:
The sludge weathering beds is provided to store the bio sludge cakes collected from the bio
centrifuge for further weathering. The sludge liquor from the weathering beds is collected in
the weathered sludge liquor sump and the weathered sludge liquor transfer pump is provided
to transfer the liquor to splitter box-III. Three numbers of sludge weathering beds are
provided for phase I stage I and one more will be considered for phase I stage II.
A) Equipment and Functions:
1) The sludge weathering beds 230-TK-122 A/B/C is provided to weather the bio sludge
produced from the bio centrifuge and it has to be transported by tipper trolley provided
with tipping mechanism. Then the dewatered sludge will be spread in the bed by means of
industrial four wheel drive tractor.
2) The weathered sludge liquor sump 230-SU-122 is provided to collect the slurry from the
sludge weathering beds.
3) Radar type level transmitter 230-LT-5003 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This
transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) Two numbers of weathered sludge liquor transfer pumps 230-P-137 A/B are provided to
transfer the slurry from the weathered sludge liquor sump to splitter box-III. These pumps
work on 1 working 1 standby philosophy with duty / standby modes of operation.
4) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-5003A/B is provided in the discharge of the oily
supernatant transfer pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
1) 230-I-1870:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to take further action.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start weathered sludge liquor transfer pumps
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop weathered sludge liquor transfer pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
C) Operation:
Prepared by Reviewed By Approved By
1) When the level in the weathered sludge liquor sump reaches the start level, the duty pump
starts running and stops at the stop level.
2) The weathered sludge liquor pumps is alternated as duty and standby in every operation
cycle manually.
The LLPP will receive leachate from the nearby solid waste landfill site which will serve the
refinery and will also receive the incinerator scrubber effluent and the spent caustic effluent
from U-25 and U-24.The purpose of the Landfill Leachate pretreatment package (LLPP) is to
pre-treat the landfill leachate prior to bio-treatment such that the overall requirements for
the ETP & WRP can be met.
The leachate from the solid waste landfill, incinerator quench water and spent caustic from
unit U-25 and U-24 is collected in the leachate equalization tank (231-TK-001) and the
equalized effluent will be pumped into the pH adjustment tank -1 by means of Leachate
Transfer Pumps (231-P-007 A/B).
1) The leachate equalization tank (231-TK-001) is provided to collect the leachate from the
solid waste landfill, incinerator quench water and spent caustic from unit U-25 and U-24
and equalize the same.
2) Radar type level transmitter 231-LT -1001 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm set-points. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
3) Another radar type level transmitter 231-LZT- 1002 is provided to generate the low low
level alarm and is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system, hardwired
interlocks are provided in the MCC for tripping the pumps at low low level.
4) Two numbers of leachate transfer pumps 231-P-007 A/B are provided for pumping the
effluent from the equalization tank to the pH adjustment tank-1. These work on one
working and one standby philosophy.
5) Diaphragm type pressure gauge 231-PG 1002A/B is provided in the individual discharge of
the leachate transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
6) Two numbers of leachate equalization tank recirculation pump 231-P-005A/B are provided
to mix the effluents in the equalization tank.
7) Diaphragm type pressure gauge 231-PG 1005A/B is provided in the discharge of the
leachate recirculation pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
8) A magnetic flow transmitter231- FT- 1001 is provided in the common discharge of the
leachate transfer pump to measure the flow. This instrument provides the input flow signal
to the PID flow controller whose output is connected to the flow control valve 231-FV -
1001 provided in the common discharge to maintain a desired flow to the pH adjustment
tank-1.
1) 231-I-1000:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator shall ensure the feed to the
leachate equalization tank to be stopped.
Start level(Set point 2) – Start leachate transfer pumps
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop leachate transfer pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS and stop recirculation pump.
2) 231-IZ-0100:
Low low level – Trip leachate transfer pumps and recirculation pumps through ESD.
3) 231-FIC-1001:
Desired flow to the pH adjustment tank-1 is controlled via the flow control valve.
3) 231-I-1280:
Low Flow – Generate alarm in the DCS HMI and stop the leachate transfer pump
4) 231-I-1290:
231-FV-1001 close feedback – Generate alarm in the DCS HMI and stop the leachate transfer
pump.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the leachate equalization tank reaches the start level, the duty pump
starts running and stops at the stop level.
2) The leachate equalization tank recirculation pump is started and stopped manually by the
operator from the DCS HMI provided the start permissive for this pump is enabled. The
start permissive is enabled only when the level in the equalization tank is above the low
level.
The pH adjustment tank-1 is provided to mix the equalized leachate to LLPP drainages and to
increase the pH level to 8-9 by dosing caustic. The effluent after pH adjustment overflows into
the flash mixer where it is dosed with FeCl3 and further flows into the flocculator where it is
dosed with polymer which helps in the formation of flocs.
1) The pH adjustment tank -1(231-TK-004A) is provided to mix the equalized leachate to LLPP
drainages and dosed with caustic to increase the pH to 8-9.
2) An agitator 231-M-001 is provided in the pH adjustment tank-1 to ensure proper mixing of
the chemical to the effluent.
3) Two pH analyzers 231-AT 1001-A/1001B is provided in the flocculation tank to measure the
pH level based on which the dosing rate of caustic is controlled by the control system..
4) The flash mixer 231-TK-004B is provided to mix FeCl3 to the effluent. The flash mixer is
provided with an agitator 231-M-002 to ensure the proper mixing of the chemical.
5) The flocculators 231-TK-004C is provided to mix polymer to the effluent and thereby
forming flocs before flowing into the plate type clarifier. The flocculators is provided with
an agitator 231-M-003 to ensure proper mixing of chemical .and for formation of flocs.
1) 231-AIC-1001
High pH – Generate Alarm in DCS HMI and operator to check Caustic dosing pump status.
Low pH – Generate Alarm in DCS HMI and operator to check Caustic dosing pump status.
pH measurement error(high differential)-Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to resume
pH sensor performance by cleaning and re-calibration if necessary.
C) Operation:
1) The starting and stopping of the agitators of pH adjustment tank-1, flash mixer and
flocculators is carried out by the operator manually from the DCS HMI.
2) Based on the pH value in the flocculation tank, the control system (auto stroke control) will
adjust the dosing rate of the caustic to obtain a pH between 8-9 as per operator setpoint.
The pH control system will compare the pH signals from the two probes and raise an alarm
in case the difference between the signals exceeds a preset maximum value i.e to indicate
a potential error in pH measurement.
The effluent after formation of flocs flows into the plate type clarifier where more surface
area is provided for formation of bigger flocs and the heavier solids settle down and the
clarified water flows into the pH adjustment tank-2.
1) The plate type clarifier 231-TK-005 is provided for the above stated purpose.
2) The plate type clarifier is provided with two numbers of on/off valves 231-XV 1001/1002 in
the bottom sludge line for automatic withdrawal of sludge.
1) 231-XV-1001/1002:
Each automated valve is provided with two timers
- The first timer controls the frequency of operation of the automated sludge removal system.
- The second timer controls the duration of operation.
The valve timers will be inhibited to start when the level in the Leachate sludge sump is at the
high level.
C) Operation:
1) The plate type clarifier is selected online / offline from the DCS HMI using the soft
pushbuttons provided.
2) The sludge valves operate whenever the clarifier is taken online based on the two timers
provided in the DCS HMI.
The pH adjustment tank-2 is provided to neutralize the effluent by dosing acid. The
neutralized effluent overflows into the leachate effluent collection sump from where it is
pumped to the splitter box-III by the treated leachate transfer pump.
1) 231-I-1010:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to stop Leachate Transfer
Pumps(231-P-007A/B).
Start level(Set point 2) – Start treated leachate transfer pumps
Stop level(set point 3) – Stop treated leachate transfer pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS and operator to check the status of Leachate
Transfer Pumps(231-P-007A/B).
2) 231-AIC-1002:
High pH – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to check the performance of Acid Dosing
pump
Low pH – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to check the performance of Acid Dosing
pump.
pH measurement error(high differential)-Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to resume
pH sensor performance by cleaning and re-calibration if necessary.
3) 230-I-2070:
The treated leachate transfer pumps will start after receiving permissive feedback signal of
Bio-tower feed pumps running and stop when Bio tower feed pumps are not running.
C) Operation:
1) Based on the pH value in the leachate effluent collection sump, the control system shall
vary the dosing rate of acid based on operator setpoint.
2) The treated leachate transfer pumps starts operation when the level in the treated leachate
collection sump reaches start level and stops when the level reaches stop level.
3) The treated leachate transfer pumps are alternated as duty and standby in every operation
cycle by the opeartor.
1. Circular aeration pot made in HDPE tank (Sintex make) capacity of about 400 liters
2. A feed of return activated sludge with on/off valve 231-XV-1006 from RAS pumps discharge
header.
3. A feed of plant air line with on/off valve 231-XV-1007. The tank bottom is provided with
header and lateral arrangement for diffusion of air uniformly inside the tank.
4. Overflow and drain arrangement facility. The same are routed back to leachate drainage
system.
5. A treated leachate line from the discharge of the leachate transfer pumps into the aeration
pot. Same is provided with on/off valve 231- XV-1005.
6. Dissolved oxygen measurement unit 231-AT-1003 (DO analyzer) that can transmit signal
and also generate alarm in case of low DO levels.
1. 231-AT-1003:
High DO: Generate Alarm in DCS HMI as "Leachate Good for Aeration Tank" and no operator
action is required.
Low DO: Generate Alarm in DCS HMI as " Leachate Bad for Aeration Tank" and operator to
inhibit treated effluent entry to aeration Tank by stopping the Treated leachate transfer duty
pump
C) Operation:
9.6.6 LEACHATE SLUDGE SUMP, FILTER PRESS FEED PUMPS AND FILTER PRESS
P&ID REF: PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0001 SH 2 OF 2
The sludge generated from the clarifier will be collected in the sludge sump, which will be
then fed to the filter press for dewatering by means of filter press feed pumps.
1) The leachate sludge sump 231-SU-002 is provided for the above stated purpose.
2) An agitator 231-M-005 is provided in the leachate sludge sump to keep the sludge is
suspension. The agitator is provided with a torque switch 231-XS-1001 to stop the agitator
in case of high torque.
3) Radar type level transmitter231- LT- 1004 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm setpoints. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
4) Two numbers of filter press feed pumps 231-P- 008A/B are provided to pump the sludge
to the filter press.
5) Diaphragm type pressure gauge 231-PG-1003A/B is provided in the individual discharge of
the filter press feed pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
6) Pressure transmitter 231-PT -1001 A/B is provided to generate the high pressure alarm in
the individual discharge of the filter press feed pumps and to stop the pump.
7) A stator temperature transmitter 231- TT- 1001 A/B is provided to generate the high
temperature alarm in the stator and to stop the pump.
8) Bursting Disc Tell-Tale strips(231-PSE-1001A/B) are provided to stop the motor in case of
Bursting Disc Rupture. The rupture happens in case of high high pressure.
9) DWPE Dosing Pump(230-P-154A/B) are provided for dosing DWPE in Leachate Sludge
Sump.
10) Two numbers of filter press 231-GN-002A/B is provided to dewater the sludge. The
dewatered sludge from the filter press is collected in tipper trolley and stored in LLPP
sludge weathering beds. The filtrate from the filter press is collected in the LLPP drainage
sump.
B) Interlock, Alarm and Control descriptions:
1) 231-I-1020:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to check the operation of
Filter Press Feed Pumps(231-P-008 A/B)
Start level 1(Set point 2) – Start leachate sludge sump agitator
Stop level 1(Set point 3) – Stop leachate sludge sump agitator
Stop level 2(Set point 4) – Stop filter press feed pump
Low level(Set point 5) – Generate alarm in DCS and Operator to check the operation of
Leachate Transfer
Pump(231-P-007 A/B) and Treated Leachate Transfer Pump(231-P-009A/B).
2) 231-I-1070:
High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS and operator to check consistancy of Sludge and the
agitator.
High High Torque – Generate alarm in DCS and stop agitator.
3) 231-I-1050/231-I-1060:
High pressure – Generate alarm in DCS and stop pump. Requires operator intervention to re-
start the pump by resetting Soft button in DCS HMI.
4) 231-I-1030/231-I-1040:
High stator temperature – Generate alarm in DCS and stop pump. Requires opeartor
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting Soft button in DCS HMI.
5) 231-I-1090/231-I-1100:
Bursting Disk-Ruptured- Generate alarm in DCS and Stop pump. Requires operator
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting Soft button in DCS HMI.
6) 230-I-1270
DWPE Dosing Pump(230-P-154A/B run feed back is required to start the Filter press feed
Pump. Filter Press Feed pump is stopped when the DWPE dosing pump is Stopped.
C) Operation:
1) The leachate sludge sump agitator will start and stop based on the levels in the leachate
sludge sump.
2) The filter press feed pump is enabled for operation above the stop level 2 and the pump
will start when the filter press is put in service and stop when the delivery pressure reaches
the preset maximum which will indicate that the filter press is full.
The LLPP drainage sump is provided to collect the filtrate from the filter press and the LLPP
drainage pumps are provided to transfer the filtrate to the pH adjustment tank-1.
1) The LLPP drainage sump 231-SU-001 is provided for the above stated purpose.
2) Radar type level transmitter 231-LT- 1005 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm setpoint. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
3) Two numbers of LLPP drainage pumps 231-P-006A/B are provided to transfer the filtrate
from the LLPP drainage sump to the pH adjustment tank-1.
4) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 231-PG-1004A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the LLPP drainage pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
B) Interlock, Alarm and Control descriptions:
1) 231-I-1080:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to check the performance
of LLPP drainage pumps (231-P-006A/B).
Start level(Set point 2) – Start LLPP drainage pumps
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop LLPP drainage pumps
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and Operator to check the performance
of Filter Press.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the LLPP drainage sump reaches the start level, the duty pump starts
running and stops at the stop level.
2) The LLPP drainage pump is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
The purpose of the Hard COD Treatment element of the package (HCTP) is to treat the reject
from the Water Recovery Plant (WRP), particularly the reject from the RO plant, and to make
suitable for discharge to sea. There also be the flow limitation that can be discharged to sea
during dry weather season. The reject from the RO plant will be taken directly to Carbon Tank
as it will be always with pressure. The RO Reject before neutralization process will be pumped
from the carbon tank to Dust Suppression by means of RO Dust Suppression pumps, which
will operate intermittently. The reject effluent will further be neutralized by addition of both
acid and alkali.
The provision of adding either of the chemical will be provided depending upon the effluent
pH. The chemicals will be dosed by means of dosing pumps located in tank bunds. The
neutralized effluent will further be treated in the carbon contact tank, where powdered
activated carbon will dosed for reduction of the COD. The PAC will be dosed by means of
pneumatic transfer system with silos. The flocculated effluent will then flow into 2 nos. of
plate type clarifier, provided with scraper mechanism, for the separation of the activated
carbon sludge.
The Lamella Clarifiers shall be with distinct plate separation zone, sludge thickener zone, and
clear water zone. Within each of the Lamella Clarifiers 3 rows of plates will be arranged so
that the incoming solids can be distributed in between the plate rows whereby the flocs can
enter the lamella packs in the lower portion through special inlet feed ports. The clarified
water overflow takes place over adjustable overflow weirs on the upper edge of the plate
pack. Each of the plate row (the water layer in between two plates) has an individual overflow,
which ensures an equal distribution of solids and water over the whole of the projected
sedimentation area.
The overflow weirs will be attached to both the upper corners of the plate rows. Heavy solids
can settle even whilst they are travelling between the plate rows and are directly entering the
thickener zone underneath the sedimentation area. This way, the plate type clarifier system
has a polishing function for the residual smaller solids and projected settling area is not fully
loaded with the total solids to be treated.
The sludge which shall be settling on the floor of the Plate Type Clarifiers shall be scrapped by
mechanical scraper (2 nos. in each Clarifier), to the central pit. The PAC sludge will be collected
in separate PAC sludge sump. 3 Nos. of Sludge pumps with 2 working will be provided to
transfer the PAC sludge to the inlet of aeration tank. Guard filter of disc type is provided at
the discharge side of clean effluent transfer pumps for retaining the escaping powdered
carbon particles. The online guard filter waste backwash will also be collected in the PAC
sludge sump and pumped along with the sludge. The treated RO reject water from the clarifier
will be then collected in Clean Effluent Tank, from there it will be pumped to battery limit by
means of Clean Effluent Transfer pumps for disposal to the sea.
The carbon contact tank is provided to collect the RO reject and to reduce the COD by dosing
PAC and send it to the plate type clarifier.
1) The carbon contact tank 231-TK-002 is provided for the above stated purpose. The tank
consists of two sections. In the first section acid is dosed to the alkaline RO reject to reduce
the pH around 5-6 suitable for carbon adsorption and flocculation and the effluent
overflows to the second section where Powdered activated carbon (PAC) is dosed for the
COD removal.
2) An agitator 231-M-006 is provided in the second section to mix the chemical properly to
the effluent.
1) 231-AIC-2001:
The stroke length of the acid dosing pump is varied to maintain the pH in the carbon contact
tank to the value set by the operator.
High pH – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to start acid dosing pumps.
Low pH – Generate alarm in the DCS HMI and the operator to stop the acid dosing pumps.
2)231-I-1110:
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop coke dust suppression pumps.
Operator to check the reject flow from RO
C) Operation:
1) The agitator is started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
2) The PAC is also dosed by a VFD controlled motor to reduce the COD of the effluent.
3) The neutralized effluent overflows from the launder into two individual channels for the
plate type clarifier.
4) pH measurement error(high differential)-Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to
resume pH sensor performance by cleaning and re-calibration if necessary.
5) The coke dust suppression pumps are started and stopped manually by the operator based
on the requirement in the coke pile area.
The effluent from the carbon contact tank will flow into the Plate Type clarifier provided with
scraper mechanism for separation of the activated carbon sludge. The sludge from the
clarifier shall be collected in PAC sludge sump and from where it shall be pumped to the RAS
sump by means of PAC sludge transfer pumps. The clarified water from the clarifier flows into
Clean effluent sump by gravity and from Clean effluent Tank water is disposed to sea.
1) Two plate type clarifiers 231-TK-003A/B is provided for the above stated purpose.
2) Each of the clarifier is provided with centrally driven scrapping mechanism 231-CLR-007A/B
for scraping the sludge from the bottom.
3) A pneumatic on/off valve 231-XV-2001/2002 is provided in the individual sludge line of
each of the clarifier for automatic sludge removal.
1) 231-XV-2001/2002:
- Each automated valve is provided with two timers
- The first timer controls the frequency of operation of the automated sludge removal system.
- The second timer controls the duration of operation.
2) 231-I-1130:
The Frequency of operation Timer for Valve(231-XV-2001/2002) will be inhibited from
opening when the level is high high and will start at high level in PAC Sludge Sump.
C) Operation:
1) The clarifier drive starts operating when the clarifier is taken online from DCS HMI and
stops when taken offline.
2) The automatic sludge removal system works only when the clarifier is taken online.
The clean effluent transfer sump is provided to collect the clarified water from the plate type
clarifier, neutralize the same by dosing caustic and pump the same through the gravity filter
to sea either via the sea outfall or storm water outfall.
1) The clean effluent sump 231-TK-008 is provided for the above stated purpose.
2) Radar type level transmitter 231-LT- 2001 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm setpoints. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
3) Two numbers of clean effluent transfer pumps 231-P-011 A/B are provided for pumping
the effluent from the clean effluent sump to the sea. These pumps work on duty/standby
philosophy.
4) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 231-PG -2001A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the clean effluent transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
5) A flow transmitter 231-FT -2001 is provided in the common discharge of the clean effluent
transfer pumps to measure the total flow to the sea.
6) Caustic dosing is done in the clean effluent sump to neutralize the effluent.
7) Two pH analyzers 231-AT-2002A/B is provided in the tank to measure the pH level in the
effluent. Based on the pH measurement the dosing rate of the caustic is varied manually
in the caustic dosing pumps (231-P-015 A/B). The setting is to be done initially during
commissioning. The control system will also compare the pH signals from the two probes
and raise an alarm in case the difference between the signals exceeds a preset maximum
value i.e to indicate a potential error in pH measurement.
1) 231-I-1120:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and Operator to check the operation of clean
effluent Transfer pump(231-P-011A/B)
Start level(Set point 2) – Start clean effluent transfer pump
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop clean effluent transfer pump
Low level(Set point 4) - Generate alarm in DCS and Operator to check the operation of Carbon
Contact Tank and Plate Type clarifier.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the clean effluent sump reaches the start level, the duty pump starts
running and stops at the stop level.
2) The clean effluent transfer pump is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
The clean effluent from the clean effluent sump (231-TK-008) is pumped into guard filter and
then the discharge of the guard filter goes to sea. Guard filter is used to remove the unusual
particles of Powder activated carbon (PAC).
C) Operation:
1) The water enters through the inlet pipe into the fine screen from inside out. The "filtration
cake" accumulates on the fine screen surface and causes head loss to develop.
2) The Guard Filter will start the self-cleaning process when the pressure differential across
the screen reaches a pre-set value or a predetermined lapse of time.
3) Cleaning of the filter element is carried out by the suction scanner having spring loaded
suction nozzles which rotates in a spiral movement while removing the filtration cake from
the screen and expels it out through the exhaust valve.
4) The scanner rotation is operated by a 2-way (fwd/rev) drive unit which is attached to the
scanner by a threaded shaft, providing the linear movement.
5) The exhaust valve is activated for the duration of the cleaning cycle by a 3-way solenoid.
6) During the self-cleaning process, which takes approximately 35 seconds, filtered water
continues to flow downstream of the filter.
The PAC sludge sump is provided to collect the sludge from the Plate Type clarifier and pump
the same to the RAS sump through the PAC sludge transfer pumps. The Waste backwash from
the guard filter is also collected in the PAC sludge sump and disposed to RAS sump along with
PAC sludge.
1) The PAC sludge sump 231-SU-004 is provided for the above stated purpose.
2) Radar type level transmitter 231-LT- 2002 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm setpoints. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
3) Three numbers of PAC sludge transfer pumps 231-P-010 A/B/C are provided for pumping
the sludge from the PAC sludge sump to the RAS sump. These pumps work on two working
and one standby philosophy.
4) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 231-PG- 2002A/B/C is provided in the individual
discharge of the PAC sludge transfer pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure
locally.
1) 231-I-1130:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and operator to check the operation of PAC
Sludge Transfer pump(231-P-010 A/B/C)
Start level(Set point 2) – Start PAC sludge transfer pump
Stop level(Set point 3) – Stop PAC sludge transfer pump
Low level(Set point 4) - Generate alarm in DCS and operator to check the operation of plate
type clarifier.
C) Operation:
1) When the level in the PAC sludge sump reaches the start level, the duty pump starts running
and stops at the stop level.
2) The PAC sludge transfer pump is alternated as duty and standby in every operation cycle.
The PAC Bags received from trolley are stacked inside the chemical house and then charged
into bag dump station viz: chain pulley, as per the demand of PAC slurry dosing concentration
required inside the CARBON CONTACT TANK (231-TK-002). A service water line (viz: XV-5001
& XV-5002) is connected to the PAC slurry preparation tanks (231-TK-015 A/B) respectively. A
provision for H2SO4 line (from 231-P-014 A/B discharge) and manual DAP dosing has also
been provided into the PAC slurry preparation tank (after modification) in order to reduce
the alkalinity content for the RO rejects and to maintain the COD for the treated HCOD outlet
from CLEAN EFFLUENT TANKS (231-TK-008). THE PAC slurry preparation tanks is equipped
with respective agitators (231-M-007 A/B) and slurry transfer VFD pumps (231-P-018 A/B).
The purpose of the Chemical Dosing Package will be to dose chemicals into the process
streams in order to enable and / or enhance the performance of the process units and / or
protect the process equipment within the ETP & WRP. ALL DOSING PREPARATION AND DAY
TANKS ARE DESIGNED FOR PHASE I STAGE II FLOWS.
The ETP are provided with chemical dosing facilities for the following duties:
1. Chemical cleaning systems for UF, e.g. NaOH, NaOCl, Citric Acid;
2. Chemical cleaning systems for RO, e.g. HCl, Na-DSS, Na2S2O4, NaOH, Na4EDTA;
3. Acid
4. Powdered activated carbon
The preparation tank and dosing tank of all chemicals shall be kept in the chemical house and
be sized to provide 150% of the maximum capacity required to allow operations over any 24
h period. Water for the dilution of raw chemicals shall be derived from the site utility water
system (treated river water), which is considered as a backup provision. The day tanks will be
located in tank bund and shed will be provided and hence the dosing pumps shall be located
there. Polymer solid feeder shall be provided for easy handling of polymer chemicals. All types
of polymer shall be made up to a suitable concentration for pumping and subsequently be
provided with in-line dilution to optimize dispersion.
Water for in-line dilution of chemicals prior to mixing with process streams in the ETP shall
preferably be derived from bio-treated recovered water from the overhead tank used for
backwashing of filters. Urea and DAP available as powder, will be stored in the ground floor
of Chemical House. Urea, FeCl3 & DAP will handled by Hydraulic Lift scissor and Bag slitter
machine for feeding the same into preparation tank.
A bulk storage tank for concentrated Sulphuric acid along with transfer pumps both for
loading from the outside tankers are provided adjacent to the chemical dosing area.
DAP and urea will be dosed at inlet of bio-tower to meet the necessary nutrient requirement
(Nitrogen & Phosphorus) of microorganisms involved in cell synthesis.
FeCl3 used as a coagulant agent and dosed in the Flash Mixer of Oily & Bio DAF.
Polyelectrolyte used as a flocculation agent and dosed in the Flocculator of Oily & Bio DAF.
Dewatering Polyelectrolyte (DWPE) dosing in upstream of Oily & Bio Centrifuges for better
sludge consistency.
Sulphuric acid dosing for pH correction when the incoming water is highly alkaline.
Caustic solution dosing for increasing the alkalinity when the incoming water is acidic.
The chemical dosing system is provided to prepare the various chemicals required for the
plant operation and to transfer them to the required locations.
The ferric chloride system is provided to prepare the ferric chloride solution in the ferric
chloride make up tank and transfer the same to oily DAF, bio DAF and landfill leachate
package.
1) Two numbers of ferric chloride make up tank 230-TK-125A/B is provided to prepare the
ferric chloride solution. Ferric chloride is added in powder form to the tank where it is
mixed with service water to prepare the solution.
2) An electrical hoist 230-CR-201 is provided to lift the chemical bag and bring it near to the
makeup tank.
3) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-7001/7002 is provided in each of tank for monitoring
the tank levels and to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This
transmitter is connected to the DCS.
4) An agitator 230-M-124A/B is provided in the ferric chloride tank to mix the ferric chloride
powder to the water.
5) Reflex type level indicators LG7003A/LG7003B and LG7004A/LG7004B are provided in each
of the tank to monitor the level locally.
6) Two numbers of ferric chloride dosing pumps 230-P-141A/B is provided to dose the ferric
chloride solution to the oily DAF system. These pumps work on duty/standby mode of
operation.
7) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7001A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of ferric chloride dosing pumps-Oily DAF for safety purpose.
8) A Pressure transmitter 230-PT-7001A/B is provided at the Ferric chloride dosing pump-oily
DAF to generate low pressure alarm.
Prepared by Reviewed By Approved By
9) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7001 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the ferric chloride dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
10) Two numbers of ferric chloride dosing pumps 230-P-142A/B is provided to dose the ferric
chloride solution to the bio DAF system. These pumps work on duty/standby mode of
operation.
11) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7002A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of ferric chloride dosing pumps-Bio DAF for safety purpose.
12) A Pressure transmitter 230-PT-7002A/B is provided at the Ferric chloride dosing pump-
Bio DAF to generate low pressure alarm.
13) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7002 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the ferric chloride dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
14) Two numbers of ferric chloride dosing pumps 230-P-143A/B is provided to dose the ferric
chloride solution to the landfill and leachate system. These pumps work on duty/standby
mode of operation.
15) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7003 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the ferric chloride dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
16) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7003A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of ferric chloride dosing pumps-LLPP for safety purpose.
17) A Pressure transmitter 230-PT-7003A/B is provided at the Ferric chloride dosing pump-
LLPP to generate low pressure alarm.
18) An ultrasonic clamp on type flow transmitter 230-FT-2012 is provided in the common
discharge of the DAF feed pumps to measure the flow into the DAF system. This instrument
provides the input flow signal to the PID flow controller configured in the DCS whose
output is connected to the control valve FV 2012 to control the desired flow to the DAF.
1) 230-L-1880/1890:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Low level(Set point 2) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop the agitator
Low Low Level(Set point 3)-Stop all the running pumps.
2) 230-FIC-2012:
The control valve 230-FV-2012 is throttled to control the flow to the Bio DAF flocculation
system based on the flow measured by the clamp on type flow transmitter 230-FT-2012. The
PID controller is configured in the DCS. Also based on this flow, auto stroke controller of FeCl3
dosing pump is controlled to adjust the dosing rate.
3) 230-FQR-2012:
The flow to the Bio DAF system is recorded and totalized in the DCS from the flow measured
by the ultrasonic clamp on type flow transmitter 230-FT-2012.
C) Operation:
1) Soft push buttons are provided in the DCS HMI to select the makeup tanks in fill mode or
draw mode. The stop protection for the dosing pumps is enabled from the level transmitter
of the tank selected in draw mode.
2) The preparation of the ferric chloride solution is to be carried out manually from the field.
3) The ferric chloride dosing pumps and agitators for oily DAF, bio DAF and landfill leachate
are to be started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
The sulphuric acid system is provided to store the chemical in the H2SO4 make up tank and
transfer the same to oily DAF.
1) One sulphuric acid make up tank 230-TK-133 is provided to store the sulphuric acid from
bulk storage tank for dosing into oily DAF.
2) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-7003 is provided for monitoring the tank levels and
to generate various operational and high and low alarm setpoints. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
3) A reflex type level indicator 230-LG-7001 is provided in the tank to monitor the level locally.
4) A pneumatic On/Off valve XV 7001 is provided in the chemical inlet to the tank for
controlling the inlet from the bulk storage tank.
5) Two numbers of sulphuric acid dosing pumps 230-P-144A/B is provided to dose the
sulphuric acid to the oily DAF system. These pumps work on duty/standby mode of
operation.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7004 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the sulphuric acid dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
7) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7004A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of sulphuric acid dosing pump for safety purpose.
8) A pressure transmitter 230-PT-7004A/B is provided at the common sludge transfer pumps
to generate the low pressure alarm in the DCS HMI.
1) 230-I-1960:
High level (Set point 1)- Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Close level (Set point 2)– Close chemical inlet valve.
Open level (Set point 3)– Open chemical inlet valve.
Low level(Set point 4) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop dosing pumps.
C) Operation:
1) The chemical inlet valve to the tank operates automatically based on the level in the tank.
2) The sulphuric acid dosing pumps for oily DAF is to be started and stopped manually by the
operator from the DCS HMI.
The UREA/DAP system is provided to prepare the UREA/DAP solution in the UREA/DAP make
up tank and transfer the same to bio tower/aeration feed sump and splitter box-III.
7) A diaphragm type pressure gauge PG 7005 A/B is provided in the individual discharge of
the UREA/DAP dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally..
8) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7005A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of urea/DAP dosing pump-Bio tower for safety purpose.
9) Two numbers of UREA/DAP dosing pumps 230-P-146A/B is provided to dose the UREA/DAP
solution to the splitter box-III. These pumps work on duty/standby mode of operation.
10) A diaphragm type pressure gauge PG 7006 A/B is provided in the individual discharge of
the UREA/DAP dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
11) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7006A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of urea/DAP dosing pump-Aeration tank for safety purpose.
1) 230-I-1990/2000:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Low level(Set point 2) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop the agitator
Low Low Level(Set point 3)-Stop all the running pumps
C) Operation:
1) Soft push buttons are provided in the DCS HMI to select the makeup tanks in fill mode or
draw mode.The stop protection for the dosing pumps is enabled from the level transmitter
of the tank selected in draw mode.
2) The preparation of the UREA/DAP solution is to be carried out manually from the field.
3) The UREA/DAP dosing pumps and agitators for bio tower/aeration tank feed sump and
splitter box-III are to be started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
The hypo solution will be transferred to hypo dosing tank and the same will be dosed in the
treated effluent gardening pumps discharge and in the sanitary screen washer.
1) A hypo dosing make up tank 230-TK-129 is provided to store the chemical obtained from
the market and dose the same to screw conveyor/compactor and to treated effluent
transfer pump gardening.
2) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-7006 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm setpoints as defined in 5.6.4.B.(1).
This transmitter is connected to the DCS.
3) A reflex type indicator 230-LG-7002 is provided in the tank to monitor the level locally.
4) One number hypo dosing pumps 230-P-147A is provided to dose the hypo solution to the
screw conveyor.
5) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7007A/B is provided in the discharge of the hypo
dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
6) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7007A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of Hypo dosing pump-sanitary for safety purpose.
7) One number hypo dosing pumps 230-P-148 is provided to dose the hypo solution to the
treated effluent transfer pump(gardening).
8) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7007C is provided in the discharge of the hypo
dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
9) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7007C is provided across the suction and discharge line of
Hypo dosing pump-Gardening for safety purpose.
10) One number pump 230-P-147B is provided as a common standby for both hypo dosing
pumps 230-P-147A and 230-P-148.
1) 230-I-2010:
High level (Set point 1)- Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Low level (Set point 2)- Generate alarm in DCS HMI
Low Low Level(Set point 3)-Stop all the running pumps
C) Operation:
1) The hypo dosing pump for screw conveyor is started if there is a demand for the screw
conveyor to start and will stop after the screw conveyor stops operation.
2) The hypo dosing pumps for treated effluent pump gardening is started and stopped
manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
The DOPE dosing system is provided to prepare the DOPE solution and dose the same to the
oily DAF system.
1) A PLC based package DOPE preparation system is provided for preparing the DOPE solution
from powder. This package consists of the following:
a) The DOPE preparation tank 230-TK-126 is provided for the preparation of the DOPE
solution. This tank consists of three sections. In the first section the powder is mixed
with service water and the solution overflows into the second chamber. In the second
chamber the solution is matured and overflows in the third chamber from where it is
pumped by the dosing pumps to the oily DAF system.
b) A screw feeder 230-FD-001 is provided above the first chamber for feeding the DOPE
powder to the first chamber at a variable rate from the powder holder. The screw
feeder is controlled by a VFD for varying the feeding rate depending on the required
concentration of solution.
c) A flow indicator switch 230-FS-7018 is provided to monitor the inlet flow to the tank
and also for detecting the no flow/low flow condition.
d) A solenoid valve 230-XV-7002 is provided at the service water inlet line provided for
primary dilution.
e) A pressure reducer and a pressure regulating valve is provided to control the service
water inlet at 2 kg/cm2.
f) The first and second chambers are provided with agitators, 230-M-125A and 230-M-
125B respectively for mixing the powder to the service water.
g) A level transmitter 230-LT-7007B is provided in the third chamber for generating
various operational setpoints based on which the DOPE preparation system works.
2) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LT-7007 is provided in the third chamber for
generating various operational and high and low alarm setpoints as defined in 5.6.5.B.(1).
3) Six numbers of DOPE dosing pumps 230-P-149 A/B/C/D/E/F are provided for dosing DOPE
to the oily DAF system. The dosing pump A,B,C,D are dedicated to the oily DAF’s
109,209,309,409 respectively. The dosing pump E acts as a common standby for pumps
A&B. The dosing pump F acts as a common standby for pumps C&D. As part of phase Istage
II two more dosing pumps are considered.
4) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7008A/B/C/D/E/F is provided in the discharge of
the individual discharge of the DOPE dosing pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure
locally.
5) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7008A/B/C/D/E/F is provided across the suction and
discharge line of DOPE dosing pump-Gardening for safety purpose.
6) To the discharge of each of the dedicated pumps, a secondary dilution line is provided.
Each of the secondary dilution line contains a flow indicator 230-FI-
7001/7002/7003/7004/7005 to monitor the flow locally.
1) 230-I-2020:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Stop level(Set point 2) – Stop solution preparation.
Start level(Set point 3) – Start solution preparation.
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS .
Low Low level(Set point 5) –Stop all dosing pumps.
C) Operation:
1) The process solution preparation is an automatic batch process. When the level in the third
compartment reaches the start level,
a) The screw feeder starts operating and discharges the powder in the first
compartment.
b) The service water inlet On/Off valve is opened.
c) The agitator in the first compartment and the second compartment shall operate.
2) When the level in the third compartment reaches stop level,
a) Powder feeder stops operation.
b) Water inlet On/Off valve is turned off.
c) Agitator is switched off.
2) After the completion of the solution preparation, the agitators are switched off and on for
every 15 minutes for a duration of 15 minutes.
4) The operator shall ensure, that the powder feeder is filled with the chemical on a daily
basis.
5) The manual throttling valve in the water inlet line is adjusted during commissioning to set
the flow rate at the required value for the required concentration. The flow rate adjusted
with the help of the flow indicator.
6) The DOPE dosing pumps are started and stopped when the dedicated oily DAF unit is
started or stopped.
7) The standby pump of the DOPE dosing pump for oily DAF will start only after manual
intervention. The operator shall set the valves such that the discharge from the standby
pump reaches the failed duty pump discharge pipe.
The polymer dosing system is provided to prepare the polymer solution and dose the same
to the flocculation tank of LLPP and bio DAF units.
1) A PLC based package polymer preparation system is provided for preparing the polymer
solution from powder. This package consists of the following
a) The polymer preparation tank 230-TK-130 is provided for the preparation of the polymer
solution. This tank consists of three sections. In the first section the powder is mixed
with service water and the solution overflows into the second chamber. In the second
chamber the solution is matured and overflows in the third chamber from where it is
pumped by the dosing pumps to the bio DAF system and flocculation tank of LLPP.
b) A screw feeder 230-FD-002 is provided above the first chamber for feeding the polymer
powder to the first chamber at a constant rate from the powder holder. The screw
feeder is controlled by a VFD for varying the feeding rate depending on the required
concentration of solution.
c) A flow indicator switch 230-FS-7019 is provided to monitor the inlet flow to the tank and
also for detecting the no flow/low flow condition.
d) A solenoid valve 230-XV-7003 is provided at the service water inlet line provided for
primary dilution.
e) A pressure reducer and a pressure regulating valve is provided to control the service
water inlet at 2 kg/cm2.
f) The first and second chambers are provided with agitators, 230-M-128A and 230-M-
128B respectively for mixing the powder to the service water.
g) A level transmitter 230-LT-7008B is provided in the third chamber for generating
various operational setpoints based on which the DOPE preparation system works.
2) Another radar type level transmitter 230-LT-7008A is provided in the third chamber for
generating various operational and high and low alarm setpoints.
3) Two numbers of polymer dosing pumps-LLPP 230-P-150A/B is provided for dosing the
polymer to the flocculation tank of the LLPP. These pumps work in duty standby modes of
operation.
4) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7009A/B is provided in the discharge of the
individual discharge of the polymer dosing pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure
locally.
5) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7009A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of Polymer dosing pump-LLPP for safety purpose.
Prepared by Reviewed By Approved By
6) To the common discharge of the dosing pumps a secondary dilution line is provided. The
secondary dilution line is provided with a flow indicator FI 7006 to monitor the flow locally
and set the initial flow.
7) Six numbers of polymer dosing pumps 230-P-151 A/B/C/D/E/F are provided for dosing
polymer to the bio DAF system. The dosing pump A,B,C,D are dedicated to the bio DAF’s
116,216,316,416 respectively. The dosing pump E acts as a common standby for pumps
A&B. The dosing pump F acts as a common standby for pumps C&D. As part of stage I phase
II two more dosing pumps are considered.
8) A diaphragm type pressure gauge PG-7010 A/B/C/D/E/F is provided in the discharge of the
individual discharge of the polymer dosing pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure
locally. As part of phaseI stage II two more dosing pumps are considered.
9) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7010A/B/C/D/E/F is provided across the suction and
discharge line of polymer dosing pump-Bio DAF for safety purpose.
10) To the discharge of each of the dedicated pumps, a secondary dilution line is provided.
Each of the secondary dilution line contains a flow indicator 230-FI-
7007/7008/7009/7010/7011 to monitor the flow locally.
1) 230-I-2030:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Stop level(Set point 2) – Stop solution preparation.
Start level(Set point 3) – Start solution preparation.
Low level(set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS
Low Low level(set point 5) –Stop the dosing pumps.
C) Operation:
1) The process solution preparation is an automatic batch process. When the level in the third
compartment reaches the start level.
a) The screw feeder starts operating and discharges the powder in the first compartment.
b) The service water inlet On/Off valve is opened.
c) The agitator in the first compartment and the second compartment shall operate.
2) When the level in the third compartment reaches stop level,
a) powder feeder stops operation.
b) Water inlet On/Off valve is turned off.
c) Agitator is switched off.
3) After the completion of the solution preparation, the agitators are switched off and on for
every 15 minutes for duration of 15 minutes.
4) The operator shall ensure that the powder feeder is filled with the chemical on a daily basis.
5) The manual throttling valve in the water inlet line is adjusted during commissioning to set
the flow rate at the required value for the required concentration. The flow rate adjusted
with the help of the flow indicator.
6) The polymer dosing pumps are started and stopped when the dedicated oily DAF unit is
started or stopped.
7) The standby pump of the polymer dosing pump for LLPP will start automatically in case of
failure of the duty pump.
8) The standby pump of the polymer dosing pump for bio DAF will start only after manual
intervention. The operator shall set the valves such that the discharge from the standby
pump reaches the failed duty pump discharge pipe.
The DWPE dosing system is provided to prepare the DWPE solution and dose the same to the
oily centrifuge, bio centrifuge and leachate sludge sump
f) The first and second chambers of tank 230-TK-131 are provided with agitators 230-M-
129A and 230-M- 129B and tank 2 are provided with agitators 230-M-130A and 230-M-
130B for mixing the powder to the service water.
g) A level transmitter 230-LT-7009B/7010B is provided in the third chamber for generating
various operational set points based on which the DOPE preparation system works.
2) A radar type level transmitter 230-LT-7009A/7010A is provided in the third chamber of
tanks 230-TK- 131/132 for generating various operational and high and low alarm set
points.
3) Three numbers of DWPE dosing pumps 230-P-152A/B/C are provided for dosing the DWPE
to the oily centrifuge. These pumps are connected to tank 230-TK-131. Pump A is dedicated
to oily sludge centrifuge 301 and pump B is dedicated to oily sludge centrifuge 401. Pump
C acts as a common standby for both pump A and B.
4) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7011A/B/C is provided in the discharge of the
individual discharge of the DWPE dosing pump and oily sludge centrifuge to monitor the
pump discharge pressure locally.
5) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7011A/B/C is provided across the suction and discharge
line of DWPE dosing pump-Oily centrifuge for safety purpose. To the discharge of each of
the dedicated dosing pumps a secondary dilution line is provided. The secondary dilution
line is provided with a flow indicator 230-FI-7012/7013 to monitor the flow locally and set
the initial flow.
6) Three numbers of DWPE dosing pumps 230-P-153A/B/C is provided for dosing the DWPE
to the bio centrifuge. These pumps are connected to tank 132. Pump A is dedicated to
centrifuge 201 and pump B is dedicated to centrifuge 101. Pump C acts as a common
standby for both pump A and B.
7) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7012A/B/C is provided in the discharge of the
individual discharge of the DWPE dosing pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure
locally.
8) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7012A/B/C is provided across the suction and discharge
line of DWPE dosing pump-Bio centrifuge for safety purpose.
9) To the discharge of each of the dedicated dosing pumps a secondary dilution line is
provided. The secondary dilution line is provided with a flow indicator 230-FI-
7014/7015/7016 to monitor the flow locally and set the initial flow.
10) Two numbers of DWPE dosing pumps 230-P-154A/B is provided for dosing the DWPE to
the leachate sludge pump. These pumps are connected to tank 132. These pumps work as
duty/standby modes of operation.
11) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 230-PG-7013 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the DWPE dosing pump to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
12) A Pressure safety valve 230-PSV-7013A/B is provided across the suction and discharge line
of DWPE dosing pump-LLPP for safety purpose.
13) To the common discharge of the dosing pumps a secondary dilution line is provided. The
secondary dilution line is provided with a flow indicator 230-FI-7016 to monitor the flow
locally and set the initial flow.
1) 230-I-2040/2050:
High level(Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and further action to be taken by the
operator.
Stop level(Set point 2) – Stop solution preparation.
Start level(Set point 3) – Start solution preparation.
Low level(Set point 4) – Generate alarm in DCS
Low Low level(Set point 5) –Stop the dosing pumps.
2) 231-I-1020:
High level – Stop DWPE dosing pumps
C) Operation:
1) The process solution preparation is an automatic batch process. When the level in the third
compartment reaches the start level,
a) The screw feeder starts operating and discharges the powder in the first compartment.
b) The service water inlet On/Off valve is opened.
c) The agitator in the first compartment and the second compartment shall operate.
2) When the level in the third compartment reaches stop level,
a) Powder feeder stops operation.
b) Water inlet On/Off valve is turned off.
c) Agitator is switched off.
3) After the completion of the solution preparation, the agitators are switched off and on for
every 15 minutes for duration of 15 minutes.
4) The operator shall ensure that the powder feeder is filled with the chemical on a daily basis.
5) The manual throttling valve in the water inlet line is adjusted during commissioning to set
the flow rate at the required value for the required concentration. The flow rate adjusted
with the help of the flow indicator.
6) The DWPE dosing pumps for oily centrifuge are started and stopped when the dedicated
oily centrifuge unit is started or stopped.
7) The standby pump of the DWPE dosing pump for oily centrifuge will start only after manual
intervention. The operator shall set the valves such that the discharge from the standby
pump reaches the failed duty pump discharge pipe.
8) The DWPE dosing pumps for bio centrifuge are started and stopped when the dedicated
bio centrifuge unit is started or stopped.
9) The standby pump of the DWPE dosing pump for bio centrifuge will start only after manual
intervention. The operator shall set the valves such that the discharge from the standby
pump reaches the failed duty pump discharge pipe.
10) The DWPE dosing pump for leachate sludge sump is started and stopped by the operator
manually from the DCS HMI.
The sulphuric acid dosing system is provided for storing the acid in day tank and dosing the
same to the pH adjustment tank-2 in LLPP and carbon contact tank in HCOD.
1) Sulphuric acid day tank 231-TK-012 is provided for storing acid for LLPP system.
2) Pneumatic On/Off valve 231-XV-4001 is provided at the acid inlet to the tank to control the
inlet.
3) A radar type level transmitter 231-LT 4001 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm set points. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
4) A reflex type level indicator 231-LG- 4001 is provided the tank to monitor the level locally.
5) Two numbers of sulphuric acid dosing pumps 231-P-016A/B is provided to dose the
sulphuric acid solution to the pH adjustment tank-2 of the LLPP system. These pumps work
on duty/standby mode of operation. These pumps are provided with stroke actuators.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 231- PG- 4001 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the sulphuric acid dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
7) A pressure transmitter231- PT 4001 A/B is provided to generate the Low pressure alarm on
each dosing pumps and it is used for diaphragm rupture detection system.
8) Sulphuric acid day tank 231-TK-010 is provided for storing acid for HCMP system.
9) Pneumatic On/Off valve231- XV-4002 is provided at the acid inlet to the tank to control the
inlet.
10) A radar type level transmitter 231-LT- 4002 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm setpoints. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
11) A reflex type level indicator 231-LG -4002 is provided the tank to monitor the level locally.
12) Two numbers of sulphuric acid dosing pumps 231-P-014A/B is provided to dose the
sulphuric acid solution to the carbon contact tank of the HCOD system. These pumps work
on duty/standby mode of operation.
13) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 231-PG 4002 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the sulphuric acid dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
14) A pressure transmitter 231-PT 4002 A/B is provided to generate the low pressure alarm
on each dosing pumps and it is used for diaphragm rupture detection system.
1) 231-I-1140/231-I-1150:
High level(Set point 1) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and Operator to check the service water
inlet Valves.
Close level(Set point 2) – Close acid inlet On/Off valve
Open level(Set point 3) – Open acid inlet On/Off valve.
Low level(Set point 4) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop all running pumps associated
with the tank.
C) Operation:
1) The tank is selected online by pressing the online soft push button provided in the DCS
HMI.
2) The acid inlet On/Off valves work automatically when the tank is put online.
3) The dosing pumps are started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
4) The dosing rate of the acid dosing pumps for LLPP and HCMP is controlled by the control
system by operator setpoint. Dosing rate can also varied by the operator from the DCS
HMI.
The caustic dosing system is provided for storing the chemical and dosing the same to the pH
adjustment tank-1 in LLPP and carbon contact tank in HCMP.
1) Caustic day tank 231-TK-011 is provided for storing caustic for LLPP system.
2) Pneumatic On/Off valve 231-XV-4003 is provided at the caustic inlet to the tank to control
the inlet.
3) A radar type level transmitter 231-LT- 4003 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm set points. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
4) A reflex type level indicator231- LG- 4003 is provided the tank to monitor the level locally.
5) Two numbers of caustic dosing pumps 231-P-015A/B is provided to dose the caustic
solution to the pH adjustment tank-2 of the LLPP system. These pumps work on
duty/standby mode of operation.
6) A diaphragm type pressure gauge231- PG- 4003 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the caustic dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
7) A pressure transmitter231- PT- 4004 A/B is provided to generate the Low pressure alarm
on each dosing pumps and it is used for diaphragm rupture detection system..
8) Caustic day tank 231-TK-009 is provided for storing caustic for HCOD system.
9) Pneumatic On/Off valve 231-XV-4004 is provided at the caustic inlet to the tank to control
the inlet.
10) A radar type level transmitter 231-LT 4004 is provided in the tank for monitoring the tank
levels and to generate various operational and alarm setpoints. This transmitter is
connected to the DCS.
11) A reflex type level indicator231- LG 4004 is provided the tank to monitor the level locally.
12)Two numbers of caustic dosing pumps 231-P-013A/B is provided to dose the caustic soda
solution to the carbon contact tank of the HCOD system. These pumps work on
duty/standby mode of operation.
13) A diaphragm type pressure gauge 231-PG 4004 A/B is provided in the individual discharge
of the ferric chloride dosing pumps to monitor the pump discharge pressure locally.
14) A pressure transmitter 231-PT -4004 A/B is provided to generate the Low pressure alarm
on each dosing pumps and it is used for diaphragm rupture detection system.
1) 231-I-1160/231-I-1170:
High level (Set point 1)- Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to check Service water inlet
Valve
Close level(Set point 2) – Close caustic inlet on/off valve
Open level(Set point 3) – Open caustic inlet on/off valve.
Low level(Set point 4) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop all running pumps associated
with the tank.
Low pressure – Generate alarm in DCS .and operator to check the performance of the Dosing
Pumps
C) Operation:
1) The tank is selected online by pressing the online soft push button provided in the DCS
HMI.
2) The caustic inlet On/Off valves work automatically when the tank is put online.
3) The dosing pumps are started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
4) The dosing rate of the Caustic dosing pumps for LLPP is controlled by the control system by
operator set point. Dosing rate can also varied by the operator from the DCS HMI.
The PAC Dosing system is provided for dosing the PAC to the carbon contact tank in HCMP to
reduce the chemical oxygen demand (COD) of the fluid so that COD level of the pumped
effluent to sea can be maintained.
1) 231-I-1180/231-I-1210:
High level (Set point 1)- Generate alarm in DCS HMI and operator to check the service water
inlet Valve.
Close level(Set point 2) – Close Service Water Inlet on/off Valve
Open level(Set point 3) – Open Service Water Inlet on /off Valve.
Low level(Set point 4) - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop all running pumps associated
with the tank.
2) 231-PT-5001A/B :
High pressure – Generate alarm in DCS and Stop the respective pump. Requires operator
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting soft HMI in DCS.
3) 231-TT-5001A/B :
High Temperature – Generate alarm in DCS and Stop the respective pump. Requires operator
intervention to re-start the pump by resetting soft HMI in DCS.
4) 231-PSE-5001A/B :
Burst Disk-Ruptured – Generate alarm in DCS and Stop the respective pump. Requires
operator intervention to re-start the pump by resetting soft HMI in DCS and also after the
replacement of the ruptured disk.
C) Operation:
1) The tank is selected online by pressing the online soft push button provided in the DCS
HMI.
2) The Service Water inlet On/Off valves work automatically when the tank is put online.
3) The dosing pumps are started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI.
4) The dosing rate of the PAC Slurry Transfer pumps for Carbon Contact Tank can be varied by
the operator in the DCS HMI.
CHAPTER 10
HAZARDS & SAFETY
Safe operating practices are an important aspect of plant operation and proper safety
instructions must be laid out and scrupulously followed. This becomes especially significant
when handling inflammable and corrosive materials. Some of the important safety
considerations are highlighted below:
While preparation of chemical solutions, safety gloves & goggles must be worn.
Chemical splashes must be immediately washed with copious quantity of water. Seek
medical aid if necessary.
Contact with the effluent must be avoided as far as possible. However, if contact is
unavoidable, ensure that hands are washed with soap.
EMERGENCY HANDLING
1. Oil spillage – Oil spillage may occur due to accidental overflow/ leakage of equipments.
Action –
Isolate the equipment & take action to arrest leakage.
Clean plant area with water.
Inform Shift In-Charge & Plant In-charge.
2. Fire
Action –
Immediately take action to stop the fire.
Inform Fire Station.
CHAPTER 11
EQUIPMENT LIST
EQUIPMENT LIST :
7 231-M-003 Flocculator(LLPP)
CHAPTER 12
MAJOR EQUIPMENT AND THEIR
OPERATION
A. Valve Positions
For normal operations, valves in the suction and discharge of pump sets shall be set such that
the duty pumps or standby pumps can start without many visits to the field by the operator.
However incase of duty failure, the standby pump shall start only after operator intervention.
The pump will start when the liquid level rises above the start level and stop when the level
drops below the stop level. The pump will only operate at full speed and thus deliver the
design capacity (except where the discharge is manually throttled by the operator).
Some pumps/drives are started and stopped manually by the operator from the DCS HMI and
normally run continuously. Some are connected to large tanks which will run automatically
based on levels. Some are connected to small suction wells and again run automatically based
on water levels. Some are connected to small dosing tanks which runs based on parameters
of the effluent. In case of larger pumps the automatic restarting of the pump is enabled only
after an appropriate preset minimum time has elapsed in order to prevent excessive starting.
In case of conditions in connected equipment are out of normal operating range, equipment
will be inhibited, e.g. to prevent overflows / overloads. Inhibition is intended to be a
temporary stop which can be automatically reset, if it is not a trip.
E. Trips
Motor driven equipment will trip in case the parameters monitored by the instruments and
control system indicate that conditions have become unsafe or compromise the process. In
case of a trip condition, all drives in the related group will trip to prevent starting in an unsafe
condition.
In case of double diaphragm pumps, rupture detection is provided to trip the pumps.
In case of a trip, the operator will be required to examine the cause and go to the MCC and
manually rest the trip at the supply panel. The system will not be energized until the condition
which caused the trip is cleared or reviewed by Electrical / Control Groups / Process. Other
Trip management philosophies may apply or be allowed.
The Duty / Standby selection of the drives shall be done from the DCS HMI manually by the
operator. The cyclic operation of Duty / Standby drives shall be ensured by the operator by
operating the drives at equal intervals. The cyclic changeover time can be programmed from
the DCS HMI and an alarm will be raised if the drive crosses the programmed run time. A reset
button shall also be provided to reset the run time of the drive. In case of drives in the
discharge line for batch tank applications, the alternate selection of Duty / Standby drives are
done after each operation cycle. In case a pump fails to start when required to do so, the
standby pump shall start after getting the clearance from site except that this does not over-
ride a trip.
All the motor driven equipments will be provided with total running hours indication in the
DCS HMI to ensure duty rotation of the drives and also to decide on the maintenance of the
drives.
A. Pump Protection:
Pumps will trip when there is a low low level in the tank. Note that in most instances this is to
prevent the pump from running dry, overheating and becoming an ignition source.
All motors are provided with an emergency stop push button in the field. If the motor is
stopped using the emergency stop push button then the same has to be reset from the MCC
before starting the drive again.
CHAPTER 13
MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS
Name of Chemicals
A. Sulphuric acid 98%
B. Ferric Chloride
C. De-oily polyelectrolyte
D. Di Ammonium Phosphate
E. Urea
F. Polyelectrolyte
G. Sodium Hypochlorite
H. Dewatering Polyelectrolyte
I. Caustic 20%
J. Powdered Activated Carbon
K. Poly Aluminium Chloride
L. Hydrogen Peroxide
M. Sodium Meta Bi-Sulphate
N. Sodium Lauryl Sulphate
O. Citric Acid
CHAPTER 14
FIRE FIGHTING AND COMMUNICATION
FACILITIES
The aim of the fire protection design is to minimize loss of life or serious injury, contain and
prevent the spread of a fire, extinguish it in the early stages if possible and thus minimize the
damage and financial loss caused by such an incident.
Note: For details on locations, please refer to please refer to Fire fighting layout for Effluent
treatment plant and water recovery plant. Units 230, 231 and 235. (Dwg.No. PDRP 0451-8140-29-
230-0001).
Note: For details on locations, please refer to F&G layout for Effluent treatment plant and water
recovery plant. Units 230, 231 and 235. (Dwg.No. PDRP 0451-8551-61-230-0201)
Helmets
Face Masks
Breathing Apparatus (for confined entry)
Goggles
Protective Clothing
Boots gloves
Fire Blankets
1. Fire Fighting layout for Effluent Treatment Plant and Water Recovery plant
2. F&G Layout for Effluent Treatment Plant and Water Recovery plant.
3. Material Safety Data Sheets List For Detail Please Refer Vol-II (MSDS)
CHAPTER 15
CONSEQUENCE DUE TO UPSETS IN
OUTGOING B/L STREAMS
Feed quality changes in any process plant are imperative and any impacts or consequences
that may arise must be mitigated by taking appropriate steps or actions that offset the
unlikely conditions. Upsets in feed quality may lead to
Some of the possible consequences if for any upsets in Feed are indicated below
Note: In the case of no availability of the feeds to the respective or any significant decrease
in the quantity of the feed, planned shutdown of the unit can be undertaken as described in
other sections.
1 Effluent Flow is not Low flow from the Confirm with the process
equalized process stream Clear the blocks if any
Incoming line blocked Check the isolation valves
Isolation valve closed Check the suction line and
Pump suction line clean them.
choked. Clean the level switch or
Electrical connections check for power
to be verified. connections if it is
electronic operated.
Check the cable connection
and power supply to the
motor and panel.
2 Abnormal level of oil Process disturbance. Process must look into the
in effluent Dumping of oil from problem and corrective
storage tanks to action to be taken.
Influent. In such dumping ETP should
be informed.
ETP will bypass when
abnormal oil dumps are
seen.
6 Floating scum too Skimmer speed is high, Visual inspection and adjust
thin in DAF/ Float Unit overloaded, as required
appears very frothy; Excessive air/solids Rise rate, turn off feed
ratio. sludge and allow the unit to
clear and purge the unit
with auxiliary recycle
Reduce air flow to
pressurization system.
8 High water level in Air supply pressure low, Check the air line and check the
saturation vessel level insufficient air flow meter for the flow of air,
injection. check for other
instrumentation problems.
11 Sludge thickener not Scrapper mechanism not Check the scrapper mechanism
functioning properly operating properly, scum and run it continuously. Scum
removal not proper, removal system to be operated
thickened sludge outlet of regularly. Remove the choke
thickener is choked. and confirm free flow of sludge
from the thickener. Draw
sludge at regular interval.
Check the flow of sludge to
excess sludge sumps is proper.
12 Free oil found to be Increase in flow rate or Reduce the flow rate and
more in TPI outlet more free oil in the operate the oil skimmer in
influent. the TPI frequently
Oil skimmer not Check the rotation of the
operated properly. skimmer by rotating
manually and attend to the
problem if it is stiff or
struck. Check the ports are
clean and not blocked.
13 More emulsified oil Oil is of a higher specific Remove source of high specific
found in TPI outlet gravity than specified. gravity oil or decrease flow
rate.
14 Emulsified oil more in Increase in flow rate or Reduce the flow rate and
the DAF outlet more emulsified oil in the operate the DAF as per the
influent. manual.
15 Sludge in DAF and TPI Influent TSS to the plant Reduce the flow rate and
drain seems to be is more than design operate the DAF & TPI as
more and scum value or flow rate to the per the manual.
formation on the top plant is more. Increase the frequency of
of the DAF is more. Decreased desludging sludge draining from API.
activity in API.
16 Change in sludge High soluble organic loads Decrease aeration and mixed
volume index in effluent. liquor suspended solids.
23 Sludge cake from the Dewatering poly not dosing Check the dosing of poly and
centrifuge is not upto properly make sure the Belt filter press is
the expected working properly.
consistency.
Refer Equipment manual.
24 Thickened Sludge Sludge formation is low or Check the treatment units like
feed to centrifuge is abnormality of the sludge Clarifier, chemical preparation
less. feed pumps. units and flash mixers for
process conditions.
Check the stator of the
pump. Remove the air lock Keep the suction fully flooded
or check the stator of the pump
for any gaps in between the
stator and the rotor.
SIGNS &
S.NO POSSIBLE CAUSES SUGGESTED ACTION
SYMPTOMS
Check alignment
f. Damaged impeller
Close discharge
a. Some break down.
10. Pump fails valve and follow
b. Failure of electricity.
start up procedure for standby
unit
Product
Quality
Process
water
CRWS
water
Chem.
during upset
Upset
Cons.
Product
Quality
Sewage
Process
Chem.
Contingency
Upset
Cons.
Consequence
during upset
Product
Quality
Process
Steam
1/3/4
Chem.
CTBD
Contingency during
Upset
Cons.
Consequence
upset
Product
Quality
Landfill
Process
Chem.
Contingency during
Upset
Cons.
Consequence
upset
Product
Quality
Settled
Process
runoff
Chem.
Contingency during
Upset
Cons.
Consequence
upset
NOTE 1: TDS is not amenable to treatment in ETP section. Above TDS indicated has no effect on
biological treatment. Highly saline effluents/untreated spent
caustics/detergents/surfactants/mineral oils have a detrimental effect on biological
activity in biological treatment plant. Effect of TDS on product quality of WRP shall be
discussed in WRP sections.
CHAPTER 16
EQUIPMENT DATASHEETS
Intranet: http://10.100.128.110/
CHAPTER 17
EQUIPMENT HANDOVER PROCEDURES
Depending on duration and nature of work inside the sump, decision to remove the pump
from its place can be taken.
Taking over:
a) Check that the maintenance job is over.
b) Inspect the sump, clean of all debris and left out foreign materials.
c) Remove the ladder or approach stairs provided.
d) Reinstall the pumps if they had been taken out.
e) Energize the motor. Kick-start & check the direction of rotation of motor.
f) Line up the pump discharge valves.
g) Fill the sump with water up to 80% level.
h) Run one pump and empty the water to system.
i) Check for any leaks.
j) Stop the pump.
k) Now the sump is ready, and open the inlet sluice gates as applicable
l) Remove brickwork blocakge or connect inlet line from respective sewer inlet.
m) The system is ready to use.
n)
Pumps
Handing over:
The safe procedure for handing out of pumps in the system is as follows.
a) Isolate the discharge valve of the pump that is to be handed over to maintenance
b) The pump that is to be handed over to maintenance should be drained completely
and depressurized and ensure there is no stored or held up energy.
c) Blind and positively isolate the equipment from pipelines and any other live
system.
d) Take Electrical lock out and de-energize the pump at the MCC.
e) Follow the Lock out /Tag out Procedure, Safety precautions recommended and
Permit to work procedure by IOCL is to be followed before handing over any
equipment to maintenance.
Taking over:
a) Check that the maintenance job is over. Check & ensure that the pump casing vent,
drain, seal flush & other lines opened for maintenance jobs are properly boxed up.
If any abnormality is observed, get it attended.
b) Ensure that the coupling guard is properly fixed.
c) All the cables & earthing connections are fixed.
d) Check the freeness of shaft by rotating it with hand.
e) Check oil level in bearings. Top up, if required.
f) Energize the motor. Kick-start & check the direction of rotation of motor.
g) Stop & keep the pump as stand by.
CHAPTER-18
SAMPLING, LABORATORY ANALYSIS AND
QUALITY CONTROL
During normal operation of the plant, the performance of the plant is to be monitored to
ensure the intended purpose of establishing the plant. This can be done by means of collecting
the samples at regular intervals and analysis of the same in the laboratory. Apart from
meeting the treated effluent quality, the sampling schedule shall also include analysis of
pollutants in different treatment stages of the plant.
A tentative sampling schedule is indicated in this section of the manual for implementation
during normal operation of the plant and will be updated/modified as and when required by
the concerned authority or as per On Field Requirement. This helps in assessing the data on
the various parameters of effluent and to check the performance of the plant, at regular
intervals.
All the data obtained from the laboratory shall be properly logged on a day to day basis along
with any appropriate remarks/observations. This data registry shall complement the data
already available through the online DCS monitoring.
Note:
1. The samples shall be collected in the appropriate designated sampling bottles. Before
collection the samples, one should ensure proper cleaning & rinsing of sampling bottle,
and adding any preservatives if required (in case of time delay in analyzing the sample),
proper sealing etc.,
2. The samples collected shall be labelled properly indicating the sample source, time and
date. The sample details shall be registered in the sample register and sent to laboratory
for analysis. On obtaining the laboratory results of the above samples, the same shall be
verified accordingly with respect to sample identification code. The results shall be
compiled and maintained in the log register. The plant in-charge/process concern will
review and analyze the sample results. During this process, the necessary modifications
in the plant operation shall be decided and implemented to maintain the performance
of the plant. All above records shall be maintained properly by the plant operating staff.
3. Though the above schedule is to be followed during normal running of the plant, it may
be required to take more frequent sampling, during commissioning and plant upset
conditions, in order to optimize the operating conditions more favourably.
D Treated Effluent
pH 6-8.5
TSS, mg/l < 20
O&G, mg/l <5
Once in a day Sulphide, mg/l < 0.5
Phenol, mg/l < 0.35
COD, mg/l < 125
BOD, mg/l < 15
Cyanides, mg/l 0.2
Phosphorus, mg/l < 3.0
Ammonia as N,
15
mg/l
8 Effluent Check Basin Composite TKN, mg/l 40
Cr(IV), mg/l 0.1
Total Cr, mg/l 2
Whenever Pb, mg/l 0.1
necessiated Hg, mg/l 0.01
Zn, mg/l 5
Ni, mg/l 1
Cu, mg/l 1
V, mg/l 0.2
Benzene, mg/l 0.1
Benzo(a) pyrene,
0.2
mg/l
E Sludge Handling system:
9 Oily & Chemical sludge from API Once a week TSS, mg/l 30000
10 Oily & Chemical sludge from TPI Once a week TSS, mg/l 30000
11 Excess biosludge from Sec. clarifier Once a week TSS, mg/l 6000
12 Oily Sludge thickener O/F chamber Once in a fortnight TSS, mg/l 3000
Thickened sludge from Oily Sludge
13 Once in a fortnight TSS, mg/l
Thickener 45000 - 50000
14 Bio Sludge thickener O/F chamber Once in a fortnight Grab TSS, mg/l 1000
Thickened sludge from Bio Sludge
15 Once in a fortnight TSS, mg/l 40000 - 45000
Thickener
16 Centrifuge sludge cake – Bio sludge Once in a fortnight TSS, mg/l 200000
17 Centrate – Bio sludge Once in a fortnight TSS, mg/l 3000-4000
18 Centrifuge sludge cake – Oily sludge Once in a fortnight TSS, mg/l 200000
19 Centrate from centrifuge - Oily sludge Once in a fortnight TSS, mg/l 3000-4000
F Landfill Leachate Treatment system:
pH 6-8
Once in three days TSS, mg/l 10
20 Treated Leachate Composite
(or per batch) O&G, mg/l 1.4
COD, mg/l Note 1
G Hard COD Management
pH 6-8
21 Treated RO Reject Once a Day Composite
COD, mg/l 125
The rate at which microorganisms use oxygen in water or wastewater while stabilizing or
during biological oxidation of decomposable organic matter under specified experimental
conditions of time and temperature in aerobic conditions. During decomposition, organic
matter serves as food for the bacteria (and other microbes) and energy production occurs
from this oxidation.
SIGNIFICANCE of BOD:
As bacteria and other microorganism metabolize the organic material and consume oxygen,
the organics are broken down into simpler compounds such as carbon dioxide and water, and
the microbes use the energy released for their growth and reproduction. When this process
occurs in water, the oxygen consumed is the dissolved oxygen (DO) and it is not continuously
replaced in the water by artificial or natural means, then DO levels will decrease as the
organics are continuously decomposed by the microbes.
This need for oxygen is called biochemical oxygen demand, in effect, the demand for oxygen
for use in the biochemical reaction that sustain them, which is directly proportional to the
amount of biodegradable matter present in the wastewater under aerobic conditions. Hence,
BOD is a direct measure of the oxygen requirements and an indirect measure of the quantum
of biodegradable organic matter it is expressed as the milligrams of oxygen required by the
microorganisms to oxidize the organics in a litre of water.(mg/l)
BOD is the quantity of oxygen required by a definite volume of the liquid effluent for oxidizing
the organic matter contained in it by microorganism under specified condition. For its
determination, the DO content of the sample, with or without dilution is measured before
and after incubation at 20° C for 5 days.
Apparatus
Glass – stoppered bottles – narrow-necked bottles of about 250 ml cap, with suitable water
sealing.
Reagents
a. NaOH solution - approx. 1 N
b. HCl acid - approx. 1 N
c. Sodium sulphite - dissolve 1.5 g of anhydrous sodium sulphite in 1 litre water. Prepare
fresh solution daily for use.
d. Dilution Water: Distilled water of good quality, free from metals particularly and
aerated.
e. Phosphate Buffer Solution: Dissolve 8.5 g of potassium di hydro phosphate (KH2P04),
21.75 g of di potassium hydrogen phosphate (K2HPO4), 33.4 g of disodium hydrogen
phosphate (Na2HP04) and 1.7 g of ammonium chloride in about 500 ml of water and
dilute to 1 litre. The pH of this solution should be 7.2.
f. Magnesium Sulphate Solution: Dissolve 22.5 g of magnesium Sulphate (MgS04.7H20) in
water and dilute to 1 litre.
g. Calcium Chloride Solution: Dissolve 27.5 g of Calcium Chloride in water and dilute to 1
litre
h. Ferric Chloride Solution: Dissolve 0.25 g of ferric chloride (FeCl3, 6H20) in water and
dilute to 1 litre.
i. Seeding Material: Supernatant liquor of domestic sewage stored for 24-36 hours at
20°C.
Procedure:
Samples containing acidity or alkalinity should be neutralized to pH about 7.0 with
NaOH solution or HCl respectively by adding a pre-determined quantity.
Samples containing residual chlorine or chloramines should be dechlorinated if
chlorine is not dissipated on standing for 2 hours. To dechlorinate, first determine the
quantity of sodium sulphite solution required for a known aliquot of the sample by
titration. The sample should be acidified either with acetic acid (1:1) or sulphuric acid
(1:50), 10 ml of potassium iodide should then be added and the resulting solution
titrated to the starch-iodine end point. Then add the requisite volume of the sample.
The quantity of sodium sulphite can be added to the sample, avoiding any excess and
check for the absence of chlorine after 20 minutes.
Samples containing toxic substances in large amounts would require special
treatment. However, the effect of small amounts may be overcome by using the
proper dilution so that toxicity is removed and the maximum BOD value is measured.
If increasing dilutions show an increasing BOD, the dilution should be increased to a
level where BOD levels off at a maximum.
To check the quality of dilution water and the effectiveness of the seed, determine
the BOD of a standard solution of either glucose or glutamic acid in the dilution water.
Store the dilution water at 20° and use when near that temperature. Take the desired
volume of dilution water required for the test sample and add for every 1 litre of water
1 ml each of phosphate buffer solution, magnesium sulphate solution, calcium
chloride solution and ferric chloride solution. Seed the dilution with seed material. The
quantity of seed material (0.1 to 1% of settled sewage or 1 to 5% receiving water)
added should be such that oxygen depletion in the dilution water control is between
0.2 and 0.8 after incubation at 20°C for 5 days.
Prepare as follows several dilutions of the sample (usually 0.1 to 1.0% for storing
industrial effluents and 5 to 25% for treated effluents) so as to obtain a depletion of
at least 2 mg/l of DO
After incubation for 5 days. In the case of dilutions greater than 1:100, prepare a 10%
primary dilution in a volumetric flask and from this make the final dilutions from it.
Carefully Siphon the prepared seeded dilution water into a graduated 1000 ml
measuring cylinder and fill up to the 500-ml. mark. Add the requisite quantity of the
carefully well - mixed sample to make the particular dilution and fill with dilution water
to 1 litre. Mix thoroughly but gently with a plunger type of rod without entraining air.
Siphon the dilution into two glass-stoppered bottles, fill completely and stopper.
Prepare succeeding dilutions of lower concentrations in the same manner.
Determine the initial DO concentration in one of the two bottles of each dilution by
the method given below. Water seal the other bottles and incubate the other at 20°C
for five days. After incubation for 5 days, determine the DO in the dilutions and the
blank in the same manner, as the initial DO content was determined.
Calculations:
F = Ratio of the seed in the sample to that in the control, i.e. percent seed in D1divided
by % seed in C1
SIGNIFICANCE of DO:
Reagents:
a. MANGANESE SULPHATE SOLUTION:
Dissolve 480 g of manganese Sulphate tetra hydrate (MnSO4.4H20) in water, filter if not clear;
and make up to 1 litre. The solution should not liberate more than a trace of iodine when
added to an acidified KI solution.
c. CONCENTRATED H2SO4
Procedure 1
Remove the stopper from a 250 to 300 ml bottle containing the sample and add 1.5 ml of
manganese Sulphate solution followed by 1.5ml of alkaline iodide solution, keeping the tip of
the pipette in each case well below the liquid. Carefully replace the stopper without the
inclusion of air bubbles and thoroughly mix the contents by inverting and rotating the bottle
several times, allowing the precipitate formed to settle. When the precipitate settles leaving
a clear supernatant above the manganese hydroxide floc, repeat mixing a second time and
allow settling.
When further settling produces at least 100 ml of clear supernatant, carefully remove the
stopper and add immediately 2ml of concentrated H2SO4 by running down the acid down the
neck of the bottle, stopper and mix well to ensure uniform distribution of iodine in the bottle.
Take 200 ml of the solution and titrate immediately against standard sodium thio Sulphate
solution, adding 1 ml of starch indicator solution when the colour becomes pale yellow and
completing the titration to the disappearance of the blue colour. The error due to the
displacement of sample by reagent is insignificant.
Where ‘V’ is the volume in ml of the standard sodium thio Sulphate solution used in the
titration.
Note : In case of presence of organic matter, easily oxidised at the pH of the alkaline iodide
treatment.
Procedure 2:
Reagents:
All the reagents used in the above procedure except that an alkaline iodide – sodium azide
solution shall substitute for the alkaline iodide solution.
Procedure:
Remove the stopper of the bottle containing the sample, add 2 ml of manganese Sulphate
solution followed by 2ml of alkali iodide – sodium azide solution, stopper and mix by inversion
for 20 seconds. Immediately add 2 ml of concentrated sulphuric acid before the precipitate
settles, remix and titrate as described earlier.
Procedure 3:
Alum Flocculation Modification: (In the presence of high amounts of suspended solids).
Alum Solution: Dissolve 10 g of potassium Aluminium Sulphate in water and dilute to 100 ml.
Procedure:
Collect the sample in a glass-stoppered bottle of 500 – 1000 ml capacity; using the same
precautions as are necessary for the 300 ml sample. Add 10 ml of alum solution followed by
1 to 2 ml of ammonium hydroxide. Stopper and invert gently for about 1 minute. Allow
settling for about 10 minutes and then siphoning the clear supernatant into 250 to 300 ml DD
bottle until it overflows. Avoid aeration and keep the siphon submerged at least 20cms. Then
follow the same procedure and calculate the result as given above.
All suspended matter (both organic and inorganic) in water or wastewater sample that is
retained on the filter paper are referred to as total suspended solids (TSS).
SIGNIFICANCE of TSS:
High concentrations of TSS in effluents can cause increased sedimentation and thereby
increase sludge production. TSS in Aeration tank liquor is termed as Mixed Liquor suspended
solids (MLSS), which is the suspended solids concentration of organic matter(activated
sludge) in the aeration tank liquor. This concentration is used as a first order approximation
to represent the amount of organisms in the liquor or the amount of organism in the activated
sludge process (ASP), which is normally in the range of 1500 to 4000 mg/l in conventional ASP.
Reagent
Asbestos cream: Make a cream of acid-washed medium fiber gooch asbestos with water. Add
one litre of water for every 15g of asbestos. If the asbestos contains too much of fine powder,
remove the latter by repeated decantation.
Procedure
Carefully make an asbestos mat in the gooch crucible by adding sufficient asbestos
cream to produce a mat about 3 mm thick. In preparing the mat, first fill the crucible
with well-mixed asbestos cream, let stand for about 10 minutes to allow the heavier
particles to settle and then apply suction to the same extent, as it will be used for
filtering the sample. Wash the mat with water with the suction on by filling and
drawing through.
Dry the crucible with the asbestos mat in an oven at 103° to 105°C for 1 hr. Cool in a
desiccator and weigh.
Filter the sample through the weighed Gooch crucible after moisturizing with a few
drops of water. Add successive increments of 10 ml of well-shaken sample for filtration
using suction. Add each increment of sample before the mat becomes dry. The use of
a pipette with an orifice wide enough to prevent clogging with suspended matter is
recommended. Continue successive 10 ml additions of the sample until the filtration
becomes inconveniently slow or until about 10 to 20 mg of suspended matter has
been filtrated.
Carefully wash the mat with 10 ml of water to remove soluble salts. Continue suction
until draining is complete. Dry the crucible in an oven at 103 to 105°C for 1 hr, cool to
room temperature in a desiccator and weigh.
Calculations:
Where,
A measure of the volatile solids in water or wastewater sample that can be volatilized and
burned off when the total solids are ignited at around 500 oC.
SIGNIFICANCE of VS:
The concentrations of volatile organic matter in the mixed liquor suspended solids. It is a
measure of concentration of microorganisms participating in a particular metabolic process
of the system. This is the true representation of the amount of organisms present in the
process. MLVSS is normally about 60 to 80% of MLSS. This volume of volatile organic solids is
measured by evaporation at relatively high temperature (550 oC) from the mixed liquor of an
aeration tank.
Principle:
The principle involved is evaporation of the liquid at high temperature to get fixed, volatile
and dissolved solids.
Apparatus:
a) Crucible to withstand 650°C temp.
b) Chemical balance
c) Muffle furnace
Procedure:
a) Take the empty crucible and clean it thoroughly, make it perfectly dry. Take the weight
of the empty crucible, say W1 g.
b) Add to the crucible 25 ml of liquid sample.
c) Heat the crucible till the entire liquid in the crucible evaporates and dry residue
remains at the bottom.
d) Take the weight of the crucible with residue after cooling for 20 minutes. Weight, say
W2 g.
e) Take the same crucible and keep it in muffle furnace at a temperature of 650°C for 30
minutes. During this time the volatile and organic matter in the solids is evaporated.
What remains in the crucible is “Fixed Solids”
f) Cool the crucible and weight it with the fixed solids residue, say W 3 g.
Calculations:
SIGNIFICANCE OF SVI
SVI is a measure of the settling quality and compatibility (a quality indicator) of the activated
sludge and it’s also referred to as Mohlman index. As the SVI increase the sludge settles
slower, which does not compact well, it is likely to result in an increase in effluent suspended
solids concentration. As the SVI decreases, the sludge becomes denser and the settling is
more rapid.
When SVI is less than 100, sludge is old and possesses pin flocs, effluent turbidity tends to
increase. When SVI is between 100 and 200, the process is under normal operation with good
settling and low effluent turbidity (optimal being 100-120). When SVI is greater than 250,
bulking sludge takes place with poor settling and high effluent turbidity. The SVI is used as a
trend indicator to evaluate the system behaviour.
Reagent / Equipment
1 litre graduated cylinder
Procedure
1. Fill the 1 litre graduated cylinder to mark with the effluent mixed liquor of an activated
sludge tank.
2. Note the volume occupied by the sludge after half an hour settling.
3. Thoroughly mix the sample in the cylinder and determine the suspended solids as
mentioned in procedure for Total Suspended solids.
Calculations
SIGNIFICANCE OF COD
COD test indicates the total oxidizable organic material present in the sample and does not
differentiate between biologically oxidisable and inert organic matter. The COD test can be
completed within 2 hours, and is much more convenient than the BOD test. The COD value is
normally higher than the BOD value because, more organics can be oxidised by these
chemicals than are biodegradable in BOD test. A high COD:BOD ratio for an industrial wastes
may be an indication of the presence of either organics that are hard to biodegrade, or toxic
material inhibiting the BOD results.
Reagents
Dissolve 12.259 g of dried analytical reagent grade potassium dichromate in distilled water to
make 1 litre of solution
Dissolve 39.2 g of ferrous ammonium sulphate in water adding 20 ml conc. Sulphuric acid to
make 1 litre of solution. Standardise this solution with potassium dichromate. For
standardisation dilute 10 ml of potassium dichromate to about 100 ml, add 30ml of conc.
Sulphuric acid and titrate with ferrous ammonium sulphate using ferroin as indicator.
e. Ferroin Indicator
Dissolve 1.485 g of 1,10 Phenanthroline and 0.695 g of ferrous sulphate in distilled water to
make 100 ml of solution.
Procedure
1. Take 20ml of sample in a 250-500 ml COD flask (a round bottom flask with Leibig Reflux
Condenser).
2. If the sample is expected to have COD more than 50 mg/l, add 10 ml of 0.025 N
potassium dichromate solutions. Extreme care should be taken in case of low COD.
3. Add a pinch of silver sulphate and mercuric sulphate. If the sample contains chlorides
in higher amount, it is added in the ratio of 10:1 to the chlorides.
5. Reflux at least for 2 hours on a water bath or hot plate. Remove the flask, cool and add
distilled water to make the final volume to about 140 ml.
6. Add 2-3 drops of ferroin indicator, mix thoroughly and titrate with 0.01 N ferrous
ammonium sulphate.
7. Run a blank with distilled water using same quantity of the chemicals.
Calculation
Where
18.2.7 DETERMINATION OF PH
pH
The pH value is the logarithm to base 10, of the reciprocal of the hydrogen ion concentration
in gram per litre.
pH = - log 10 (H+)
SIGNIFICANCE OF pH
pH is the way of representation or the measure of the acidity or alkalinity of water on a
negative logarithmic scale of 0 to 14 based on hydrogen ion concentration. Acidic waters
have pH values between 0 and 7; alkaline waters range between 7 and 14 and a pH of 7 is
considered neutral.
Principle
Interferences
The glass electrode is relatively free from interferences from colour, turbidity, colloidal
matter, oxidants, reductants, or high salinity, except for a sodium error at pH>10. Reduce this
error by using special “low Sodium” electrodes. Temperature causes some interferences in
pH measurement. Therefore standard pH buffers have specified pH at indicated
temperatures.
Apparatus
Calibration
Calibrate the electrode system against standard buffer solutions of known pH. Because buffer
solutions may deteriorate as a result of mold growth or contamination, prepare fresh as
needed for accurate work. In each case follow the manufacturers recommendation for
storage and preparation of electrodes for use. Before use remove the electrodes from the
storage solution, rinse and blot dry. Place it in the initial buffer solution and set the
isopotential.
Select a buffer within 2 pH units of the sample pH and bring sample and buffer to the same
temperature. Remove electrodes, rinse, dry and immerse in second buffer. Record
temperature and adjust temperature dial on meter so that the meter indicates the pH value
of the buffer at test temperature (as per available data on pH values of standard solutions at
specific temperatures). Remove electrodes form the second buffer, rinse, dry and immerse in
a third buffer solution of pH 3 units different from the second. The reading should be within
pH units from the expected value. If this is not so, check for trouble with electrodes or
potentiometer. Repeat the calibration and standardization procedure at regular intervals.
Sample Analysis: Establish equilibrium between the electrodes and sample by stirring sample
to ensure homogeneity: Stir gently to minimize carbon di oxide entrainment. For buffered
samples or those of high ionic strength, condition electrodes after cleaning by dipping them
into sample for one minute. Dry and immerse in afresh portion of sample and read pH.
With dilute poorly buffered solutions, equilibriate the electrodes by immersing in three or
four successive portions. Take a fresh sample to measure pH.
SIGNIFICANCE OF O&G
Petrochemical effluents have very high levels of grease and fat and can adversely affect
biological wastewater treatment process. An organic solvent extracts the oils and grease. The
solvent is distilled off and the weight of the extracted matter is determined.
Apparatus
Separating funnel of 500 ml capacity; the stopper or stopcock should not be lubricated with
matter soluble in petroleum ether.
Reagents
Procedure
layer into another separating funnel and extract again with a 50-ml portion of light petroleum.
Reject the aqueous layer and combine the petroleum extracts.
** Note: Some effluents do not readily flocculate with lime. In such cases, determine the
suitable flocculating agent (flocculant) by a preliminary trial and use them. The following
flocculant agents are suggested.
Add 2 gm of powdered anhydrous sodium sulphate to the combined petroleum extract, and
shake intermittently over a period of 30 minutes. Filter through a small size filter paper
(Whatman no.30 or equivalent).
Collect the filtrate in a dry, weighed wide-neck flask of 250 ml capacity. Wash the paper with
two successive 20 ml portions of light petroleum and collect the filtrate in the flask. Finally
evaporate the last traces in a current of warm air. Place in a water bag for 10 minutes, wipe
the outside. Dry with a filter paper; cool in a desiccator and weigh. The difference in weight
is the weight of the residue. (If, after the solvent has evaporated the residue all contains
water, add 2 ml of acetone and evaporate in a water bag. Repeat the acetone addition and
evaporation until the contents are free of water).
Calculations
Where
AMMONIA (O&G)
Ammonia is colorless, pungent gas composed of nitrogen and hydrogen, extermelsy soluble
in water. The quantiy of elemental nitrogen present in the form of ammonia is represented
as NH3-N (Ammonical Nitrogen).
SIGNIFICANCE OF AMMONIA
Petrochemical effluents have very high levels of grease and fat and can adversely affect
biological wastewater treatment process. An organic solvent extracts the oils and grease. The
solvent is distilled off and the weight of the extracted matter is determined.
Principle
The sample is buffered at pH 9.5 with a borate buffer to decrease hydrolysis of cyanate and
organic nitrogen compounds. It is distilled into a solution of boric acid when titration is to be
used.
Apparatus
a. Distillation apparatus: Arrange a borosilicate glass flask of 800 to 2000 mL capacity attached
to a vertical condenser so that the outlet tip is submerged below the surface of the
receiving acid solution.
b. pH meter
Reagents
Procedure
1. Equipment preparation: Add 500 mL water and 20 mL borate buffer, adjust pH to 9.5
with 6 N NaOH solution and add to a distillation flask. Add a few glass beads or boiling
chips and use this mixture to steam out the distillation apparatus until distillate shows
no trace of ammonia.
5. The following table is useful in selecting sample volume for the distillation and
titration method.
5 – 10 250
10 – 20 100
20 – 50 50
50 – 100 25
Reagents
1. Mixed indicator solution: Dissolve 200 mg methyl red indicator solution in 100 mL 95%
ethyl or isopropyl alcohol. Dissolve 100 mg methylene blue in 50 mL 95% ethyl or
isopropyl alcohol. Combine solutions. Prepare monthly.
2. Indicating boric acid solution: Dissolve 20 g H3BO3 in water, add 10 mL mixed indicator
solution and dilute to 1 L. Prepare monthly.
Procedure
1. Titrate ammonia in distillate from the distillation step with standard 0.02 N H 2SO4
titrant until indicator turns a pale lavender.
2. Blank: Carry a blank through all steps of the procedure and apply the necessary
correction to the results.
Calculation
mg NH3-N/L = (A – B) x 280
mL sample
where:
CHAPTER -19.0
Performance monitoring of the plant not only involves complying to the Treated effluent
standards but shall also include close monitoring of intermediate unit operations/processes
with respect to
1. Equipment performance,
2. Treatment process,
3. Upsets,
4. Power consumption,
5. Chemical dosing rates and consumption,
6. Sludge production,
7. Reaction/process time period.
Volume of sludge = Influent flow x TSS concentration x TSS removal efficiency in API
1000 x Density of settled sludge x Settled sludge consistency
Where,
Volume of sludge generation is in m3/d,
Influent flow is in m3/d,
TSS concentration in Influent in mg/L,
TSS removal efficiency shall be considered as 60%
Density of settled sludge shall be considered as 1020 kg/m3
Settled sludge consistency shall be considered as 3 %
2. Ensure sufficient sludge removal and oil skimming in API to reduce the loading on
downstream units (TPI and DAF) and thereby oil carryover to biological treatment.
19.1.2 Sludge Generation Calculation in TPI
Volume of sludge = Influent flow x TSS concentration x 0.4 x TSS removal efficiency in TPI
1000 x Density of settled sludge x Settled sludge consistency
Where,
Volume of sludge generation is in m3/d,
Influent flow is in m3/d,
TSS concentration in Influent to API in mg/L,
TSS removal efficiency of TPI shall be considered as 85 %
Density of settled sludge shall be considered as 1020 kg/m3
Settled sludge consistency shall be considered as 3 %
Volume of sludge = Influent flow x ((Influent TSS conc. – Outlet TSS Conc) + (Ferric
chloride dosage x 0.65))
1000 x Density of settled sludge x Settled sludge consistency
Where,
Volume of sludge generation is in m3/d,
Influent flow is in m3/d,
Air reqt. = Influent flow x (O&G conc.+TSS conc.) x A/S ratio x 1.5 x No of DAF units.
1000 x 1.293
Where,
Air requirement is in Nm3/hr,
Influent flow is in m3/hr,
O&G and TSS concentration is in mg/l,
Air/Solids (A/S) ratio shall be 0.02 to 0.022 kg/kg.
Significance and Control
1. Based on the incoming solids and oil load, the air requirement shall be adjusted
accordingly, for efficient performance of the DAF unit.
2. Sufficient air as calculated above shall always be maintained for proper saturation of
air and water and ensure oil carryover to downstream biological treatment is within
the specified limits.
Where,
Chemical dosing rate is in Litres per hour (LPH),
Influent flow is in m3/hr,
Dosage rate is in mg/L,
Dosing strength is in %,
Density is in kg/L and
Chemical consumed is in kg/day,
Purity of chemical in %.
Note 1: The dosages indicated are tentative and may be adjusted as per the Jar test conducted
on the effluents.
2. pH shall be established after jar test trials for optimum ferric chloride coagulation.
The optimal pH shall fall in the range of 6 to 7.
3. For the appropriate test methods and schedule of testing, Please refer to Section 10:
Sampling, Laboratory analysis and quality control.
Where,
Volume of sludge = Influent flow x Influent BOD conc. x Excess sludge Generation rate
1000 x Density of settled sludge x settled sludge consistency
Where,
Volume of Excess sludge generation is in m3/d,
Influent flow to Aeration tank is in m3/d,
BOD concentration in Influent to Aeration tank in mg/L,
Excess sludge generation rate is in kg Solids/kg BOD and varies from 0.7 to 0.8
Density of settled sludge shall be considered as 1005 kg/m3
Settled sludge consistency shall be considered as 0.6 to 0.8 %
Where,
Recirculation flow is in m3/hr,
Q is Influent flow to Aeration tank in m3/hr,
MLSS is in mg/L.
6000 indicates the Concentration of the settled sludge from Secondary clarifier in mg/L.
Ferric chloride(4) Inlet to Bio DAF Auto Coagulation of Incoming TSS and
1.1 10 10 to 20
flash mixing tank stroke effect the TSS removal in DAF unit.
Polyelectrolyte(4) Bio DAF Auto Effects flocculation of coagulated
0.05 to
Flocculation tank stroke microflocs and thereby improve TSS 1.0 1 to 3
0.1
reduction efficiency of bioDAF.
Where,
Chemical dosing rate is in Litres per hour (LPH),
Influent flow is in m3/hr,
Dosage rate is in mg/L,
Dosing strength is in %,
Density is in kg/L and
Chemical consumed is in kg/day,
Purity of chemical in %.
Note 1: Urea dosing is eventual only. Normally nitrogen is available in the effluent. Shall be
dosed whenever nitrogen is absent in the incoming effluent. Typical value is 5 mg/L
as Nitrogen to every 100 mg/L of BOD.
2. Di Ammonium phosphate dosing is mandated for continuous dosing. Typical value is
1 mg/L as Phosphorus to every 100 mg/L of BOD.
3. pH shall be established after jar test trials for optimum ferric chloride coagulation.
The optimal pH shall fall in the range of 6 to 7.
4. The dosages indicated are tentative and may be adjusted as per the Jar test
conducted on the effluents.
5. For the appropriate test methods and schedule of testing, Please refer to Section 10:
Sampling, Laboratory analysis and quality control.
Where,
Total solids to thickener is in kg/d,
Efficiency shall be 90%,
Density of sludge is in kg/m3, and
Sludge consistency shall be 4 to 5%.
Significance and Control
1. Based on the quantity of thickened sludge generated, the timing and frequency of
desludging thickener (pneumatic valve) is set and accordingly, the downstream
sludge handling activities/centrifuge operation run time is planned. It is
recommended to desludge thickener at least once every shift to avoid choking and
any solidification.
Note 1: The dosages indicated are tentative and may be adjusted as per the Jar test conducted
on the sludge or as advised by dewatering polyelectrolyte suppliers.
2. For the appropriate test methods and schedule of testing, Please refer to Section 10:
Sampling, Laboratory analysis and quality control.
Volume of sludge = Influent flow x ((Influent TSS conc. – Outlet TSS Conc) + (Ferric
chloride dosage x 0.65))
1000 x Density of settled sludge x Settled sludge consistency
Where,
Volume of sludge generation is in m3/d,
Influent flow is in m3/d,
TSS concentration in Influent to LLTP in mg/L,
Required TSS concentration in outlet of Plate type clarifier in mg/L, shall be less than
10 mg/L.
Density of settled sludge shall be considered as 1020 kg/m3
Settled sludge consistency shall be considered as 1.5 %
Where,
Chemical dosing rate is in Litres per hour (LPH),
Influent flow is in m3/hr,
Dosage rate is in mg/L,
Dosing strength is in %,
Density is in kg/L and
Chemical consumed is in kg/day,
Purity of chemical in %.
Note 1: pH shall be established after jar test trials for optimum ferric chloride coagulation.
The optimal pH shall fall in the range of 6 to 7.
2. The dosages indicated are tentative and may be adjusted as per the Jar test
conducted on the effluents.
19.6 HARD COD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Where,
Volume of sludge generation is in m3/d,
Amount of PAC dosed in kg/d,
Density of settled sludge shall be considered as 1050 kg/m3
Settled sludge consistency shall be considered as 2 %
Calculation of Chemical dosing rate and consumption (Not applicable for PAC)
Where,
Chemical dosing rate is in Litres per hour (LPH),
Influent flow is in m3/hr,
Dosage rate is in mg/L, Dosing strength is in %, Density is in kg/L and
Chemical consumed is in kg/day,
Purity of chemical in %.
Note 1: PAC dosing shall be 1.0 kg for every 0.3 kg of Incoming COD or as advised by PAC
supplier.
2. For the appropriate test methods and schedule of testing, Please refer to Section
10: Sampling, Laboratory analysis and quality control.
CHAPTER-20
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
The detailed maintenance program which shall be carried out at site for ensuring optimum
upkeep of all machinery shall include the following.
a) Daily & Monthly maintenance checks,
b) General Monthly Equipment Maintenance Checklist.
c) Overall Equipment Preventive Maintenance Checklist.
The preventive maintenance program shall be as below:
Daily maintenance
Weekly maintenance
Monthly Maintenance
Standardized maintenance schedules & procedures, which are accepted and recommended
by all the equipment manufacturers, shall be followed.
The Plant In charge with the assistance of his team shall maintain the following reports to
monitor the performance of plant,
CHAPTER-21
The DCS will function as the central information centre, controlling devices for all process equipment
in the plant. The DCS shall be installed in Satellite Rack Rooms (SRRs) and in the following Main Control
Buildings:
Operator consoles shall be located in the Main Control Room (MCR) of each of the Control Buildings.
Operating functions of all the main process, utility, and offsite units shall be carried out from these
consoles. There shall also be a DCS HMI and engineering workstation in each Satellite Rack Room
(SRR). Local Operator Shelters, where specified shall be provided with DCS operator
consoles/workstations with ‘view only’ facilities to enable viewing of Process graphics of the Refinery
and Petrochemical Complex (including offsites, utilities, associated units and Licensed Process Units),
as required.
Objectives
The objective of the DCS is to support the high reliability and availability of the whole facility.
Operations shall be automated as much as is practical, thereby minimising personnel involvement and
maximising reliability. The DCS shall control and monitor the plant to continuously produce on-
specification product whilst maximising plant energy efficiency, and minimising adverse
environmental impact and maintenance downtime.
Normal plant operations shall be controlled from a suite of Operator Consoles in the corresponding
Control Building. Console mounted DCS Operator Workstations (HMI’s) shall form the man machine
interface and provide the operators with a universal “Single Window” for remote control and
monitoring of the Plant.
All safety critical functions shall be implemented in the ESD system. Sequential logic (pump starts,
batch operations etc) shall be implemented in the DCS.
System Structure
The DCS shall comprise discrete types of functional hardware elements interconnected to provide the
required overall system functionality. The separate major elements shall have a hierarchical
relationship via a DCS communication network. A hierarchical hardware and database structure shall
enable the more essential elements of the system to survive failures of the less critical but more
powerful elements.
The required major system elements in hierarchical order, (most critical last) are:
• Engineering Stations
• Operator stations
• Control and data acquisition systems
The DCS highway utilises Fibre Optic Cable Technology for redundant communications between the
MCB, UCB, ECB, OM&S Control Building, and SRRs.
All HMI’s have the capability to access information globally across the entire refinery without recourse
to a single point source database. HMI console groups shall normally be configured to allow operation
of only the process area associated with that group. It shall however, be possible to view process
graphics and information across the whole refinery. In the event of highly abnormal circumstances it
should be possible however, under strict password or key control, for an HMI from one group to be
able to operate a plant area outside of its normal grouping.
Note: For more details, please refer to attached system architecture diagram.
Note: For more details, please refer to Datasheets on Analyzers and respective vendor manuals. The
Datasheets for Analyzers are provided in Volume II of the Operation and Maintenance Manual.
CHAPTER-22
The utilities indicated are as provided at the unit battery limit of the consumer, unless
otherwise noted. All pressures are referenced to grade.
An un-interruptible power supply is provided by the Power Distribution Contractor for the
Following services:
CHAPTER-23
23.1 INTRODUCTION
Special design features are incorporated for the efficient and safe operation and shutdown of
systems and equipment. However, precautionary measures should be adopted for smooth
operation of the plant. Safety should be observed for preventing accidents to the personnel
and equipment. This section of the manual will cover all the basic needs of the safety
management and emphasizes the necessity of proper planning and management.
23.1.1 CAUSES OF ACCIDENTS
Causes of accidents can be classified as due to:
The plant should not be operated showing deficiencies, which may risk damage to staff or to
persons of third parties. Immediate measures to be undertaken as to reduce or at least
minimize the dangerous conditions/replace defective equipment, which may cause accident.
Limited Access
Only practiced persons should enter the plant. Any operation & maintenance shall be allowed
only for the persons who have experience with the plant, safety provisions and with the
equipment.
The staff concerned should be trained in safe working methods. The safe working methods
should be practiced for each job. Safe working habits should be practiced as a matter of
routine by the staff, for avoiding accidents
Special Instructions
For some specific and dangerous operation, the plant in-charge shall give special instructions
to the staff – e.g. for handling of chemicals or for entering any of the tanks.
Safety devices to be maintained properly and to be retested in regular intervals. All staff,
operating and maintaining the plant should use the prescribed safety systems, like special
clothing, safety glasses or safety ropes. It is not allowed to manipulate any safety device.
These hazards involve mechanical parts trapped, etc., pulled out, burnt, etc.
These risks may be due to the machine design and construction, its installation, its use and its
operation and maintenance.
In certain circumstances locks will be affixed to valves & switches in addition to tags
to avoid inadvertent operation.
Whenever guards or safety devices are removed to carry out repairs, adjustments or
servicing of the machinery/equipment such as lubrication and maintenance, the
power for the machinery/equipment should be isolated while switches locked and
tagged.
Proper tools must be used for the job. Tools must be maintained in good condition.
This applies not only to hand tools but also to power operated hand tools and lifting
tackles etc.
To ensure safety in jobs of opening equipment or pipeline, it is good practice to treat
the equipment/line as if it were under considerable pressure even though all steps
have been taken to relieve the pressure.
When work has to be done on roofs, towers or any other lofty position, ensure the
use of safety harness.
These hazards involve electric shock, burns, electrical injuries, etc. Electrical accidents
generally take place due to unauthorized interference or misuse of electrical apparatus.
All fail-safe controls shall be kept in good working order and in conformity (circuit
breaker, fuses, emergency shut down).
Hazardous chemicals do always present risk in the operation of the plant. Employees
must always be aware of the chemicals used in the plant and their physical, chemical
& hazardous properties and information regarding counter measures to be taken in
dealing with them.
Safety equipment prescribed for particular job such as goggles for protection of eyes,
hand gloves for protection of hands aprons/suits to protect against corrosive liquid
splash, respirators/masks to protect against poisonous gases etc. must be worn.
Ensure proper ventilation in laboratory/chemical handling areas.
In case of hazardous operational or maintenance work, necessary safety equipment’s
must be kept in readiness and if necessary stand by rescue men must be posted till
the completion of such work
Safety data sheet regarding this product shall be available.
Discharge operations shall be carried out in the presence of the deliveryman and one
plant manager.
Emergency shower and eye wash should be accessible and available all the time.
23.2.6 NOISE
Noise shall be taken into account as early as the design phase to prevent the
neighborhood from being bothered.
On the work site, noise pollution may cause tiredness and may have:
Occasional consequences like tinnitus (permanent and irreversible hissing in the ears)
And in the long run loss of hearing and deafness.
Sound measurements shall be performed on the work site and in the rooms
Interventions in some noisy plant rooms shall be carried out with hearing protection
equipment.
Protection if requested
85 dBA Training
Individual protection
23.2.7 ODOR
Odor pollution is often a disaster for the environment and has an important and
lasting effect on the relationships with the neighborhood leading to tensions of
whatever nature, even in the political field.
Odors on work site reveal improper operation and presence of a gas, which may be
corrosive (for example H2S changed into hydro sulphuric and sulphuric acid). Apart
from the structures (concrete and metal parts), odors can also have long-term effects
on public health.
Pre-treatment is the first source of odor. The nitrogen compounds and sulphides that
are commonly found in the raw water come from bacterial decomposition and any
volatile pollutants; they are released at the first aeration stage (screening/oil removal
facilities.)
23.2.8 Infections
Sewage is the ideal medium for the growing of most bacterial species which feed on the
decomposition of material or which are discharged with excrement.
4 Algae Gastroenteritis
Managers shall inform the personnel working on the installations of these risks. This
information shall be reminded and explained in detail by the company doctor.
Make sure the rules related to hygiene, cleanliness and cleaning of rooms and
installations are respected
Make sure the personnel is well informed of all the risks and trained accordingly
Information and training shall be provided regularly
Authorize some people in a team to become action man in the following fields:
1. Electrical supplies
2. Fires
3. First aid at work
The Areas in the plant, which are restricted for access without proper permission and
precautions. These areas include
Sludge Sumps, Pump houses & Manholes, Chances of Hazardous Gas H2S emission
Electrical Panel Room
Chlorination Building
Training classes for both new and old employees should be conducted periodically to
keep them conscious and informed of the hazards. There should be periodic drill and
instruction regarding location, purpose and use of personal protective equipment, safety
showers, eye fountains, first aid kits, etc. They should be auctioned to prevent leaks avoid
inhalation of gas and direct contact with the liquid. They should be told to report to proper
authorities immediately in case of an equipment failure.
All workers should be instructed and trained to adopt preventive measures in case of
emergency. Such training should include knowledge of emergency, fire fighting equipment,
fire alarms, crash shut down procedures for valves and switches, steps to be taken before
starting repairs anywhere in the plant, use of personal protective equipment and first aid.
Regular and surprise drills for the above should be conducted to improve further the training
in preventive and emergency aspects.
23.4 PROTECTION DEVICES
Helmets
Face Masks
Breathing Apparatus (for confined entry)
Goggles
Protective Clothing
Boots gloves
Fire Blankets
23.5.1 General
Suitable notices should be fixed in convenient placed regarding first aid measures. The
need for speed in all first aid shall be impressed on everyone concerned, together with the
necessity of avoiding further shock to the patient. All employees should be informed of the
urgent necessity in their own interests of reporting immediately for first aid treatment, all
minor accidents and also report any sickness which may be thought to be connected with
their employment.
All employees should be given comprehensive instructions on the use of first aid
equipment mentioned below and nay other that may be available with the authorities.
Properly designed emergency showers and eye baths should be provided in convenient
locations and they should be properly maintained.
Oxygen administration apparatus should be available in the plant’s first aid or ambulance
room or medical dispensary. Such equipment should be in the charge of a person knowing
use of such apparatus in an emergency. The big manufacturers and large-scale consumers
should train several persons in the use of oxygen administration apparatus and make a
trained person available all the time.
Boxes or Cupboards – Distinctly marked with the words “First Aid” shall be provided in
readily accessible positions. These should not contain anything except the prescribed medical
appliances and requisites. A list of contents should be fixed to the inside of the box. A
sufficient number of persons should be imparted effective training in First-Aid.
e. If the atmosphere is normal, workmen may enter with a safety belt attached and with at
least two men available at top. For extended jobs, the gas tests shall be repeated every
three minutes while men are in the sewer.
f. If oxygen deficiency or noxious gas is found, the structure shall be ventilated with pure air
by keeping open at least one manhole cover each on upstream and downstream side for
quick exist of toxic gases or by forced ventilation using a portable blower. The gas tests
shall be repeated before entering. Adequate ventilation shall be maintained during the
work and the gas test shall be repeated every three minutes.
g. If the gas or oxygen deficiency is present and it is not practicable to ventilate adequately
before workers enter a hose masks shall be worn and extreme care shall be taken to avoid
all sources of ignition. Workers shall be taught how to use the hose equipment. In these
cases, they shall always use permissible safety lights (not ordinary flash lights) rubber
boots or non-sparking shoes and non-sparking tools.
h. Workmen descending a manhole shaft to inspect or clean sewers shall try each ladder
step or rung carefully before putting the full weight on it to guard against insecure
fastening due to corrosion of the rung at the manhole wall. When work is going on in deep
sewers, at least two men shall be available for lifting workers from the manhole in the
event of serious injury.
i. Portable air blowers, for ventilating manhole, are recommended for all tank, pit or
manhole work where there is a possibility of presence of noxious gas, vapours or oxygen
deficiency. The motor of these air blowers shall be of Weatherproof and flameproof type,
compression-ignitions-diesel type (without sparking plug). These shall be placed not less
than 2m away from the opening and on the leeward side protected from wind so that
they will not serve as a source of ignition for any inflammable gas, which may be present.
Blower located at ground level with suitable flexible ducting to displace out air from the
manhole should provide forced type ventilation.
water before taking food or smoking and to keep fingers out of nose, mouth and eyes,
because the hands carry most infection.
c. Use of rubber gloves shall be insisted so that sewage or sludge does not come in direct
contact with hand. Before starting work, sling likely to be exposed to sewage should be
covered with barrier cream.
d. The worker should be provided with a complete change of work clothes to be worn
during working hours. Gumboots should be also be provided for the workers.
e. When the work is completed, thoroughly wash all contaminated parts of the body.
Area is susceptible for H2S, CO & Methane gas collection, which is dangerous.
Always to enter any openings only in the presence of plant head / his representative
To check presence of gases using gas detector’s & to remove gas from the area, if it is
detected
To run all exhaust fans
To check the working of safety equipment’s like gas mask with air respirator, safety
belts, etc. Before starting of work.
Plant head to check the area from safety point of view along with the safety officer
before clearing the area for further operation inside the openings
Explain the worker about the dangerous aspects & risk factors of the activity involved
and the precautions to be taken in case of emergency in the local language to the
worker.
Only one person is to enter inside the sump with proper back up personnel for
removing the worker in case of emergency
In case of emergency, leave the job as it is and run for safety
If one person is in danger, no other should rush to help without wearing any safety
equipment / without knowing how to operate the equipment. It will put his life also
in danger.
At any point without plant safety officer's permission / clearance no work is to be
started inside the openings.
23.6.3.2 Sludge Handling
Hand Gloves and Apron are compulsory while handling sludge for disposal
The worker should wash his Hands properly before going out of the Plant / before
eating any food
CHAPTER-24
WORK PERMIT SYSTEMS
The Contractor shall ensure that any hazardous work that needs to be carried out in the site
premises will require a specific permit. This hazardous work will include the following items
and any others identified by the Risk Assessment for that task:
All lifts (both routine lifts and those requiring a lifting study).
All confined space entries
Hot work
All NDT and Radiography
Lockout and tag out
Road closures
Excavations
Electrical connections and disconnection
Chemicals
Line break
Hot tapping
Scaffold erection
installation of temporary and permanent facilities
Night work
Elevated work
Permits will only be issued by the Authorities (HSE – IOCL) after the necessary/required Risk
Assessments have been submitted / carried out and approved. In addition to the above
activities, permits will also be considered for any other potentially hazardous activity where
an extra degree of work control is felt to be appropriate by the HSE authorities (IOCL).
All incidents and near misses shall be reported through an overall project reporting system.
The Contractors shall produce an 'Initial Notification' procedure and documentation for the
immediate reporting of all injuries, property damage, spills/environmental incidents and
serious near misses to the Project Team.
The site Incharge shall immediately inform the respective HSE Authorities (IOCL). The HSE
Authorities (IOCL) shall initiate further actions where appropriate.
The EPC Contractor and the relevant Construction Contractor shall conduct investigations to
all injuries, property damage, spills/environmental incidents and serious near misses,
Managing PMC HSE Manager or nominated person shall attend and assist the investigations.
Investigations of incident reports will always include root cause analysis. Additionally, incident
reports will be analyzed to identify trends that may indicate a need for adjustments in
controls, training, or procedures.
CHAPTER-25
STANDING INSTRUCTIONS
S.No. Description
1. Shift OfficerLogbook
9. Blinding/Deblinding register
SAFETY
1. Use proper Personnel Protective Equipment (PPEs) i.e. helmet, safety shoes, hand
gloves while working/ moving inside the unit. No person should be allowed to work
in the area without proper PPEs.
2. Use personal protective equipments as applicable while handling chemicals and for
other unit operations.
c) Check the completion of cleaning job. Advice about safety aspects if any, to the
persons involved.
d) Inspect the roads/ open channels around the unit and in case of any abnormality
initiate action.
20. Inform any change in process parameter to Unit-in-charge, if it was not advised.
21. Follow the operating guidelines as mentioned in Unit Operating Manual. Any
deviation to be discussed and approved by PNM
22. Report the plant conditions to RSM at the end of the shift.
23. Inform to RSM and connecting upstream and downstream Units facilities, TPS &
Laboratory in case of upset or trip of Unit
24. No hydrocarbon draining/ venting is to be done unmanned STRICTLY. Only closed
draining/venting to be done in presence of concerned engineering assistant/shift
officer.
25. RSM and Unit-in-charge are to be informed immediately for any disturbance in the
plant operation without fail.
26. Any major changes in utility consumption pattern should be communicated by ‘Shift-
In-Charge’ to ‘Unit-In-Charge’ and UCR/TPS.
27. Ensure that lube-oil/chemical drums and other consumables are available in the Unit
and are stored safely.
28. If any excavation or construction activity is going on, ensure that the area is cordoned
off.
29. In case of any oil spillages inform ‘Shift-In-Charge’, RSM and Fire & Safety. Take
adequate precautions to avoid further spreading. Keep firewater/ extinguisher/ steam
hose ready. Take preventive measures depending on site condition and barricade the
area. Inform ‘Unit-In-Charge’.
30. Proper stenciling in all process lines/utilities/equipment must be done. Depending on
the criticality of the operational requirements use Tags/display boards marked with
‘DANGER’/ DON’T TOUCH/ NOT IN OPERATION/DISCONNECTED/DO NOT
OPERATE etc.
31. Follow the standard operational procedure for starting/stopping of rotary equipment,
commissioning & de-commissioning of exchangers, commissioning and de-
commissioning of utilities. In case of any confusion/operational problem/deficiencies
bring to the notice of PNM (Unit-in-charge).
1. All maintenance jobs must have permits i.e. either hot job or cold job. No job is to be
allowed without permit from authorized person from Production Department.
2. In cold work permit all the entries must be filled properly and potential Hazards if
any should be clearly mentioned.
a) Use of any special PPE to be clearly mentioned.
b) In case if any electrical equipment requires de-energization, its de-energisation
number should be also mentioned.
c) No Blinding/deblinding operation in toxic gases (H2S), hydrocarbon vapors to
be done without wearing proper PPE.
d) All jobs have to be shown at site by the Issuing Authority.
e) HOT-WORK PERMIT
Normally hot jobs should be avoided in the operating Unit / hazardous areas
like area close to OWS & CRWS lines, etc. In case of exigencies, where such
hot jobs become extremely necessary, the following procedure is to be
followed –
The following procedure should be followed for performing the gas test
before issuing Hot Work Permit/Clearances.
ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS/NEAR MISS
1. All near miss incidents/accidents must be brought to the notice of PNM, who after
discussions with SPNM/CPNM would take the appropriate measures. The record of
all such incidents must be recorded and properly deliberated with all the operating
staff about the possible consequences.
2. Whenever any accidents takes place Shift-in-Charge shall act as follows:
a) Report the matter to PNM/CPNM/RSM/F&S.
Safety interlocks are provided to ensure a safe shutdown of equipment/plant in case any
critical process or machine variable has exceeded its safe operating value making it unsafe
to continue its operation and/or result in damage to the equipment or plant.
Endeavour should be made to keep all interlocks in line for the safety of the
equipment/plant, however, at times bypassing of interlocks is called for on account of the
following reasons:-
Defective instrumentation.
Preventive/breakdown maintenance.
Change in operating practices like discontinuation of fuel oil/fuel gas firing
in certain heaters.
The following system is proposed for bypassing of interlocks and maintaining records for
the same:
Notes:
1. Interlocks may be bypassed from bypass switches provided in DCS HWC, PLC
Console or directly from PLC. The approving authority is applicable for all
bypassing, irrespective of the location.
2. Interlock Bypass Register shall be maintained with Operations.
3. The Interlock Bypass Register shall be readily available at all times at DCS Panel of
Unit/Section.
4. In case interlock bypass is being taken due to process/operational reasons, then
approving authority shall be from operations only.
5. In case bypassing is due to maintenance requirements, then concerned
maintenance authority is required to countersign the bypass record.
6. For process interlocks prior to approval by CGM(T), the proposal has to be
countersigned by GM(TS) also.
7. When bypassing an interlock, Panel officer should clearly mention time and reason
for bypass in his log book along with alternate safety precautions to be
taken/already taken during interlock bypass period.
8. When interlock bypassing is beyond one day, the same is to be mentioned by
Unit/Section In-charge in the Instruction Book along with alternate safety
precautions to be taken/already taken during interlock bypass period.
9. The updated status of interlock bypass shall be included in the Daily Operating
Report generated by operations.
10. The status of bypassed interlocks shall be displayed in DCS graphics for easy
awareness of the Panel Officer.
11. This procedure applies only to bypassing of interlocks for a fixed period of time. In
case of permanent changes, the Procedure/Authority for Changing of Trip Set
Points/ Modification of Interlocks is applicable.
12. This procedure supersedes the earlier procedure dated 13th November,2001 and
provides for additional authority for bypassing of interlocks with HOD and DGM.
CHAPTER-26
ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENTS
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
FOR API SUMP AND PUMPS,
PRIMARY EQUALISATION TANKS AND
DAF FEED PUMPS
SCALE: DWG NO: REV:
NTS PDRP0451-8110-25-230-0003 S2
CONTRACT No. CLASS DSN
451/4200 19880
NOTE
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG
FILE NAME:
10P2-D0015-007 ( SH 1 OF 2) REV: 8
TITLE:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG
FILE NAME:
10P2-D0015-007 ( SH 2 OF 2) REV: 8
TITLE:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
ST
ST
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
SIGNATURE
DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
TITLE:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
TITLE:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
TITLE:
PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
FOR CHEMICAL DOSING SYSTEM
- UREA , DAP & HYPO
SCALE: DWG NO: REV:
NTS PDRP0451-8110-25-230-0014 S2
CONTRACT No. CLASS DSN
451/4200 20343
NOTES
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
Provide drain
valve(typical)
DOCUMENT CODING BOX
PROJECT
PROJECT
PROJECT TITLE:
TITLE:
TITLE: IOCL
IOCL PARADIP
PARADIP
IOCL EPCM-1
REFINERY
PARADIP PROJECT (PDRP)
EPCM-1
CLIENT
CLIENTNAME:
NAME:INDIAN
INDIANOILOIL
CORPORATION
CORP LTDLIMITED (IOCL)
CLIENT NAME: INDIAN OIL CORP LTD
SUPPLIER NAME: VA TECH WABAG LIMITED, CHENNAI.
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIERNAME:
NAME: VAVA TECH
TECH WABAG
WABAG LTD
LTD
PROJ NO: 1-14-00-004305/399 PROJ. LOCN.: PARADIP, ORISSA STATE, INDIA
PROJECT NO: 1-14-4200/399
PROJECT PROJECT LOCATION: PARADIP,ORISSA
PROJECT
NO: 1-14-4200/399 CLIENT DOC. LOCATION: PARADIP,ORISSA
PO NO: 4200/0451 NO:
PO
PONO: 4200/451
NO:ORDER
CLIENT 4200/451
NO: CLIENT
CLIENT ORDER
ORDER NO:
NO:
TAG
REQNOS:
REQ NO:
NO:4200-4305A003
4200-4305A003
TAG
TAGNOS:
NOS:
Check working capacity of Wet Slop Oil sump Agreed and changed inline with ITT
2.
( 230 SU 007). ( it is 44m3 as per tender PFD) specifications.
DELETIONS:
1. Thermal Dilution line from check basin to Wet slop oil tank drain system is
removed and it was confirmed that separated water from slop oil tank will not
damage the underground drainage system.
230- TK-108/208/308/408/508
230- M-101/201/301/401/501
230- TK-109/208/308/408/508
230- M-103/203/303/403/503
230- TK-110/210/310/410/510
2. Noted and modified.
230- M-101/201/301/401/501
*********
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
COMPLIANCE TO COMMENTS
Project : IOCL PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
Project no. : 10P2
Client : INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED
Consultant : M/s FOSTER WHEELER
Title : DESIGN PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE DIAGRAM FOR
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT – OILY TREATMENT SECTION
Revised VA Tech Doc No : 10P2-B0002-010 Rev: 3
Revised Client Doc No : PDRP0451-8110-22-230-0001 Rev: 3
02.02.12 SS RR PSK
DATE PREP.BY CHED.BY APPD.BY
DOCUMENT CODING BOX
PROJECTTITLE:
PROJECT TITLE: IOCL
IOCL PARADIP
PARADIP EPCM-1
REFINERY PROJECT (PDRP)
CLIENT
CLIENTNAME:
NAME:INDIAN OIL OIL
INDIAN CORPORATION
CORP LTDLIMITED (IOCL)
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIERNAME:
NAME: VAVA
TECH WABAG
TECH LIMITED,
WABAG LTDCHENNAI.
PROJ NO: 1-14-00-004305/399 PROJ. LOCN.: PARADIP, ORISSA STATE, INDIA
PROJECT NO: 1-14-4200/399 PROJECT LOCATION: PARADIP,ORISSA
PO NO: 4200/0451 CLIENT DOC. NO:
PO NO:ORDER
CLIENT 4200/451
NO: CLIENT ORDER NO:
TAG
REQNOS:
NO: 4200-4305A003
TAG NOS:
COMPLIANCE TO COMMENTS
Project : IOCL PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
Project no. : 10P2
Client : INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED
Consultant : M/s FOSTER WHEELER
Title : DESIGN PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE DIAGRAM FOR
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT – BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
SECTION
Revised VA Tech Doc No : 10P2-B0002-011 Rev: 3
Revised Client Doc No : PDRP0451-8110-22-230-0002 Rev: 3
02.02.12 SS RR PSK
DATE PREP.BY CHED.BY APPD.BY
DOCUMENT CODING BOX
PROJECTTITLE:
PROJECT TITLE: IOCL
IOCL PARADIP
PARADIP EPCM-1
EPCM-1
REFINERY PROJECT (PDRP)
CLIENT
CLIENTNAME:
NAME:INDIAN OIL OIL
INDIAN CORPORATION
LTDLIMITED (IOCL)
CORP LTD
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIERNAME: VA TECH WABAG LIMITED, CHENNAI.
WABAG LTD
LTD
NAME: VA TECH WABAG
PROJ NO: 1-14-00-004305/399 PROJ. LOCN.: PARADIP, ORISSA STATE, INDIA
PROJECT NO: 1-14-4200/399 PROJECT LOCATION:
PROJECT LOCATION: PARADIP,ORISSA
PARADIP,ORISSA
PO NO: 4200/0451 CLIENT DOC. NO:
PO NO:ORDER
CLIENT 4200/451
NO: CLIENT ORDER
CLIENT ORDER NO:
NO:
TAG
REQNOS:
NO: 4200-4305A003
TAG NOS:
COMPLIANCE TO COMMENTS
Project : IOCL PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
Project no. : 10P2
Client : INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED
Consultant : M/s FOSTER WHEELER
Title : DESIGN PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE DIAGRAM FOR
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT – SLUDGE TREATMENT
SECTION
Revised VA Tech Doc No : 10P2-B0002-012 Rev: 3
Revised Client Doc No : PDRP0451-8110-22-230-0003 Rev: 3
Add all relevant notes from other DPDTs (such as note Noted and incorporated wherever
2.
related to steam out) required.
02.02.12 SS RR PSK
DATE PREP.BY CHED.BY APPD.BY
DOCUMENT CODING BOX
PROJECT
PROJECT
PROJECT TITLE:
TITLE:
TITLE: IOCL
IOCLIOCL PARADIP
PARADIP
PARADIP EPCM-1
EPCM-1
REFINERY PROJECT (PDRP)
CLIENT
CLIENTNAME:
CLIENT NAME:
NAME: INDIAN
INDIANOIL OIL
INDIAN CORPORATION
OIL CORP
CORP LTD LIMITED (IOCL)
LTD
SUPPLIER NAME: VA TECH WABAG LIMITED, CHENNAI.
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER NAME:
NAME: VAVA TECH
TECH WABAG
WABAG LTD
LTD
PROJ NO: 1-14-00-004305/399 PROJ. LOCN.: PARADIP, ORISSA STATE, INDIA
PROJECT
PROJECT NO:
NO: 1-14-4200/399 PROJECT
PROJECT
1-14-4200/399CLIENT DOC. LOCATION:
LOCATION: PARADIP,ORISSA
PARADIP,ORISSA
PO NO: 4200/0451 NO:
PO
PO NO: 4200/451
NO:ORDER
CLIENT 4200/451
NO: CLIENT
CLIENT ORDER
ORDER NO:
NO:
TAG
REQNOS:
REQ NO:
NO: 4200-4305A003
4200-4305A003
TAG
TAG NOS:
NOS:
LEGEND
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
Discipline : PROCESS
LEGEND
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
LEGEND
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
Standard
operating
procedure
(effluent treatment plant)
INTRODUCTION
15 MMTPA Paradip Refinery has put up a Waste Water Treatment Plant comprising of
Effluent Treatment Plant(ETP-U230) (Design Capacity-1034m3/hr), Spent Caustic
Treatment Plant (SCTP-U231) (Design Capacity-10.4 m3/hr ) & Water Recovery Plant (WRP-
U235)(including UF& RO sections ) as Design Capacity of 1640m3/hr.
Standard Operating procedures lay down the sequence of activities to be performed or the
step-by step tasks to be done in order to complete a desired job. Hence, Standard operating
Procedures for day to day job are developed for better operation of the unit, to improve
reliability and safety of working personnel and equipments.
Standard Operating procedures (SOPs) incorporate the guidelines which have been
standardized by industry practices and are proven reliable and safe for equipments and
personnel alike. Hence, SOPs are to be adhered to and deviations are to be minimized.
These Standard Operating Procedures have been prepared with inputs from operating
manuals, Licensors/OEMs guideline & recommendations and operating experience of
operating personnel, staff and officers. Standard Operating Procedures will be revised every
two years.
SL No Contents Page No
1 Procedure for start-up / Normal operation of API /TPI Separators 4
24 Emergency SOPs 33
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Get the instruction from SIC & panel operator SIC,PO,FO
2 Open the inlet gate of API channel. (230-TK-105/205/305). FO
3 Check all level transmitters, flow transmitters and gauges are in operation. PO,FO
4 Ensure the level in the API Sump (230-TK-004) is low, and the level
PO,FO
transmitters and the API OWS pumps (230-P-106A/B/C) are ready.
5 Ensure the sludge drain valves in the TPI separator tank are ready for SIC,FO
operation and are closed.
6 Start the Desalter water/Brine pumps (230-P-001A/B SIC,FO
7 The effluent from the desalter water/brine equalization pump is received in SIC,FO
the splitter box along with other effluents from the battery limit.
8 Observe the level in the API feed channel (LT 1003) and the flow rate in Flow SIC,FO
transmitter indicator (FT 1002).
9 Bring on line sufficient no.s of API’s according to the desired flow rate. SIC,FO
10 After gradual filling of the API tank, start the mechanism manually (230-A- SIC,FO
002A/B/C). No AUTO operation is envisaged for API.
11 Observe for smoothness of the API chain scrapper mechanism, noise etc. SIC,FO
12 De-oiling operations through slotted skimmer pipes to be carried out 2-3 SIC,FO
times manually in a shift of 8 hours.
13 In case of high oil inlet and de-oiling operation is made continuous, ensure a SIC,FO
min. oil layer of 5-10 mm in the API and skim oil accordingly. This is must to
avoid effluent entry to slop oil system (keep water / effluent content in slop
oil to minimum for steam optimization in wet slop oil tank).
14 Before commencing the de-oiling operations, ensure the levels in the Wet SIC,FO
slop oil sump (230-SU-007) is low and the Wet slop oil transfer pumps (230-
P-012A/B) are ready for operation.
15 Drain sludge by opening the drain valve minimum once a shift for a few SIC,FO
minutes. Adjust drain depending on incoming solids load to plant. Ensure
the sludge level in common oily sludge sump (230-SU-010) is minimum to
avoid any overflow.
16 Before commencing the desludging operation ensure the readiness of the SIC,FO
Common oily sludge sump (230-SU-010) and the common oily sludge sump
agitator (230-M-10), oil skimmer in Common oily sludge sump (230-OS-002)
and common sludge transfer pumps (230-P-033A/B/C).
17 Start steam sparging if oil solidification is seen. Optimize steam SIC,FO
consumption for good operation. This will be essential during winter
conditions.
TPI Separator
18 Ensure the effluent after filling up the API tank will start to overflow into the SIC,FO
TPI tank (230-TK-105/205/305).
19 Ensure the flow to the each bay of the TPI Separator is uniform for its SIC,FO
effectiveness.
20 The floating oil to be skimmed and the sludge is drained at regular intervals. SIC,FO
(Minimum once per shift). The timing and frequency of sludge drain valve
shall be set as desired. Ensure the sludge level in common oily sludge sump
is minimum to avoid any overflow.
21 Start steam sparging/heating if oil solidification is seen. Optimize steam SIC,FO
consumption for good operation. This will be essential during winter
conditions.
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Before start up of the Oily DAF system, ensure the readiness of the Chemical
SIC,PO,FO
dosing system
2 Allow effluent from FT to DAF as the level builds up overflow will start and
adjust the flow rate as required no.s of flash mixing tanks are to be taken FO
online and adjust the isolation stop logs accordingly
3 As the flash mixing tanks and flocculation tanks are filled in gradually, start
PO,FO
the Flash mixer (230-M-201) and Flocculator (230-M-203).
4 Open the valve in the FeCl3 dosing line PO,FO
5 Observe the pH in the pH analysers (AE1001A and AE1001B) and dose H2SO4 SIC,FO
6 Start dosing DOPE in the flocculation tanks SIC,FO
7 Get instruction from SIC & panel operator for start up SIC,FO
8 DAF Start up Sequence SIC,FO
Close all the drain valves , isolation valve for pressurised distribution
header, air flow regulating valve and air flow by pass valve
Open LT & LG isolation valves, shutoff valve of air bleed line, upstream/
downstream FT valves and discharge of compressor outlet line
9 Each pump discharge flow should be 120m3/hr for perfect saturation of SIC,FO
each DAF. Recycle ratio should be 35%
10 Allow saturation vessel to be filled with effluent, operate outlet valve of SIC,FO
saturation vessel to maintain pump pressure
11 Each pump discharge pressure should be 4.5-5.5kg/cm2 SIC,PO,FO
12 Start air compressor (230-K-001A/B) and adjust air flow to be 4.5 to 6.5
FO
kg/cm2
13 Inlet air pressure for each saturation vessel should be 5.5 -6.0 kg/cm2 PO,FO
14 Check the fine air bubbles are released in DAF surface PO,FO
15 Open sludge valve to remove the settled sludge once a shift or as per SIC,FO
requirement
16 Maintained all parameter & checked data logged in logbook. SIC,FO
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Get the instruction from SIC & panel operator SIC,PO,FO
2 Check the Effluent from the DAF tank shall be collected in the
FO
Biotower/Aeration tank feed sump (230-TK-003).
3 Start dosing Urea/DAP solution in the Biotower/Aeration feed tanks PO,FO
4 Ensure and observe and record the Oil level and pH readings in the
PO,FO
analyser and start dosing the H2SO4
5 Check the complete plastic media quantity is filled uniformly in the SIC,FO
bio tower
6 Check all the nozzles of distribution arm are properly installed SIC,FO
7 Ensure free movement of distribution arm by moving it manually SIC,FO
8 Ensure oil & grease < 20 ppm, sulphide <5 ppm SIC,FO
9 Ensure the distribution arm is moving by hydrostatic pressure SIC,FO
10 Check the rotation of arm & uniform distribution of waste water over SIC,FO
filter media regularly
11 Routine checked data to be logged in logbook for each shift SIC,PO,FO
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Before start up of the Bio DAF system, ensure the readiness of the Chemical
SIC,PO,FO
dosing system
2 Allow effluent from FT to DAF as the level builds up overflow will start and
adjust the flow rate as required no.s of flash mixing tanks are to be taken online FO
and adjust the isolation stop logs accordingly
3 As the flash mixing tanks and flocculation tanks are filled in gradually, start the
PO,FO
Flash mixer and Flocculator
4 Ensure to open the valve in the FeCl3 dosing line PO,FO
6 Ensure to start dosing poly in the flocculation tanks SIC,FO
7 Get the instruction from SIC & panel operator for start up. SIC,FO
8 Bio DAF Start up Sequence SIC,FO
Close all the drain valves , isolation valve for pressurised distribution
header, air flow regulating valve and air flow by pass valve
Open LT & LG isolation valves, shutoff valve of air bleed line, upstream/
downstream FT valves and discharge of compressor outlet line
9 Each pump discharge flow should be 120m3/hr for perfect saturation of SIC,FO
each DAF. Recycle ratio should be 35%
10 Allow saturation vessel to be filled with effluent, operate outlet valve of SIC,FO
saturation vessel to maintain pump pressure
11 Each pump discharge pressure should be 4.5-5.5 kg/cm2 SIC,FO
12 Start air compressor and adjust air flow to be 4.5 to 6.5 kg/cm2
13 Inlet air pressure for each saturation vessel should be 5.5 -6.0 kg/cm2
14 Check the fine air bubbles are released in DAF surface SIC,PO,FO
15 Open sludge valve to remove the settled sludge once a shift or as per
FO
requirement
16 Maintained all parameter & checked data logged in logbook. PO,FO
24 The dry slop oil pumps (230-P-011A/B) are stopped / started automatically
w.r.t. dry slop level in slop oil tanks (230-TK-010/011). Ensure all the suction PO,FO
and delivery valve are in open condition.
25 The dry slop oil is to be transferred to OSBL for further slop oil processing by SIC,FO
client.
7 Ensure the readiness of oily centrifuge feed Pumps and DWPE dosing SIC,FO
system and the 0.5% DWPE solution is prepared and kept ready for dosing,
before preparing for the dewatering operation.
8 Start the Belt Conveyor (230-CR-001A/B) for carrying the Dewatering cake SIC,FO
into Tipper trolley
9 Start the Centrifuge (230-DEW-401/301) prior to start of the centrifuge SIC,FO
feed pumps for the centrifuge to reach the desired speed.
11 The centrifuge and feed pumps are to be checked for any vibration and
other parameters for the smooth operation of the pump.
12 After the desired time of operation of the centrifuges, the oily centrifuge
feed pumps are stopped first followed by centrifuge.
13 Always run the centrifuges for a short while with water before shut down.
14 Arrange to cart away the dewatered cake from the area, so that the next
batch of operation can be started
15 After reaching the maximum level in the tank, the sludge shall be pumped
to DCU
16 Check for completion certificate from maintenance
17 Check alignment along with process and mechanical maintenance.
18 Start drive motor & allow centrifuge to run at full speed, this will take
around 40 -50 seconds after getting clearance from panel.
19 Run centrifuge by introducing service water through flushing fine at the
pipe & check tightness of effluent chute. Then stop the water.
20 Operate the sludge chute gates either for sludge discharge to trolley or the
sludge storage area
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Check the documents and take reading before start unloading SIC,PO,FO
2 Take sample of Acid & sent to lab for testing. Always wear PPEs. FO
3 Take the lab result and compare supplier quality report. PO,FO
4 Connect the hose to unloading line flange tanker & secure it with
PO,FO
clamps. Check any leak.
5 Open the tanker outlet valve. Wear PPE SIC,FO
6 Gradually open the suction valve of acid unloading pump & release the SIC,FO
trapped air through vent valve.
7 As soon as air stops coming from vent, close the vent valve. SIC,FO
8 Start the acid unloading pump from local push button. SIC,FO
9 Check the discharge pressure & gradually open the discharge valve. SIC,FO
10 As soon as the pump pressure comes down check the tanker level SIC,FO
physically.
11 Stop the pump after emptying out of the tanker or achieved required FO
level in tank.
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Line up acid dosing system SIC,FO
2 Start dosing pump if everything normal FO
3 Check & observe for any leakage in acid dosing system. FO
4 Check the decreasing rate of tank dip. FO,PO
5 Maintain the required dosing rate. FO
6 In case of leakage use appropriate PPE FO
while isolating the valves.
7 Always keep portable gas detector in any condition with you. FO
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Following tasks to be performed on the pump to be started.
2 Drain water from the pump casing drain if any which may cause a process
SIC,PO,FO
upset.
3 Check lube oil quality & lube oil in lube oil cup / bearing. If required, top-up FO
4 Check the shaft movement &ensure that it is free. PO,FO
5 Check coupling / coupling guard. PO,FO
6 Check / adjust / commission bearing CW system if any SIC,FO
7 Check CW flow to seal/bearing house. SIC,FO
8 Adjust quenching steam/water to seal if any SIC,FO
9 Inform panel regarding changeover of pump. SIC,FO
10 Slightly open the discharge valve SIC,FO
11 Switch on the motor and wait till it attains the full RPM. SIC,FO
12 Gradually open discharge valve FO
13 Check Amp (Load). If the Amperage increased, gradually close the discharge
valve of former (Running) pump. Repeat this operation till the pump attains FO
a full load.
14 Check the discharge pressure. Bleed if necessary to avoid vapour locking PO,FO
15 Open the discharge valve slowly. Keep watch on the current drawn by the
motor, if ammeter is provided. In other cases check load at Substation PO,FO
Flow to be monitored from panel
16 Following tasks to be performed on the pump to be stopped. SIC,FO
17 Once started pump takes normal toad, start pinching the discharge valve of SIC,FO
the pump to be stopped in coordination with panel operator.
18 Close discharge valve of the pump to be stopped SIC,FO
19 Confirm the flow with panel operator and then stop the pump. SIC,FO
20 Check for any abnormality such as Vibration/ abnormal sound / abnormal SIC,FO
temperature etc. Report to shift in-charge.
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Inform panel operator about the change over so that associated
SIC,PO,FO
interlock can be bypassed
2 Lock the stop button of pump to be handed over.
FO
3 De-energize the motor and confirm power cut off locally by pressing the
start button of pump to be handed over. PO,FO
6 Drain hydrocarbon from casing and discharge to OWS. Keep a running SIC,FO
hose near the drain point
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Job completion certificate received from maintenance SIC,PO,FO
2 Inspect the isolated pump and see if all mechanical jobs are completed FO
3 Confirm that all drains / vents lines are boxed up PO,FO
4 Visually check bolts for looseness/short bolting PO,FO
5 Visual check flanges for tightness and proper gasket. SIC,FO
6 Check for soaked insulation, oil, rags, mechanical debris. SIC,FO
7 Check for proper fitting of earthing strip SIC,FO
8 Check that suction line / discharge line is de-blinded SIC,FO
9 Check that local TGs, PGs, PSV are in position SIC,FO
10 Check lubricant in the bearing housing and top up if require. SIC,FO
11 Slowly open 2-3 thread suction valve & vent out air / liquid through vent
SIC,PO,FO
cooler. Visually check for any leakage/abnormality
12 Open suction valve. Bleed if necessary, from the drain/vent valve to OWS FO
13 Open the warm up valve across the NRV and discharge valve gradually PO,FO
14 Ensure that pump is getting warmed up , open discharge valve PO,FO
15 Rotate the shaft by hand to ensure that it is free and coupling is secured. SIC,FO
Coupling guard should be in position and secured properly.
16 Motor energized and ready for start up SIC,FO
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Get the instruction from SIC & panel operator SIC,PO,FO
2 Column to be isolated/closed/disconnected Column pressure to be
FO
depressurized.
3 Column to be properly depressurized & drained. De-blind the closed blow
down (C.B.O) and OWS connection/pipes of column and connected piping, PO,FO
such as pump suction headers
4 Drain the column material to C.B.D/OWS PO,FO
5 Drain the pumps suction headers of Caustic to OWS. Drain the other SIC,FO
connected pipelines at LP.D. through to C.B.D or O.W.S.
6 Ensure complete draining by opening O.W.S. line. Close all drain B/V and SIC,FO
watch the column pressure and level, if any increase then again draining to
be done.
7 De-Cap the low point drain (L.P.D) and high point vents (H.P.V) as pipelines,
SIC,PO,FO
level gauges, stand pipes and other tapping's connected.
8 Columns containing chemicals like caustic etc. to be drained in chemical
FO
blow down (C. B.D.) vessel only
9 Column to be disconnected/ blinded/ wedge open: Ensure complete
draining De-blind top vent and utility steam Blind/wedge open all the take PO,FO
off (draw off) and return lines
10 Column to be properly steamed/purge PO,FO
11 Open vent and other High Point Vent instruments and other connected SIC,FO
piping
12 Open all L.P.D of level gauges and stand pipes etc., SIC,FO
13 Watch Column pressure and level SIC,PO,FO
14 If required wedge to be increased and/or increase the steam FO
15 Ensure that all H.P.V & L.P.D are clear/dechocked PO,FO
16 Column to be water flushed/Hot water washed: Water flushing is an
PO,FO
effective means of cleaning gas freeing and cooling
17 Columns containing hydrocarbons-Hot water flushing to be done Columns SIC,FO
and metallurgy must be checked
18 Considered before using service water for washing SIC,FO
19 Hot water washing to be done by using steam from bottom and water from
SIC,PO,FO
top Ensure proper draining of column
20 Observe for any abnormal sound like steam hammering in the column FO
21 Ensure complete washing by checking condensate drains PO,FO
22 Stop steaming and continue water washing for sufficient cooling PO,FO
23 Open alternate man ways starting from top of the column SIC,FO
24 Install exhaust fan/ evacuator on top man way SIC,FO
25 Gas/Oxygen deficiency test is to be done, Check inside through man ways
SIC,PO,FO
e.g. safety torch for any foreign material/hydrocarbon/coke etc.
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Inform Panel operator & SIC for this & open standby HE cold fluid inlet
SIC,PO,FO
valve.
2 Open standby HE hot fluid outlet valve
FO
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Inform Panel operator & SIC before start up SIC,PO,FO
2 Check the oil level in the frame sump & refill as required. FO
3 Refill the lubricator oil reservoir PO,FO
4 If the compressor has been shut down for several days, it may be necessary to
PO,FO
prime the oil pump
5 Manually operated each lubricator pumping unit, by push down on the SIC,FO
plunger cap several times, to ensure an initial supply of oil to the cylinder
bore & piston rod packing.
6 Manually turn the compressor through at least one complete revolution to be SIC,FO
sure all moving parts are clear.
7 Unload the compressor & ensure atmosphere is fully open SIC,FO
8 Turn on CWS & check to be sure the cooling system is operative. SIC,FO
9 Prepare the driver for start-up SIC,FO
10 Start the driver & run the compressor with no load for a few minutes to warm SIC,FO
up the unit.
11 Check the oil pressure in the frame lubrication system (1.1 to 2.8 Kg/cm2). SIC,PO,FO
12 Check the cooling water temperature & flow. Adjust cooling water flow &
FO
temperature as required
13 When the unit is warmed up & running satisfactorily, the compressor can be
PO,FO
loaded.
14 Compressor load increased to 50% & close air vent to atmosphere. Take
minimum five minutes for this operation & pressurized system about PO,FO
4.0Kg/cm2.
15 Close air vent gradually & take load of compressor up to 100% & route air into SIC,FO
the system.
Sl.No FPR
Activity
1 Inform Panel operator & SIC before start up SIC,PO,FO
2 Unload the unit from 100% to 50% & wait for stabilization, if found everything
FO
normal then unload from 50% to 0%.
3 Take 2-3 minutes for normalization the system PO,FO
4 Stop the compressor driver PO,FO
5 Shut off the cooling water on applicable units. SIC,FO
13 After completing the above steps, close the wash water. Close the backwash
outlet gate after used wash water is drained out from the central gullet. Close
PO,FO
the air vent valve.
FILTRATION MODE
14 Ensure the two inlet channels feeding to the filters on both rows are charged SIC,FO
with the clarified water from the Check basin water.
Ensure all the Filters for ready to take into service
15 Ensure the pneumatic air is available at required pressure for the operation of
SIC,PO,FO
all the pneumatically operated filter valves
16 Open the inlet valves of the Filters FO
17 Stagger the schedule of bringing the Filters one after the other by fully opening
the filtered water inlet valve and allow the clarified water to filter through the
PO,FO
beds.
18 Let the excess incoming clarified water overflows the weir in the Clarified water
PO,FO
feeding channels to the Filters, till the filtering operation is streamlined
19 Maintain individual filter service run for 24 hours, achieving the required SIC,FO
filtrate quality
BACKWASHING MODE
20 When a filter clocks 24 hours service run or when its differential indicator
SIC,PO,FO
senses the pre set high differential head loss, filter will be taken out for
25 Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
backwashing operation, while the others will continue with the filtration.
22 Select the Filter for backwashing, after ensuring the water level in the Dirty
PO,FO
wash water tank is low, to accommodate the wash water of one filter
23 Do the backwashing operation of the Filters, from the dedicated Manual Wash
PO,FO
Control Console for each Filter.
24 Bring the washed filter back to service run SIC,FO
25 PARTIAL SHUTDOWN
Before isolating, it is preferred to identify the filter which has run for longer
hours and isolate them one after the other, after backwashing.
SIC,PO,FO
For isolating purpose, it is adequate to close the filtered water outlet valve,
keeping the filter inlet valve open. Leave the isolated filters with standing water
over the sand bed, to avoid bed cracking.
26 The bed shall be drained, only when it is required to attend to the false bottom
floor nozzles or when going in for the replacement of sand by sieving, more FO
than the requirement of just topping up
27 After draining is completed, ensure proper ventilation to the maintenance
person who will enter the filter box through the man hole, located below the PO,FO
false bottom floor of the filter
28 Stop the running equipment at local and at MCC. PO,FO
29 Ensure all the valves and gates are in close position, once the plant is shut SIC,FO
down
Date:
Prechecks
Procedure
Fill the jumbo bags with carbon powder (800 kg*) and lift the
1 FO
bag to the charging station
Take 17000 L water to tank (level up to 70%) and start the
2 FO
agitator.
After the whole carbon will be charged to the tank and allow
4 FO
agitation for 30 mins.
Add DAP (160 kg*) solution in two steps to the tank. During
5 FO
DAP dosing continuous agitation to be ensured.
*Amount of the carbon will vary depending on the HCOD inlet water COD load. Accordingly
DAP dosing quantity will also vary (0.2% of PAC amount). H2SO4 dosing quantity depends on
the pH.
EMERGENCY
Handling
SOP
2. Legends
PM : Plant Manager
SI : Shift In charge
PI : Panel In charge
FO : Field Operator
3. Procedure
TIME
Step Action FPR
(Hrs.)
Inform IOCL-In charge of ETP about the abnormality of inlet streams. Also
1. inform the SWS unit & crude section (Boot-3) for checking their end. 0.15 SI
Lined-up the stripped sour water to one equalization tank & close the
2. stripped sour water to Biotower feed sump isolation valve if it was lined- FO/PI
up in Biotower feed sump.
0.5
The API-TPI O/L is to be lined-up to other equalization tank & the feeding
3. FO/PI
to Oily DAF is to be done from this tank only.
4. Start the recirculation pump of high ammonia contained tank. FO/PI
The Dilution from Strom water pond to Biotower feed sump is to be
5. 1.0 PI
started.
Monitor the DO level in Aeration tank. If it is down ward trend, increase the
6. 1.5 PI
aeration air flow.
Decrease the wasting flow rate to increase the sludge age for better control on
7. ammonia. PI/FO
2.0
Try to reduce COD load at the inlet for better result of ammonia treatment.
7. PI
Monitor the water quality of clarifier. If outlet water having higher TSS,
8. PI/FO
then start de-sludging through SAS.
Bio-DAF skimming is to be done continuously, so that TSS carry over to
9. 8.0 PO
check basin can be minimized.
10. RGSF backwash frequency is to be increased to 2 times/bed PI/SI
Monitor the UF membrane TMP & accordingly take action as per WRP
11. PI/SI
SOP manual.
The high ammonia contained equalization tank is to be lined-up to Oily
12. DAF partially (10~20%) & the downstream section parameter is to be 16.0 PI/FO
monitored.
Once the high ammonia contained equalization tank level comes below
13. 35-40% , again lined-up API-TPI outlet to that equalization tank to dilute 24.0 PI/FO
the tank up to 60~70%.
Monitor the aeration tank water physical appearance & quality
14. FO/SIC
parameters in every 2 hrs.
When the Biological section will be stabilized, lined –up is to be changed
15. 72 FO/SIC
to normal.
1. Legends
PM : Plant Manager
SI : Shift In charge
PI : Panel In charge
FO : Field Operator
2. Procedure
TIME
Step Action FPR
(Hrs.)
Inform RSM and IOCL-In charge of ETP about the abnormality of inlet streams.
3. Also inform OWS, CRWS operator for checking their end. 0.1 SI
Monitor the water quality of Aeration tank & check any floating oil in
8. aeration tank or not. PI/FO
Monitor the water quality of clarifier. If outlet water having higher TSS,
9. then start de-sludging through SAS.
1.0
Bio-DAF skimming is to be done continuously, so that TSS carry over to
10. check basin can be minimized. PO
1. Legends
PM : Plant Manager
SI : Shift In charge
PI : Panel In charge
FO : Field Operator
2. Procedure
TIME
Step Action FPR
(Hrs.)
Inform RSM and IOCL-In charge of ETP about the abnormality of inlet streams.
3. Also inform the crude section, OWS & CRWS for checking their end. 0.15 SI
The API-TPI O/L is to be lined-up to other equalization tank & the feeding
4. FO/PI
to Oily DAF is to be done from this tank only.
The Dilution from Strom water pond to Biotower feed sump is to be
5. 1.0 PI
started.
Monitor the DO level in Aeration tank. If it is down ward trend, increase the
6. 1.5 PI
aeration air flow.
Decrease the wasting flow rate to increase the sludge age for better control on
7. amine. PI/FO
2.0
Try to reduce COD load at the inlet for better result of amine treatment.
7. PI
Monitor the water quality of clarifier. If outlet water having higher TSS,
8. PI/FO
then start de-sludging through SAS.
Bio-DAF skimming is to be done continuously, so that TSS carry over to
9. 8.0 PO
check basin can be minimized.
10. RGSF backwash frequency is to be increased to 2 times/bed PI/SI
Monitor the UF membrane TMP & accordingly take action as per WRP
11. PI/SI
SOP manual.
The high amine contained equalization tank is to be lined-up to Oily DAF
12. partially (10~20%) & the downstream section parameter is to be 16.0 PI/FO
monitored.
Once the high amine contained equalization tank level comes below 35-
13. 40% , again lined-up API-TPI outlet to that equalization tank to dilute the 24.0 PI/FO
tank up to 60~70%.
Monitor the aeration tank water physical appearance & quality
14. FO/SIC
parameters in every 2 hrs.
1. Legends
PM : Plant Manager
SI : Shift In charge
PI : Panel In charge
FO : Field Operator
2. Procedure
TIME
Step Action FPR
(Hrs.)
Diverted the HCOD outlet flow from sea to south storm water pond.
8. 0.15 SI
1. Legends
PM : Plant Manager
SI : Shift In charge
PI : Panel In charge
FO : Field Operator
2. Procedure
TIME
Step Action FPR
(Hrs.)
Inform IOCL-In charge of ETP about the abnormality of inlet streams. Also
3. 0.25 SI
inform the crude unit & OWS, CRWS for checking their end.
The API-TPI O/L & stripped sour water receiving is to be lined-up to
4. FO/PI
different equalization tanks.
0.5
The oily DAF feeding is to be done from low COD content equalization
5. FO/PI
tank.
The Dilution from Strom water pond to Biotower feed sump is to be
6. 0.75 PI
started.
Open the isolation valve ~ 20% from the high COD content equalization
7. 1.0
tank.
8. Start the peroxide dosing if required as per the JAR test.
Chemical dosing rate in oily DAF is to be done as per the JAR test. 1.0
9.
Monitor the DO level in Aeration tank. If it is down ward trend, increase the
10. 1.5 PI
aeration air flow.
7. Treated spent caustic dosing rate decrease to bio tower feed sump. 1.5 PI
Monitor the water quality of clarifier. If outlet water having higher TSS,
9. PI/FO
then start de-sludging through SAS.
Bio-DAF skimming is to be done continuously, so that TSS carry over to
10. PO
check basin can be minimized.
If check basin COD is in higher range (> 80 ppm), start sending high COD
water to storm water pond through off spec pump. During that time 8.0
dilution is to be stopped in Biotower feed sump.
4. Legends
PM : Plant Manager
SI : Shift In charge
PI : Panel In charge
FO : Field Operator
5. Procedure
Lined-up the stripped sour water to one equalization tank & close the stripped
16. sour water to Biotower feed sump isolation valve if it was lined-up in Biotower FO/PI
feed sump.
17. The API-TPI O/L is to be lined-up to other equalization tank. FO/PI
High sulphide water feeding to oily DAF low quantity, maximum feeding to oily
18. FO/PI
DAF is to be done from another tank.
The Dilution from Strom water pond to Biotower feed sump is to be started.
19. PI
Monitor the DO level in Aeration tank. If it is down ward trend, increase the aeration air
20. flow. PI
Hydrogen per oxide chemical dosing start at oily DAF outlet section & other
21. PI/FO
chemical dosing rate changing priority basis.
8. Treated spent caustic dosing rate decrease to bio tower feed sump. PI
9. Increase the bio sludge wasting and maintain aeration tank MLSS.
10. Monitor the water quality of clarifier. If outlet water having higher TSS, then
PI/FO
start de-sludging through SAS.
Bio-DAF skimming is to be done continuously, so that TSS carry over to check
11. PO
basin can be minimized.
12. RGSF backwash frequency is to be increased to 2 times/bed PI/SI
Monitor the UF membrane TMP & accordingly take action as per WRP SOP
13. PI/SI
manual.
Monitor the aeration tank water physical appearance & quality parameters in
14. FO/SIC
every 2 hrs.
6. Legends
PM : Plant Manager
SI : Shift In charge
PI : Panel In charge
FO : Field Operator
7. Procedure
TIME
Step Action FPR
(Hrs.)
22. Inform RSM and IOCL-In charge of ETP about the MP Steam failure. SI
23. Spent caustic treatment unit to be shut down immediately as per SOP. 0.15 FO/PI
Open the steam trap bypass valves for the MP steam header from ETP B/L to
25. 0.20 FO
SCTP unit.
Operating Manual
CONTENTS
SL No Topic Page no
Parameter Concentration
pH 12-13
Oil & Grease (ppm) 1000
COD (ppm) 80000
Total Sulfides (as S in ppm) 30000
Total Dissolved Solis ( ppm ) 120000
NaOH (ppm) 1-5 %Density (Kg/m3) 1000
Stream 2: Sulphidic Spent caustic: 8.358 m3/hr
Parameter Concentration
pH 12-13
Oil & Grease (ppm) 1000
COD (ppm) 80000
Total Sulfides (as S in ppm) 30000
Total Dissolved Solis ( ppm ) 120000
NaOH (ppm) 1-5 %Density (Kg/m3) 1000
provided in the tank for effective mixing of the incoming streams. This effluent is then pumped to air
oxidation system.
Air Oxidation Process
EIL'S WAO Process
Sulphidic Spent caustic is stored in a tank and Oil is skimmed off, free Oil separating due to gravity
difference. It is then passed through an Oil Coalescer. This oil free spent caustic is diluted with water in
Oxidation Tank. Copper based catalyst solution is also added in this tank. The airflow rates are adjusted in
such a way that the foam formation is lowered if small quantities of napthenates are present. The aeration
is required for providing intimate mixing of spent caustic with the catalyst and air for oxidation. The spent
caustic is pumped through an Oxidation Reactor Feed Pump to a Guard Filter and the filtered caustic
Solution is routed through the Feed / Off Gas Effluent Exchanger where the Off Gas coming out of the
Oxidation Reactor cools giving heat to the Feed Caustic Stream. The cooled off gas is sent to the Adsorption
Column and the Feed Spent Caustic is sent to the Feed / Effluent exchanger where it picks up heat from the
Oxidized Spent Caustic Stream coming from the bottom of the Oxidation Reactor. To achieve the desired
temperature of around 137 C at the inlet of the Oxidation Reactor, a Steam Heater is provided. It will also
heat the inlet to Oxidation Reactor to 140 C during start-ups as well as for normal operation when sulphide
levels are well below the design of the system. This heated spent caustic solution is then led to the
Oxidation Reactor. The operating principle is that the waste stream, following preheating, is oxidized in a
counter-current method by air in a tray Reactor to provide intimate contact for sulphide oxidation. The
Caustic stream is fed to the Oxidation Reactor from the top through an inlet distributor. Air inlet is from the
bottom of the Reactor from where it passes through the liquid hold up of the Reactor and over to the top
through the Trays positioned in the column. The holdup volume in the Reactor provides for sufficient
retention time of the air in the system to react with spent caustic. The off gas from the Oxidation Reactor
will contain unreacted oxygen, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, water vapors and traces of hydrocarbons. Off
gases released from the process before being vented to Atmosphere are cooled in Feed Off Gas Exchanger
and then led to the Gaseous Adsorption Column where any remnant HCs are adsorbed on the activated
Carbon bed and the off Gas is thereafter vented to Atmosphere.
The temperature is maintained at 140 degree C and the operating pressure in the Oxidation Reactor is 6.0
Kg/cm2g. The oxidized caustic product, after passing through conical filters is cooled in the Feed Effluent
Heat Exchange The oxidized caustic is then led to the pH Adjustment Tank where it is neutralized with
Sulphuric acid and Sodium Hydroxide before sending it for disposal to Biological Section of ETP.
2.2 Process Chemistry
The spent caustic is contacted with air at 140°C at about 6 kg/cm2 gauge pressure in the Oxidation Reactor
and the sulphides are oxidised to sodium thiosulphate and sodium sulphate according to the following
equations:
Reactions:
(i) 2Na2S + 202 + H2O – Na2S203 + 2 NaOH
(ii) 2NaRS + 0.502 + H2O – RSSR + 2NaOH
(iii) 5Na2S2O3 + 402 + H20 – 5Na2SO4 + 4S + H2SO4
(iv) 2NaOH + H2SO4 – Na2SO4 + 2H20
Oxidation to Thiosulphate is the predominant reaction. The thiosulphate will be further oxidised to the
sulphate. Approximately 80% of thiosulphate will be converted to sulphate. Release of hydrogen sulphide
is minimal at high pH.
The only obnoxious sulphide present is Na2S and its oxidation will release caustic soda. Further oxidation
of thiosulphate to sulphate will release Sulphuric acid. Caustic soda and Sulphuric acid will react to produce
sodium sulphate. The Hydrogen Sulphide released in the neutralization step shall be absorbed in the H2S
Scrubber. The following reactions shall take place:
1) H2Saq+ NaOHaq – NaHSaq +H2O
2) NaHSaq + NaOHaq – Na2Saq + H2O
The extent of reactions 1 and 2 depend on the strength of caustic, with higher pH favoring reaction 2.
3.0 MATERIAL BALANCE
Molecular weight of R 29
Bicarbonates in spent caustic (ppm) 50
BALANCE
COMONENTS INLET OUT LET
NaSR (gmoles) 0.000716
0.025792
NaSH (gmole)
Na2S (gmole) 212.18
H2O (gmole) 15XXX.33 15435.81
NaHCO3(gmole) 0.179113
RCOONA(gmole) 0.114747
NaOH(gmole)
Na2SO4(gmole) 261.99
RSH(gmole) 0.000716
H2S(gmole) 212.2053
RCOOH(gmole) 0.114747
H2SO4(gmole) 264.0856 2.095917
CO2(gmole) 0.179113
OXIDATION TANK
OXIDATION REACTOR
Note: The balance has been done considering sodium sulphide equivalent to actual Sulphidic components
(Sodium Sulphide, Tiosulphates, mercaptans etc.) in the streams. This overdesigns the system as Sulphidic
components other than Sodium Sulphide require less oxygen than Sodium Sulphide.
PH ADJUSTMENT TANK
Gmoles of NaOH to be neutralized 11005.425
Gmoles of H2SO4 dosed in PH Adjustment Tank 5502.7
Flow Rate of H2SO4 required (Iph) 300
REVISION
FW DWG. NO. VA-TECH DWG. NO. LEI DWG. NO. DWG.TITLE
DATE
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0003 10-P2-D0015-017 &AG-P-FB 1001 LIST OF DOCUMENTS
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 10-P2-D0015-018 &AG-P-FB 1002 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS-I
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0005 10-P2-D0015-019 &AG-P-FB 1003 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS-II
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0006A 10-P2-D0015-020A &AG-P-FB 1004A INSTRUMENATATION SYMBOLES & LEGEND
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0006B 10-P2-D0015-020B &AG-P-FB 1004B INSTRUMENATATION SYMBOLES & LEGEND
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0007A 10-P2-D0015-021A &AG-P-FB 1005A SYMBOLOGY SHEETS EQUIPMENT
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0007B 10-P2-D0015-021B &AG-P-FB 1005B SYMBOLOGY SHEETS EQUIPMENT
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1 AS BUILT
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008A 10-P2-D0015-022A &AG-P-FB 1006A P&ID TYPICAL DETAIL
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008B 10-P2-D0015-022B &AG-P-FB 1006B PUMP & RELIEF VALVE ISOLATION
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12 GENERAL NOTES
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1 - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C 10-P2-D0015-022C &AG-P-FB 1006C ISOLATION HOOKUP DIAGRAM - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12 SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0011 10-P2-D0015-040 &AG-P-FP 1001 SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC STORAGE TANK
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12 HOLDS
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0012 10-P2-D0015-041 &AG-P-FP 1002 SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC CHARGE PUMPS
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0013 10-P2-D0015-042 &AG-P-FP 1003 NAPHTHENIC SPENT CAUSTIC STORAGE TANK
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0014 10-P2-D0015-043 &AG-P-FP 1004 NAPHTHENIC SPENT CAUSTIC CHARGE PUMPS
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1 DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0015 10-P2-D0015-044 &AG-P-FP 1005 SPENT CAUSTIC PREHEATERS SIGNATURE
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
DATE
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0016 10-P2-D0015-045 &AG-P-FP 1006 OXIDATION REACTOR REFERENCE DRAWINGS
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12 DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0017 10-P2-D0015-046 &AG-P-FP 1007 OFF GAS COOLER
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0018A 10-P2-D0015-047A &AG-P-FP 1008A SPENT CAUSTIC NEUTRALISATION-I
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0018B 10-P2-D0015-047B &AG-P-FP 1008B SPENT CAUSTIC NEUTRALISATION-II
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12 ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1 REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0019 10-P2-D0015-048 &AG-P-FP 1009 SPENT CAUSTIC COOLERS
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1 Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0020 10-P2-D0015-049 &AG-P-FP 1010 COMPRESSOR-A A3 10.12.12
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
MK MM CU
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12 REVIEW
A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1 ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0021 10-P2-D0015-050 &AG-P-FP 1011 COMPRESSOR-B A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12
O2 08.07.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ DK
O/D1 O1/D1 O2/D2 A/E1 A2/G1 A3/G1 O1 20.06.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ / DK SM
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0022 10-P2-D0015-051 &AG-P-FP 1012 SPENT CAUSTIC EQUALIZATION TANK
18.05.11 20.06.11 08.07.11 03.08.11 15.02.12 10.12.12 O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
ABBREVIATIONS LINES
MW IV INVERTER
FAG ACID GAS FLARE MANWAY
ELECTROMAGNETIC / SONIC SIGNAL (UNGUIDED)
DESIGN CONDITIONS: A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
CBD CLOSED BLOW DOWN PSO POSITIVE SHUT OFF (CL. V) MATERIAL BALANCE POINT:
VA TECH WABAG
CBDH HIGH PRESSURE BLOWDOWN PV MS MOTOR STARTER (LOCAL) PIPING MATERIALS CLASS CHANGE
PROCESS VARIABLE VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
CCBD CAUSTIC CLOSED BLOW DOWN RO P PUMPS (ALL TYPES) XX-XX
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
RESTRICTION ORIFICE ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
OWS OILY WATER SEWER SC PA PANELS INSULATION REQUIREMENTS CHANGE FILE NAME: REV:
SAMPLE CONNECTION
10-P2-D0015-018 Z1
SS SO PC EXTERNAL SUN SWITCH (PHOTO VOLTAIC CELL) SEQUENTIAL NUMBER
STORM SEWER STEAM OUT PACKAGE VENDOR:
CS SP PD PULSATION DAMPERS
CHEMICAL SEWER SET POINT HEAT TRACING REQUIREMENTS CHANGE LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
DW PRT POWER RECOVERY TURBINE VADODARA-GUJARAT
DRAIN WATER (CLEAN) SRR SATELLITE RACK ROOM
CRWSCONTAMINATED RAIN WATER SEWER R REACTORS
TGS TANK GAUGING SYSTEM SLOPE BREAK
DS RD RUPTURE DISKS LINDE DWG. NO. REV:
SANITARY SEWER TL TANGENT LINE
RR
&AG-P-FB 1002 Z1
.
RESISTOR (EARTHING)
TSO TIGHT SHUT OFF (CL. IV & V) MAX DESIGN PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE CHANGE
UTILITY OIL LINES RTD RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTOR PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
UC UTILITY CONNECTION
DSO DI-SULPHIDE OIL RU REFRIGERATION UNIT Paradip, Orissa State, India
VAC VACUUM SUPPLY RESPONSIBILITY
SKO STRAIGHT KEROSENE OIL RX REACTOR ELECTRICAL This Drawing is the Property of
V VENT
FO FUEL OIL SG SWITCHGEAR
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
VF VENDOR FURNISHED and is lent without consideration other than the
HO HYDRAULIC OIL SC DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY
SAMPLE COOLERS Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
FLO FLUSHING OIL SK
NEW
PIPING VALVES AND COMPONENTS INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS FIRE & SAFETY SYMBOLS
PLUG VALVE
REAR CENTRAL PANEL MOUNTED INSTRUMENT
CAP THREADED
HOSE RACK STATION
BALL VALVE CYLINDER/ PISTON OPERATED VALVE
DUTY
CAP WELDED SELECTION
SWITCH
NEEDLE VALVE M
HOSE COUPLING/ADAPTOR
DUTY SELECTION SWITCH
HOSE REEL
DIAPHRAGM VALVE MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
S
ANGLE VALVE
DRIP RING
SOLENOID VALVE (2 WAY)
SLOP Down
E AS BUILT
FIRE MONITOR
SLOPE (DOWNWARD) S
R DCS FUNCTION
SOLENOID VALVE(3WAY) WITH
BLOWDOWN ANGLE VALVE Up
SLOPE MANUAL RESET.
SLOPE (UPWARD)
SHARED DIPLAY DEVICES WITH LIMITED ACCESS GENERAL NOTES
TO ADJUSTMENTS LOCATED IN FIELD - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
S FIRE MONITOR ELEVATED
FLAME ARRESTOR - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
ANGLE GLOBE VALVE SOLENOID VALVE (3 WAY) AUXILLARY OPERATORS INTERFACE DEVICE FOR EXAMPLE PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
BACK UP CONTROLLER OR MANUAL STATION
FLEXIBLE LINE/HOSE HOLDS
S
COMPUTER COMPONENTS NOT ACCESSIBLE TO OPERATOR LIKE I/O
INTERFACE BUND CONTROLLER OR SOFTWARE CALCULATION BOX
DUAL COIL SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY) FIRE MONITOR REMOTE OPERABLE
PULSATION DAMPENER
ANGLE CHECK VALVE
S
INDICATOR CONTROLLER / RECORDER OR ALARM POINT NORMALLY
ACCESSIBLE TO OPERATOR THROUGH VIDEO DISPLAY
SP FLOW ELEMENT (ORIFICE)
3 WAY VALVE SPECIAL PIPING
AUXILLARY COMPUTER COMPONENTS NORMALLY ACCESSIBLE
TO OPERATOR
FOAM MONITOR
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS TURBINE METER /
SIGNATURE
4 WAY VALVE PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER LIMITED ACCESS
TO OPERATOR DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
PRESSURE/ VACUUM SAFETY VALVE PD METER FOAM MONITOR ELEVATED
DRAIN VALVE WITH PLUG DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
IZ
ESD INTERLOCK FUNCTION
DRAIN VALVE WITH BLIND FLANGE PILOT OPERATED RELIEF VALVE VORTEX
I
DCS INTERLOCK FUNCTION FOAM MONITOR REMOTE OPERABLE
DRAIN WITH THREADED CAP PRESSURE / THERMAL SAFETY VALVE ULTRA SONIC METER SUBSYSTEM / PLC FUNCTION ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
EG. TANK GAUGING SYSTEM (TGS)
TGS REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
STOP CHECK VALVE RELIEF RUPTURE DISC M MAGNETIC METER EYE WASH
ISSUED AS BUILT
FUNCTION BLOCKS-FUNCTION DESIGNATIONS Z1 06.05.15
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
MK MM CU
A3 10.12.12 MK MM CU
REVIEW
SWING ELBOW A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
VACUUM VALVE PITOT TUBE ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
NO. FUNCTION A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
REMOVABLE SPOOL
O2 08.07.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ DK
RS 1 SUMMING
O1 20.06.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ / DK SM
PIPING
L L L
C&I
B BURNER, COMBUSTION USERS CHOICE USERS CHOICE USERS CHOICE XXXX XXXX FT LI XXXX XXXX
L L LT
C USERS CHOICE CONTROL XT AE XXXX XXXX TE
XXXX
D USERS CHOICE DIFFERENTIAL XXXX XXXX LT PDT XXXX X TRANSMITTER TYPE
DETAIL
E VOLTAGE SENSOR (PRIMARY ELEMENT) C&I H LT XXXX XXXX
LY TW
C&I C&I PIPING X C&I
F FLOW RATE RATIO (FRACTION) PIPING PIPING XXXX XXXX XXXX
L PIPING
X C&I CA CAPACITANCE
G MOTOR STATUS GLASS VIEWING DEVICE PIPING
RADAR RADAR TYPE
PIPING
H HAND (MANUALLY) OPERATED HIGH
RF RADIO FREQUENCY
C&I
I CURRENT (ELECTRICAL) INDICATE SERVO SERVO TYPE
J POWER SCAN US ULTRASONIC
RADIATION RADIATION TYPE
K TIME, TIME SCHEDULE TIME RATE OF CHANGE CONTROL STATION FE GW RADAR GUIDED WAVE RADAR
L LEVEL LIGHT LOW ZZZZ M MAGNETIC
M USERS CHOICE MOMENTARY MIDDLE INTERMEDIATE
N USERS CHOICE USERS CHOICE USERS CHOICE USERS CHOICE
TRANSMITTER TYPE
O USERS CHOICE ORIFICE RESTRICTION
H H H H H H H LT
XY AI FY LY LY PY TY
P PRESSURE, VACUUM POINT (TEST) CONNECTION XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX L XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX
L L L L L L X
Q QUANTITY, QUALITY INTEGRATE TOTALLIZE LT LI
R RADIATION RECORD XT AT FT XXXX XXXX PDT TT DP DIFFERENCIAL PRESSURE
PIPING
HH ESD TRIP INSTRUMENT TYPICAL ARRANGEMENTS
C&I
XA FZT TA
XXXX 1oo3 XXXXA LA LZAHH XXXX
1oo3 IZ FZAHH
IZ XXXX XXXX IZ
PIPING
HH 1oo3 HH
ZZZZ XXXX HH
C&I
ZZZZ XZAHH FZT FA ZZZZ TZAHH XZT IZ XZAHH LZAHH TZT IZ TZAHH
XXXX XXXXB XXXX XXXX XXXX ZZZZ XXXX HH XXXX XXXX ZZZZ XXXX
1oo3 HH HH HH FZT
IZ DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
IZ LZT LZT LZT TE
HH ZZZZ HH HH HH C&I XXXX SIGNATURE
DETAIL
HH HH HH FZT FZAHH ZZZZ XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC TZT TZT TZT PIPING IZ LZT HH TW XXXX
DETAIL
X DATE
XXXXC XXXX X X XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC XXXX
XZT XZT XZT C&I C&I ZZZZ XXXX
X REFERENCE DRAWINGS
XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC TE TE TE PIPING PIPING
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
NOTE 4 XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC
PIPING
C&I C&I C&I
C&I
PIPING PIPING PIPING TW TW TW
XXXX A XXXX B XXXX C
C&I PIPING PIPING C&I
FE
FE XXXX
XXXX
(600-0050) ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
IZ IZ IZ REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
ZZZZ ZZZZ
IZ IZ IZ ZZZZ
DETAIL
S YS H XXXX XXXX XXXX HS XXXX HS XXXX LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
IA L L L L L
VADODARA-GUJARAT
XC XXXX XXXX
IA H IA H IA H H H
HS XXXX XS XS XS XS XS
LINDE DWG. NO. REV:
YS
XXXX XXXX XXXX XY XXXX XY XXXX &AG-P-FB 1004A Z1
L L L L L L
L H OPEN HV XV
XXXX
XV XZV XZV XXXX XZV XXXX XZV PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
H OPEN YV L CLOSED IA XXXX
XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Paradip, Orissa State, India
L CLOSED XXXX
IA IA IA
This Drawing is the Property of
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
and is lent without consideration other than the
ESD LOGIC Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
ZZZ SEQUENCE YIC HS HZS HS HZS reproduced, copied lent or disposed of directly or
NUMBER FOUR DIGIT indirectly, nor used for any purpose other than that
XXXX XXXX XC XXXX XXXX XXXX
XXXX SEQUENCE for which it is specifically furnished. The apparatus
FOUR DIGIT NUMBER XXXX shown in the drawing is covered by patents
XXXX SEQUENCE
FOUR DIGIT H information contained in this drawing may be proprietary
NUMBER IZ X MEASURED
XXXX SEQUENCE HV ESD LOGIC I ESD LOGIC IZ ESD LOGIC IZ ESD LOGIC IZ ESD LOGIC HS IZ to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd and/or licensors, and is
P&ID
P&ID
S
DETAIL
HZL
S X TRANSMITTER TYPE
S NDE NDE XXXX
L H
MS XG TG
XXXX XXXX CA CAPACITANCE
IZ RADAR RADAR TYPE
C&I RF RADIO FREQUENCY
ZZZZ MOV MS PIPING TW
+
M + SERVO SERVO TYPE
XXXX XXXX
US ULTRASONIC
H L
HZS RADIATION RADIATION TYPE
XXXX GW RADAR GUIDED WAVE RADAR
PG HZV
+ L
XXXX XXXX
TRANSMITTER TYPE
IA LT
FO
XXXX
X
DP DIFFERENCIAL PRESSURE
DISPLACER DISPLACER TYPE
HZV
H MOV XXXX XXXX
FOUR DIGIT
XXXX SEQUENCE
+
M +
XXXX XXXX
NUMBER L L
H OPEN
GENERAL NOTES
L CLOSED FO X MEASURED
NOTE 4 - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
VARIABLE AS SHOWN - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
ON P&ID SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
HOLDS
LOW VOLTAGE FIXED SPEED LOW VOLTAGE FIXED SPEED FIXED SPEED LV DRIVE WITH ESD FIXED SPEED LV DRIVE WITH ESD FIXED SPEED DRIVE WITH DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE
TRIP & AUTO START FROM DCS SIGNATURE
MOTOR (CRITICAL) MOTOR (NON-CRITICAL) & AUTO START FROM ESD ESD TRIP
DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
RUN AVAILABLE FAULT RUN AVAILABLE FAULT RUN AVAILABLE FAULT RUN AVAILABLE FAULT RUN AVAILABLE FAULT RUN AVAILABLE FAULT
ML ML ML ML ML ML MZL MZL MZL ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML
XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC XXXXA XXXXB XXXXC
SWITCHGEAR
LOCAL STOP
LOCAL STOP LOCAL STOP REPEAT SIGNAL
IZ
DETAIL
TRIP
IRP IRP IRP
ZZZZ ZZZZ FAULT XXXXA
LOCAL STOP TRIP Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
TRIP AUTO START IZ REPEAT SIGNAL IZ
MS STOP LOCAL STOP A3 10.12.12
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
MK MM CU
REVIEW
TRIP XXXXB ZZZZ ZZZZ REPEAT SIGNAL
A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
ESD LOGIC ESD LOGIC ESD LOGIC AUTO/STOP ESD LOGIC VA TECH WABAG
P&ID
ZZZZ SEQUENCE ZZZZ SEQUENCE ZZZZ SEQUENCE ZZZZ SEQUENCE VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
FOUR DIGIT FOUR DIGIT FOUR DIGIT FOUR DIGIT
XXXX SEQUENCE M M XXXX SEQUENCE M XXXX SEQUENCE M XXXX SEQUENCE M VSD FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-020 REV:
Z1
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER
PACKAGE VENDOR:
NOTE 4 NOTE 4 NOTE 4 NOTE 4 NOTE 4 LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
VADODARA-GUJARAT
PLATE HEATER
M
SHELL & TUBE
EXCHANGER HOPPER HOPPER CATALYST ADDITION PIPE HOIST SCREW CONVEYOR
CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR SCREW COMPRESSOR
AIR COOLER
STACK
G S
EVAPORATOR CATRIDGE FILTER BASKET FILTER FEEDER BELT CONVEYOR
TANK TRUCK SCREW FEEDER DEFLECTOR PLATE
GAS TURBINE STEAM TURBINE
AS BUILT
MISCELLANEOUS
G A
PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER TOP EXCHANGERSCRUBBER EXCHANGER
GENERAL NOTES
AIR DRIVEN MOTOR
DOUBLE FLOW GAS TURBINE - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
M HOLDS
SAMPLE COOLER SHELL & TUBE
HEAT EXCAHGER
D ELECTRIC MOTOR VENT FILTER DRYER
COOLING BOX
DIESEL ENGINE
INLINE SILENCER
GAS CYLINDER
H PROPELLER FAN
VENT SILENCER GRADUATED CYLINDER
ST
HYDRAULIC MOTOR DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
SIGNATURE
STEAM TRAP WITH DATE
DESUPERHEATER
STRAINER
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
M DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
VESSELS TANKS
MIST ELIMINATOR
PACKED BED
NOZZLE
1
BUBBLE CAP
2
SIEVE TRAY
3
HORIZONTAL DRUM
CHIMNEY DRAW OFF TRAY
DAF CELL
4
GENERIC VALVE
VERTICAL DRUM
INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF TANK WITH SUMP
FLUIDIZED BED
DISTRIBUTOR
AS BUILT
REDISTRIBUTION
GENERAL NOTES
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
GENERIC PRESETTLEMENT TANK / POND/SUMP SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
TOTAL DRAW-OFF TRAY PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
FLOATING ROOF TANK
HOLDS
REACTOR
CLOSED BLOWDOWN DRUM BAFFLE WITH PARTITION
PLATE
VORTEX BREAKER
TOWER
TOWER DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
SIGNATURE
DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
CONE ROOF TANK No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
REV:
FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-062 Z1
PACKAGE VENDOR:
LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
VADODARA-GUJARAT
HEAT EXCHANGER FLUSHING AND DRAIN PLAN PUMP VENT/DRAIN/BLEEDER CONN. DETAILS SAMPLE COOLER/ COLLECTION DETAILS
1. FLARE CONNECTION ONLY FOR HIGH VAPOUR
IF MAIN LINE "IH" OR FLASHING SERVICES. ROUTE TO SUCTION
FLARE DISCHARGE
SC-1 VESSEL PREFERABLE.
TYPE 'A' PP IH DETAIL -'A' NOTE 1 PROCESS LINE 2. LOCATION OF DRAIN CONNECTIONS AT LOW POINT
TYPE 'E' NOTE 3 FOR SAMPLING LIQUIDS
NOTE 3 FOR PUMPS IF MAIN LINE "IH" ON PIPING LOCAL TO ENCHANGER WHERE LOW
AT OR LOWER THAN 55°C
POINTS EXIST ONLY.
50 UTILITY
PP SPEC 20 3. LOCATION OF VENTS AT HIGH POINT ON PIPING,
IF MAIN LINE "IT" IH PP LOCAL TO AND ABOVE EXCHANGER.
IT PS
20x10
BOTTOM NOZZLE BOTTOM NOZZLE 20
NOTE 2 PP
NOTE 2 IF MAIN LINE "IH"
BOTTOM IF MAIN BOTTOM
IH
NOZZLE LINE "IH" NOZZLE
50 50 50 50 FOR NON-HYDRO CARBON
IH IH
SUCTION SERVICE DO NOT
PP IF MAIN PP PROVIDE CBD
NOTE 2 NOTE 2
IF MAIN 50 IF MAIN
LINE "IT" 50
M
LINE "IT" LINE "IT"
NC IF MAIN LINE "IT" 15 CCBD
PP IH PP IH 20
PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS IF MAIN LINE "IT"
PROCESS
50 IT 50 20
PROCESS LINE
IT SPEC 50 SPEC 15 IT SPEC 50 50 IT SPEC IT 20 IT 50 SPEC SC-2
SPEC
IF MAIN IF MAIN PROCESS
PP UTILITY UTILITY PP PP UTILITY PP UTILITY PP UTILITY PP UTILITY 20 20 SAMPLING LIQUIDS ABOVE
LINE "IH" LINE "IH" SPEC IT 20x10
SPEC SPEC SPEC SPEC SPEC SPEC 55°C CONGEALING SERVICE MIN 25-A3A
50X20
PROCESS
FLO CBD OWS FLO CBD OWS CBD OWS CBD OWS SPEC
OWS CBD UTILITY
SERVICE: S/S & T/S CONGEALING HC S/S & T/S NONCONGEALING HC SPEC
10 TUBING
PIPING TO
TUBING DIRECTED
IF MAIN LINE "IH" PUMP
CONNECTION TOWARDS
SUCTION LINE 20
OWS
PP IH
NOTE 3 NOTE 3 AS BUILT
TYPE 'B' DETAIL -'B'
TYPE 'F' 10
50 STANDARD CBD CONNECTION
15
LOCATE AT LOW GENERAL NOTES
POINT CLOSE LP STEAM 500
BOTTOM NOZZLE TO SUCTION - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
IF MAIN LINE "IH" MM - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
VALVE INCASE
NOTE 2 NOTE 2 IH 50 OF PUMP SUCTION
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
BOTTOM PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
IF MAIN LINE "IH" IS
NOZZLE 25
NOTE 2 COOLING OWS HOLDS
IH 50 WATER IN
NOTE 2
IF MAIN 50 PP
LINE "IT" IF MAIN
NC LINE "IT" PROCESS SC-3
PP IH SPEC 50 50 IT
PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS SAMPLING LIQUIDS ABOVE 55°C
IT SPEC 50 SPEC 50 IT 20 IT SPEC 50 20 UTILITY PP NONCONGEALING SERVICE
IF MAIN SPEC IF MAIN LINE "IT"
PROCESS LINE
PP UTILITY UTILITY PP LINE "IH" PP UTILITY
SPEC SPEC SPEC
20 MIN 20x10
25-A3A
S/S CONGEALING HC. T/S NON HC S/S NON HC T/S NON CONGEALING HC REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
IF MAIN LINE "IH" 10 TUBING
50
10
ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
BOTTOM NOZZLE REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
BOTTOM NOZZLE NOTE 2 500
NOTE 2 IF MAIN MM
LINE "IH" 25
BOTTOM IF MAIN LINE "IH" NOTE 2 COOLING WATER IN Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
NOZZLE 50 50 50 IH A3 10.12.12
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
MK MM CU
REVIEW
IH 50 PP 40 (TYP) A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
NOTE 2 IF MAIN OWS
IF MAIN 50 PP LINE "IT" 40x20 ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
IF MAIN A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
LINE "IT" IF MAIN LINE "IT" LINE "IT"
NC 50 SC-4 O2 08.07.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ DK
PP IH O1 20.06.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ / DK SM
PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS 25 FOR HIGHLY VOLATILE LIQUIDS AND SOUR WATER
IT SPEC 50 50 IT 20 IT SPEC 50 20 IT SPEC 50 50 IT 20 O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
SPEC SPEC VENT TO FLARE
IF MAIN PROCESS LINE
PPUTILITY UTILITY PP PPUTILITY PP UTILITY PP UTILITY 40 20 OR LOW PRESS. REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY CHKD APPD
LINE "IT"
SPEC SPEC SPEC SPEC SPEC PROCESS PIPING CLIENT:
FOR NON-HYDROCARBON SERVICE 20 INDIAN OIL
DO NOT PROVIDE CBD CORPORATION
20 LIMITED
FLO CBD OWS CBD OWS FLO CBD OWS 20
PIPING TO TUBING LSTK:
CBD OWS CONNECTION WABAG
S/S CONGEALING HC. TS NONCONGEALING HC S/S NON HC T/S CONGEALING HC
20x10 VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
PIPING CLIENT PIPING TO TUBING No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
SAMPLE BOMB ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
CONNECTION
DETAIL -'D' 10 FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-063 REV:
Z1
TYPE 'D' TYPE 'H' FUEL GAS/STEAM PURGE CONNECTION PACKAGE VENDOR:
NOTE 3 NOTE 3 CLIENT PIPING
FOR UNIT FLARE HEADER
LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
VADODARA-GUJARAT
SC-5
VENT TO FLARE
SAMPLING LIQUID ABOVE 55°C / HIGHLY
OR LOW PRESS. REV:
VOLATILE LIQUIDS AND SOUR WATER LINDE DWG. NO.
BOTTOM NOZZLE FI
PROCESS PIPING &AG-P-FB 1006A Z1
PROCESS LINE
NOTE 2 PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
BOTTOM IF MAIN LINE "IH" BOTTOM NOTE 2 IF MAIN 20x10
NOZZLE NOZZLE LINE "IH"
20 MIN 25
COOLING WATER OUT 20
Paradip, Orissa State, India
IH PP 50 50 50 50 IH FO This Drawing is the Property of
NOTE 2
50x20 NOTE 2 PP INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
IF MAIN
PP IH PIPING and is lent without consideration other than the
LINE "IT"
50 IF MAIN TO TUBING Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
LINE "IT" FUEL GAS CONN. reproduced, copied lent or disposed of directly or
IF MAIN LINE "IT" IF MAIN SAMPLE BOMB
10 indirectly, nor used for any purpose other than that
LINE "IH" STEAM LC
PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS PROCESS for which it is specifically furnished. The apparatus
IT SPEC 50 20 50 IT 20 50 50 IT 20 shown in the drawing is covered by patents
SPEC IT SPEC SPEC
UTILITY PIPING CLIENT CLIENT PIPING information contained in this drawing may be proprietary
PP UTILITY UTILITY PP PP UTILITY PP PG to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd and/or licensors, and is
SPEC SPEC SPEC SPEC
subject to obligations of confidentiality.
TITLE:
PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM
CBD OWS CBD OWS FLO CBD OWS MIN. SPENT CAUSTIC TREATMENT PLANT
25
COOLING P&ID TYPICAL DETAILS
S/S NONCONGEALING HC. T/S NON HC S/S NONCONGEALING HC.T/S CONGEALING HC WATER IN
SCALE: DWG NO: REV:
NTS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008A.BC Z1
CONTRACT No. CLASS DSN
451/4200
NOTES
3, HIGH TEMPERATURE / HIGH POUR POINT SERVICE 2. FROM VESSEL OR FROM PIPING ON VESSEL WITHOUT
1, HIGH VAPOUR PRESSURE / BUBBLE POINT SERVICE 2, GENERAL SERVICE
INTERVENING VALVES.
3. ISOLATION VALVES MAY BE INTERLOCKED. DOUBLE
BLOCK AND BLEED VALVE SHOULD BE USED FOR
HIGH PRESSURE APPLICATION.
4. GIVE CONSIDERATION TO WHETHER CONDENSATION
COULD OCCUR E.G. IN STEAM SERVICE IF VALVE
LEAKS BADLY, VERY HOT WATER WILL COME FROM
DRAIN. IN THIS CASE DRAIN SHOULD BE PIPED TO
A SAFE LOCATION.
5. DOUBLE VALVES MAY BE REQUIRED IF TEMPERATURE,
PRESSURE OR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SO INDICATES.
6. APPLIES TO SINGLE STAGE PUMPS > 260°C OR
MULTISTAGE PUMP > 204°C MAY ALSO APPLY TO COLD
SERVICES, WHERE PUMP NEEDS TO BE COOLED.
VENT TO SUCTION
FLARE OR BLOWDOWN SYSTEM VESSEL 7. FLUSHING POINTS MAY BE REQUIRED WHERE THE
VISCOSITY > 43CST @ 40°C OR POUR POINT IS ABOVE
NOTE 8 AMBIENT.
SPEC. BREAK SPEC. BREAK
(TYP.) 8. REQUIRED WHERE SUCTION VESSEL OPERATES UNDER
i
(TYP.)
VACUUM. TO ALLOW PUMP FILLING.
15
15
20 NOTE 5 (TYP.)
15
i i
20 NOTE 7
NOTE 9 D NOTE 9 NOTE 9
D 20
MIN. D
NOTE 5 20 20 NOTE 5 20 FROM STANDBY PUMP
NOTE 5 20
15
15
15
20 FROM STAND BY PUMP FROM STAND BY PUMP
D D D
D D MIN. IT-
SPEC. BREAK
NI
NOTE 7 20 (TYP.) NI-
TO STAND BY PUMP D
TO STAND BY PUMP TO STANDBY PUMP
NOTE 10 AS BUILT
NI
i
(TYP.)
NI- GENERAL NOTES
FLO - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
HOLDS
1:500
SLOPE Down SIZE : TO SAFE LOCATION SIZE : TO SAFE LOCATION
ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
FLARE PSET : PSET :
REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
15
SIZE : SIZE :
PSET : PSET : PSV PSV
SLOPE Down
1:500
PSV PSV 15
NOTE 3 10.12.12
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
MK MM CU
A3
15
1:500
LO LO SLOPE Down REVIEW
A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
WEEP HOLE WEEP HOLE
(NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
15
SPEC BREAK i
SPEC BREAK 20 A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
20 20 20
(TYP.) (TYP.) D D
20 D 20 D O2 08.07.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ DK
D D
O1 20.06.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ / DK SM
SPEC BREAK
NOTE 3 LO NOTE 3 LC O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
(TYP.)
i
2148915 15
NOTE 2 LSTK:
WABAG
MIN 1000MM
REQUIREMENTS.
IP - P - AAA / 212 - XXXX MIN 5. PIPING CLASS MAY NOT NECESSARILY CHANGE
D NOTE 10,11 ACROSS THE CONTROL VALVE.
PG 20 PG BL PG BL WHERE DOWNSTREAM SYSTEM HAS HIGHER RATING
BL
SPEC BREAK NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED.
BL BL NC
6. WHEN NITROGEN MAY BE FREQUENTLY USED DURING
20 (TYP) NORMAL OPERATION USE THIS DETAIL.
NOTE 3
15
ISOLATION OF UTILITY FROM PROCESS SYSTEMS ISOLATION OF FLUSHING OIL SUPPLY $ RETURN SYSTEMS ISOLATION FROM FLARE / PROCESS SEGREGATION
UTILITY ISOLATION
MIN 1000MM AS BUILT
NI
NI- IT-
HOLDS
i
NI
OR EQUIPMENT SIGNATURE
TO SLOP HEADER
N DATE
20 20 20 20 REFERENCE DRAWINGS
MIN
D D D D DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
UTILITY SPEC PROCESS SPEC UTILITY SPEC / UNIT PROCESS SPEC / UNIT
i
MIN
PG O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
TYPICAL
XXXX PG REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY CHKD APPD
XXXX CLIENT:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
SLOP HEADER
LIMITED
SC-
LSTK:
D WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
3. SLOP COLLECTION HEADER - LIGHT OR HEAVY SLOP No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
REV:
FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-063 Z1
CONTROL VALVE ISOLATION
PACKAGE VENDOR:
LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
TO FLARE OR BLOWDOWN VADODARA-GUJARAT
NOTE 12
LINDE DWG. NO. REV:
&AG-P-FB 1006C Z1
MIN
1000MM D PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
20
Paradip, Orissa State, India
NC
This Drawing is the Property of
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
15
NOTE 8 NOTE 8
and is lent without consideration other than the
FC NOTE 4 NOTE 4 Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
TSO reproduced, copied lent or disposed of directly or
20 NOTE 4 20 20 20 20 20
indirectly, nor used for any purpose other than that
D D D for which it is specifically furnished. The apparatus
20 20 20
shown in the drawing is covered by patents
D D D information contained in this drawing may be proprietary
to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd and/or licensors, and is
PIPING CLASS X PIPING CLASS Y (TYP) PIPING CLASS X PIPING CLASS Y PIPING CLASS X PIPING CLASS Y (TYP)
subject to obligations of confidentiality.
i NOTE 5 i
NOTE 5 i NOTE 5
TITLE:
1) HIGH VAPOUR PRESSURE SERVICE 2) GENERAL SERVICE 3) HIGH PRESSURE SERVICE PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM
SPENT CAUSTIC TREATMENT PLANT
ISOLATION HOOK-UP DIAGRAM
SCALE: DWG NO: REV:
NTS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008ABC Z1
CONTRACT No. CLASS DSN
451/4200
TAG NUMBER UNIT 231-TK-101 TAG NUMBER 231-OS-101 NOTES
DESCRIPTION SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC DESCRIPTION OIL SKIMMER
STORAGE TANK 1. SIGHT GLASS WITH FLOW DIRECTION
TAN-TAN LENGTH mm 12200 TYPE FLOATING TYPE AT GRADE LEVEL.
DIAMETER mm 15300 DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 0.100/ / / 2. INTERPHASE MEASUREMENT.
DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 0.100/-0.020/ / DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 120/ / / 3. SLOPE OF 2%.
DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 120/120/ / 4. DELETED.
5. JET MIXER IS INTEGRAL PART OF TANK.
6. DELETED.
7. AT GRADE LEVEL.
0-47.5% SPLIT RANGE 52.5-100% 8. SAMPLING POINT HORIZONTAL,
END CONNECTION DOWNWARD WITH NIPPLE.
12 9. FLOW SHALL BE VISIBLE WHILE OPERATING VALVE.
CA02 CA50 10. NOZZLE C01 SHALL BE LOCATED BELOW LLL LIQUID
PV A1AA A4AN PV LEVEL.
3005A 3005B A 11. DELETED.
12. SPLIT RANGE VALVE :
NITROGEN 13 13 TO VOC OPEN
25-IG-231-3109-A1AA-NI 100-V-231-1104-A4AN-NI
149 231-0031 230-0012
1. 10.500 65 1. 0.100 65 100/50 FO 100/50 CA02
FC 100/25 LO LO BL
AP7ES
AP7ES
FROM N2 HEADER
PV-3
001B
AP7E
AP7E
CA02 25 50 SP VALVE
POSITION
001A
A2AW A4AN
PV-3
100-V-231-1106-A4AN-NI
20 20 20 20 1103
PRESS VENT
25 7 80
CLOSE VALVE VALVE
65
100-V-231-1106-A4AN-NI
NC NC 0 47.5 52.5 100
SERVICE WATER
LDI H LI LI
1. 0.100
146 231-0030 PRESSURE INCREASE
65
1. 10.500 65 3001 3001A 3001B
FROM SW HEADER NC NC PROVIDED DEAD BAND (ABOUT 5%) DEAD BAND RANGE
CA50 A1AA A4AN
50-WS-231-3052-A4AN-NI SHALL BE FURTHER ADJUSTED BY OPERATOR, IF
1. 0.100
REQUIRED.
IZ 13. LOCATE PV-3001B ASSEMBLY AT TANK ROOF AND
1. 17.000 65
20
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
XV 7 LT SIZE:50x150
SIZE:250 - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
CA50 CA02 3002 3001 PSET:0.065 / -0.018 SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
PSET:0.090 PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
2
SULPHIDIC SPENT L
AP7AP
A PVRV PG PT
CAUSTIC PRV HOLDS
150-PSC-231-1101-A4AN-NI 3002 3004 3005
230-0020
SLOP
E
3001
1. 17.000 65 FC 1. 10.500 120 SP
BL TP01
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
20 CA50 150 53-16
MIN.
LT 1104
MIN.
RADAR
SC-1 20 20 20 20 3002 20-V-231-1115-A4AN-NI
AV7P
AV7P
AV7AP
AV7AP
100
8
N1
AV7P
20 NC
3.5M
25 Z1
N04
AP7E
N06 50-CCBD-231-1120-A4AN-NI
N03 C03 100 A04
150 80 250
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
PROCESS DRAIN TO CCBD C04 610 N07 N16
80-CCBD-231-2705-A4AN-NI A03 150 50 C02
231-0027 C05 80 SIGNATURE
1. 3.500 75 610 50 C06
BL 20 80 50
DATE
CA02 50 REFERENCE DRAWINGS
AP7E
CA50 A 20 20
CA50 CA02 50 10
AP7E
5
O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
50 N01 144 231-0012
CAUG
CA02
TO 231-TK-108 CORPORATION
CAUG SP 25 LIMITED
EL. + 100.800 SLOP
E
A
1102 LSTK:
231-TK-101 100/50
CAUG
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC
STORAGE TANK PROCESS DRAIN
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
1. 0.100 120 50-CCBD-231-1109-A4AN-NI ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
231-0027
2. -0.020 120 1. 0.000 65 CAUG FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-040 REV:
TO CCBD Z1
CA02
PACKAGE VENDOR:
BUND LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
M VADODARA-GUJARAT
150-SS-231-1112-A4AN-NI
PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
Paradip, Orissa State, India
SS PROCESS DRAIN
This Drawing is the Property of
150-CCBD-231-1111-A4AN-NI INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
231-0027
1. 0.000 65 CAUG and is lent without consideration other than the
TO CCBD Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
reproduced, copied lent or disposed of directly or
indirectly, nor used for any purpose other than that
for which it is specifically furnished. The apparatus
shown in the drawing is covered by patents
information contained in this drawing may be proprietary
to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd and/or licensors, and is
subject to obligations of confidentiality.
TITLE:
PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM
SPENT CAUSTIC TREATMENT PLANT
SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC STORAGE TANK
SCALE: DWG NO: REV:
NTS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0011 Z1
CONTRACT No. CLASS DSN
451/4200 36600
NOTES
LOCAL STOP
FAULT
ML
3002B SPENT CAUSTIC
231-PM-101B 50-PSC-231-1204-A4AN-NI
239 231-0011
MIN. FLOW / TANK MIXING 1. 17.000 120 CA02
SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC PG TO 231-TK-101
CHARGE PUMP MOTOR
3008
231-P-101B
1 SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC M AP7E
CHARGE PUMP
AP7AP
40 20
20
1. 17.000 120 80/40
9
AP7E
CA02
100/80 300#
AP7E
20 RO
300# AS BUILT
2
3004
3
AP7E
20 SP
20/15 VENDOR
1201
5
VENDOR
TO CCBD
GENERAL NOTES
TO CCBD 20-PSC-231-1210-A4AN-NI - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
1. 0.000 65 SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
CA02 PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
CA02
50-PSC-231-1207-A4AN-NI HOLDS
CA02
1. 0.000 65
A
CA02
150/25
CAUG
PROCESS DRAIN
25-CCBD-231-1206-A4AN-NI
231-0027
1. 0.000 65 CAUG
TO CCBD
IZ IZ IZ
0150 0180 0190
53-01
CA02
100-PSC-231-1201-A4AN-NI
20-WS-231-1214-A2AW-NI
80-PSC-231-1202-A4AN-NI
1. 17.000 120
1. 10.500 65
1. 17.000 120
PI FIC H
53-02
LOCAL STOP 3009 3005 L
SERVICE WATER FF
25/20 FAULT
25-WS-231-3098-A2AW-NI ML
165 231-0030
1. 10.500 65 CA02 3002A
FROM SW HEADER 231-PM-101A ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
PG PT FT
SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC 3007 3009 3005 REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
CHARGE PUMP MOTOR
FV
231-P-101A
M 3005
20
Z1 06.05.15 MK MM CU
20
ISSUED AS BUILT
1 REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
AP33
SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC A3 10.12.12
REVIEW
MK MM CU
CHARGE PUMP
AP7AP
AP7AP
40 A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
80/40 SPENT CAUSTIC
1. 17.000 120
9
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
144 231-0011 20 50 B VENT 53-03
1. 17.000 120 CA02 O1 20.06.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ / DK SM
AP7E
AP7E
53-01 20 20 20 20
O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
SC-1 SP
20/15 VENDOR 40
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY CHKD APPD
40
6
LIMITED
20-PSC-231-1211-A4AN-NI
TO CCBD
LSTK:
WABAG
20-WS-231-1213-A2AW-NI
65
VA TECH WABAG
1. 10.500 65 CA02 VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
1. 0.000
PROCESS DRAIN
25-CCBD-231-1205-A4AN-NI Paradip, Orissa State, India
231-0027
1. 0.000 65 CAUG
TO CCBD This Drawing is the Property of
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
and is lent without consideration other than the
Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
reproduced, copied lent or disposed of directly or
indirectly, nor used for any purpose other than that
for which it is specifically furnished. The apparatus
shown in the drawing is covered by patents
information contained in this drawing may be proprietary
to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd and/or licensors, and is
subject to obligations of confidentiality.
TITLE:
PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM
SPENT CAUSTIC TREATMENT PLANT
SULPHIDIC SPENT CAUSTIC CHARGE PUPMPS
SCALE: DWG NO: REV:
NTS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0012 Z1
CONTRACT No. CLASS DSN
451/4200 36601
TAG NUMBER UNIT 231-TK-102 TAG NUMBER 231-OS-102 NOTES
DESCRIPTION NAPHTHENIC SPENT CAUSTIC DESCRIPTION OIL SKIMMER
STORAGE TANK 1. SIGHT GLASS WITH FLOW DIRECTION
TAN-TAN LENGTH mm 6600 TYPE FLOATING TYPE AT GRADE LEVEL.
DIAMETER mm 4000 DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 0.100/ / / 2. INTERPHASE MEASUREMENT.
DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 0.100/-0.020/ / DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 80/ / / 3. SLOPE OF 2%.
DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 80/80/ / 4. DELETED
5. JET MIXER IS INTEGRAL PART OF TANK.
6. DELETED.
7. AT GRADE LEVEL.
0-47.5% SPLIT RANGE 52.5-100% 8. SAMPLING POINT HORIZONTAL,
END CONNECTION DOWNWARD WITH NIPPLE
12 9. FLOW SHALL BE VISIBLE WHILE OPERATING VALVE.
CA02 10. NOZZLE C01 SHALL BE LOCATED BELOW LLL LIQUID
PV A1AA A4AN PV LEVEL.
3014A 3014B A 11. DELETED
TO CAUSTIC 12. SPLIT RANGE VALVE :
NITROGEN 13 13 SEALED CHAMBER
25-IG-231-3102-A1AA-NI 50-V-231-1304-A4AN-NI 50-V-231-1306-A4AN-NI
254 231-0031 231-0025 OPEN
1. 10.500 65 CA02 FC 50/25 1. 0.100 65 LO 1. 0.100 65 CA02
50/25 FO 50/25 LO
AP7ES
AP7ES
FROM N2 HEADER
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
25 25
PV-3
014B
VALVE
A2AW A4AN 20 20 20 20 20
POSITION
014A
PV-3
25 7 40
50-V-231-1306-A4AN-NI
PRESS VENT
NC NC
SERVICE WATER CLOSE VALVE VALVE
65
LDI H LI LI 0 47.5 52.5 100
251 231-0030
1. 10.500 65 CA50 3005 3005A 3005B
FROM SW HEADER NC NC PRESSURE INCREASE
1. 0.100
A1AA A4AN
25-WS-231-3023-A4AN-NI PROVIDED DEAD BAND (ABOUT 5%) DEAD BAND RANGE
SHALL BE FURTHER ADJUSTED BY OPERATOR, IF
IZ REQUIRED.
1. 17.000 75
2
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
3004 PSET:0.065 / - 0.018 PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
SIZE:150
AP7AP
NAPHTHENIC SPENT L PG PT
A PSET:0.090 HOLDS
CAUSTIC PVRV 3013 3014
50-PSC-231-1301-A4AN-NI SLOP
230-0020 E
3004
1. 17.000 75 FC 1. 17.000 75 PRV
BL TP03
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
20 50 53-70 3003
LT
RADAR
SC-1 20 20 20 20 3004
AV7P
AV7AP
AV7AP
8
AV7P
40 AS BUILT
AV7P
NC
N06 N04
TO CCBD N03 C03 150 50 N07 N16 DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
C04 50 80 50 50 C02
A02 80 SIGNATURE
C05 610 50 C06 DATE
80 50
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
231-OS-102
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
50
50/25 N10 OIL SKIMMER
25
50 10
25 50/25 N11
50 AV7P TT TI
25
C01
1 9 25 50/25 N12 50 3002 3002 ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
9
REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
25-OWS-231-1303-A4AN-NI E
50
SLOP
SG 50/25 N13 N18
1. 3.500 75 CA02 25 50 50/25
SP 25 50/25 N14 NAPHTHENIC SPENT Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
CA02
TO 231-TK-107 CORPORATION
SP
EL. + 100.800 SLOP
E 25 LIMITED
A
1302 LSTK:
231-TK-102
CAUG
100/25 WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
NAPHTHENIC SPENT CAUSTIC
STORAGE TANK PROCESS DRAIN
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
1. 0.100 80 25-CCBD-231-1309-A4AN-NI ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
231-0027
2. -0.020 80 1. 0.000 65 CAUG FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-042 REV:
TO CCBD Z1
CA02
14 PACKAGE VENDOR:
BUND LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
VADODARA-GUJARAT
PG
3016
1
25
AP7E
NAPHTHENIC SPENT
AP7AP
20
CAUSTIC
TANK MIXING 25-PSC-231-1404-A4AN-NI
249 231-0013
40 40 1. 7.000 75 CA02
40/25 TO 231-TK-102
3
AP7E
AP7E
20 SP
1401
M 20
AP7E
20
231-PM-103B
LOCAL STOP RO
NAPHTHENIC SPENT CAUSTIC TRIP FAULT
CHARGE PUMP MOTOR MZS ML 3009
AS BUILT
3006B 3006B
231-P-103B
NAPHTHENIC SPENT CAUSTIC GENERAL NOTES
CHARGE PUMP AVAILABLE
START - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
1. 7.000 75 MS STOP - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
CA02 IZ 3006B RUN
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
0200
SIL a HOLDS
I
CA02
1210
53-71
40-PSC-231-1401-A4AN-NI
CA02
SIGNATURE
25-PSC-231-1402-A4AN-NI
DATE
75
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
SIZE:
75
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
1. 7.000
PSET:5.300 FF
PI
1. 7.000
PSV FIC H
53-72
3017
3008A 3010 L
NAPHTHENIC SPENT
AP7AP
AP7AP
NAPHTHENIC SPENT A3 10.12.12
REVIEW
MK MM CU
AP33
20
20
CAUSTIC CAUSTIC A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
40-PSC-231-1302-A4AN-NI 25-PSC-231-1403-A4AN-NI
250 231-0013 M 231-0025 ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
1. 7.000 75 CA02 40 40 FC 1. 7.000 75 CA02 A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
53-71 20 20 VENT 25 B VENT 53-73 O2 08.07.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ DK
53-72
SC-1 SP
M 20 20 20
O1 20.06.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ / DK SM
2
DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm g 17.000/-1.000/12.000/-1.000 3. INLET & OUTLET PIPING OF 231-E-101 A/B TO BE
DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 160/160/160/160 SYMMETRICAL.
4. AT HIGH POINT OF LINE.
5. AT LOW POINT OF LINE.
6. UTILITY CONNECTIONS FOR PROCESS SIDE CLEANING
AND MAINTANCE.
SIZE:20x25
PSET:17.000
TSV
3001A
SLOP
E 25-PSC-231-1508-A4AN-NI
1. 0.000 160 CA02
20
LO 231-E-101A
SPENT CAUSTIC PREHEATER
20-PSC-231-1513-B4AN-NI
1. 17.000 160
PSO
2. -1.000 160
A4AN B4AN 3. 12.000 160
PSC
4. -1.000 160 1 4
CA02
AP7E
AS BUILT
300# 25
3 N03 N01 3
50-PSC-231-1515-B4AN-NI 50-PSO-231-1601-A4AN-IH
1. 17.000 160 CA02 1. 12.000 160 CA02 GENERAL NOTES
50 50
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
4
AP7E
25 - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
3
1
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
50-PSO-231-1507-A4AN-NI 50 50 50-PSC-231-1502-B4AN-IH 100/50 100/50 PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
1. 12.000 160 CA02 300# N02 N04 1. 17.000 160 CA02
3 HOLDS
FF
AP7P
FF FF
EL. + 100.500 PDI H PDI H TI H
3019 3018 TG TW 3003
150/50 CA02 3040 3040
A
CAUG
PDT
3018 TT
20 3003 CA02 CA01
PDT
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
3019
AP7AP
AP7P
20
PROCESS DRAIN 100/50 A OXIDISED CAUSTIC SIGNATURE
40
50-CCBD-231-1511-A4AN-NI 50-PSO-231-1601-A4AN-IH
231-0027 231-0016 166 DATE
1. 0.000 65 CAUG 100/50 1. 12.000 160 CA01
TO CCBD B FROM 231-R-101
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
20 CA02 CA01 53-07
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
AP7E
AP7AP
AP7AP
25 A
SPENT CAUSTIC SIZE:20x25 SPENT CAUSTIC
50-PSC-231-1203-A4AN-NI 50-PSC-231-1502-B4AN-IH
155 231-0012 PSET:17.000 172 231-0016
1. 17.000 120 CA02 1. 17.000 160 CA01
FROM 231-P-101A/B B B TO 231-JS-101
53-03 20 53-04
TSV
3001B
AP7AP
A
OXIDISED CAUSTIC ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
50-PSO-231-1507-A4AN-NI
231-0016 171
1. 12.000 160 CA50 CA02 SLOP
25-PSC-231-1509-B4AN-NI REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
TO 231-JS-102 B E
CA02
CA02
53-08 1. 0.000 160 CA02
50-PSO-231-1504-A4AN-IH
50-PSC-231-1517-B4AN-IH
Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
20 10.12.12
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
MK MM CU
A3 REVIEW
50-PSO-231-1506-A4AN-NI
50-PSC-231-1503-A4AN-NI
1. 12.000 160
1. 17.000 160
A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
LO 231-E-101B
ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
160
1. 17.000 120
AP7E
25 LIMITED
3 N03 N01 300# 3
50-PSC-231-1514-B4AN-NI LSTK:
1. 17.000 160 CA02 50 50 1. 12.000 160 WABAG
4
VA TECH WABAG
25 AP7E VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
3 50 3
1
50 100/50 No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
1. 12.000 160 CA02 300# N02 N04 100/50 FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-044 REV:
Z1
AP7P
PACKAGE VENDOR:
P DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 10.0/-1.0/ / DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 17.000/-1.000/ / 4. TWO PHASE LINE.
SIZE:50J80 14 5. DP : DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE.
ATM PSET:10.000 20 80/50 DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 160/160/ / DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 350/350/ /
6. IT SHOULD BE ON PLATFORM / UTILITY POINT.
13
SAFE LOCATION
AP7E
AP7E 25 7. DUPLEX ELEMENT.
PSV OFF GAS
150-V-231-1603-A4AN-PP 8. IBR LINE FROM BL TO 231-JS-101.
3002B LO SLOP
E
175 231-0017
1. 10.000 160 CA01 9. DELETED.
SLOP
E
FF TO 231-E-103 10. WARM UP LINE NORMALLY CLOSED.
2. -1.000 160
80-V-231-1617-A4AN-PP
AP7P TT TI 11. TIGHT SHUT OFF NRV.
80-V-231-1622-A4AN-PP 80/50 53-13
40 3004 3004 12. SAMPLING POINT HORIZONTAL,
20
IZ FIQ END CONNECTION DOWNWARD WITH NIPPLE.
AP7E TW 0150 3011 13. WEEP HOLE DRAIN LINE.
LC
3005 2oo3 14. HIGH POINT VENT.
SIL a 15. CONTROL VALVE 231-FV-3011 SHALL HAVE HAND
80-V-231-1621-A4AN-PP CORR WHEEL.
SLOP
AP7P TG
16. AT LOW FLOW ALARM FROM 231-FT-3011, CONTROL
SP
E
AP7ES
80
AP35A
3011 A 1604
AP7AS
AP7AS
AP7AS
AP7P
AP7P
L
40
53-07 DP MP STEAM
17
20
40
PG
20
AV7AP C13
20
LT LIC H ST ST ST ST 230-0020
3001 50 3008 3008 L FC FC 100/80 100/80 BL
17
AP7ES
AP7ES
AP7ES
8
B 80
AS BUILT
25
C08 AV7AP 5 20 20 2
TP04
80
80-SM-231-1604-B1AS-IH
3 TI TT TG TW SP SP 20
OXIDISED CAUSTIC GENERAL NOTES
E N02 3019 3019 3020 3020 1603 1602 NC
231-0015 166 SLOP
1. 18.000 350
2. -1.000 350
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
50
TO 231-E-101A/B FF - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
AP7P
AP7P
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
C07 AV7P TT TI PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
40
40
SPENT CAUSTIC
53-51
50 3006 3006 50-PSC-231-1502-B4AN-IH
50-PSO-231-1601-A4AN-IH 231-0015 172 HOLDS
1. 12.000 160 10 1. 17.000 160 CA01
100/50 100/50 FROM 231-E-101A/B
53-04
13
CA01 CA50 CA50 CA03
C04 AV7P TT TI H
50 3009 3009 B 40-PA-231-1609-A2AP-IH
5 A A 53-33 PROCESS AIR
100-PA-231-2002-B1AS-IH 100-PA-231-2002-A2AP-IH
B 231-0020 174
4 7 1. 18.000 350 1. 12.000 250 CA03
AP7ES
53-33 53-32 FROM 231-K-101A
25
AV7P TT TIC H 11 B
C03
3 50 3011 3011 L DRAIN DRAIN ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
PDI 299 &AG-P-FP 1011
SIZE:25E50 REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
3020 L FF PSET:12.000 TO FIC-3015
2
AV7P TT TI
C02 PSV Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
50 3010 3010 8 4 A3 10.12.12
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
MK MM CU
A02 3007 SLOP
E
REVIEW
A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
600
CA03
TW
50 ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
CA01
AP7E
3012 IZ 20 40/25 A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
25-CCBD-231-1616-A4AN-PP
N04 1 50 50-V-231-1612-A2AP-PP 13 A
6
CAUG
AV7E 0160 AP7E
2oo3 PROCESS DRAIN
O1 20.06.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ / DK SM
18 LSTK:
AP7ES
N03 200/100 53-32 FROM 231-K-101B WABAG
25
N01 11 B
40
200-PSC-231-1606-B4AN-IH 200
VA TECH WABAG
200 1. 17.000 160 CA01 N01 53-34 B1AS A2AP
4 200 VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
AP7E
A
CA01 50-PSC-231-1608-A4AN-IH LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
CAUG 1. 0.000 160 VADODARA-GUJARAT
TI H
CA01
3016
LINDE DWG. NO. REV:
&AG-P-FP 1006 Z1
AP7P
40
53-08 20 50 53-09
16
AP7E
A 50 53-09
SPENT CAUSTIC TREATMENT PLANT
20 20 OXIDATION REACTOR
40 SCALE: DWG NO: REV:
NTS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0016 Z1
CONTRACT No. CLASS DSN
451/4200 36605
TAG NUMBER 231-E-103 TAG NUMBER UNIT 231-Y-103 NOTES
SERVICE OFF GAS COOLER DESCRIPTION OFF GAS SILENCER 1. TWO PHASE LINE.
DUTY, RATED, EACH kcal\hr 969300 PRESSURE DROP mmWC150 2. DP : DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE.
SHELL DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 10 / -1 DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 0.5/ / / 3. DELETED.
SHELL DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 160 / 160 DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 160.0/ / / 4. ROUTED TO PROCESS DRAIN.
TUBE DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm2g 8 5. LP STEAM FOR VENT(DILUTION).
TUBE DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 160 6. TO SAFE LOCATION.
7. BOOT SIZE 20", SPECIAL PART
8. PIPELINE SUPPORT IS DESIGNED FOR TWO PHASE
FLOW.
6 9. LV3010 SHALL BE NEAR TO V102.
250-V-231-1712-A4AN-PP
1. 0.000 160
5
PT PIC H 231-Y-103
MIN. DISTANCE
3026 3026 L
OFF GAS SILENCER RO
1. 0.500 160 3012
PV
3026
AP7AP
OFF GAS B 250/100 LP STEAM
20
150-V-231-1603-A4AN-PP SLOP
100-V-231-1715-A4AN-PP SLOP
250-V-231-1704-A4AN-PP 25-SL-231-3193-A1AS-IH
175 231-0016 E E
231-0031 181
1. 10.000 160 53-13 CA01 1. 10.000 160 FC 1. 6.000 160 CA01 1. 7.000 240 CA01
FROM 231-R-101 FROM LP STEAM
AP7E
AP7E
2. -1.000 160 53-41 100 VENT 53-42 2. -1.000 240
HEADER
AP7E
20 B 20 8
231-E-103 TW 100
OFF GAS COOLER 3024 NC
1. 10.000 160
SHELL SIDE
2. -1.000 160 AP7P TG
TUBE SIDE 3. 8.000 160 40 3024
AS BUILT
TW TG
3023 3023 FF GENERAL NOTES
20 AP7P TT TI
AP7ES
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
COOLING WATER AP7P
40 3025 3025 - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
RETURN 40 SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
200-WCR-231-1701-A2AW-NI 200-WCR-231-1716-A2AW-NI PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
231-0030 184
1. 8.000 65 CA01 1. 8.000 160
AP7ES
AV7E
AV7E
N05 N01 N02
200 150 50 100 50
A03 A01
AV7E
500/200
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
AV7AP SIGNATURE
DATE
MIN. C01 50
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
SP
DP DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
1701 AV7AP
LT LIC H
2
1.0M
C03
500-PC-231-1717-A4AN-PP
50 DP 3010 3010 L
LT 2
3009
7
LI I
C04 50 AV7AP
3009 1250 ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
LL
C02 AV7AP REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
P MIN.
50
FF
Z1 05.06.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
TI H REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
A3 10.12.12 MK MM CU
3026 A2 15.02.12
REVIEW
REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
25-PC-231-1702-A4AN-PP LIMITED
183 231-0018A
53-14 100/25 100/25 FC FC 1. 10.000 160 CA01 LSTK:
SIZE:20x25 8 1 TO 231-V-102
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
25 B 2. -1.000 160 WABAG
PSET:8.000 53-15 VA TECH WABAG
20 20 9 20 VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
TSV
25 HOLD 3
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
3003 REV:
NC FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-046
B Z1
SLOP
E 25-V-231-1703-A2AW-NI 200-WCS-231-1705-A2AW-NI PACKAGE VENDOR:
1. 1. 8.000 160 LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
20 VADODARA-GUJARAT
H
PROCESS CONDENSATE XV
25-PC-231-1702-A4AN-PP AV
183 231-0017 3027
1. 10.000 160 53-15 CA01 3005 L
FROM 231-E-103 2. -1.000 160 H2SO4
50 25-AC-231-2620-A1LJ-NI
231-0026
53-37 FC FC 1. 10.500 65 CA03
50/25 50/25 FROM 231-P-106A/B
AP7ES
AP7E
B 25 A A 53-36
CA01 CA50 CA50 CA03
25-AC-231-1811-A03N-NI
20 20 DRAIN
25 NC
1. 10.500 65
5 A03N A1LJ
231-V-102
80-V-231-1809-A4AN-PP
SPENT CAUSTIC B
1. 0.000 160
NEUTRALIZATION DRUM
1. 0.100 160
CA01 NAPHTHENIC SPENT
CAUSTIC
2 231-JS-102 50 25-PSC-231-2508-A4AN-NI
231-0025
150-PTC-231-1810-A03N-NI
50/25 50/25 50/25 1. 10.500 65 CA02
STATIC MIXER FROM 231-P-107A/B
A4AN
DP
HH A A 53-73
LZT N04 N02 1. 10.500 160
AV7AP C01 CA01 CA50 CA50 CA02
6
3013C 80 50 CA01 AP7E
LL
MIN
50 50 50
2
HH
A03N
DP LZT M DP 80 C09C 150-PTC-231-1803-A03N-NI
LG LT C09A C09B A03N A4AN
MIN.
3013B A01 1. 10.500 65
2 LL 3012 3011 C10A C10B 600
DP HH C10C 53-11 AS BUILT
LZT AV7AP B
2 3 80 50 50 50 150 B TREATED CAUSTIC
3013A LO 150-PTC-231-1907-A4AN-NI
LL C02 200 50 231-0019 197 GENERAL NOTES
N03 A03 N03 N01 53-10 53-25 53-24 1. 10.500 80 CA02
N01 LO M LO B
AV7AP
AV7AP
AV7AP
FROM 231-E-102A/B
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
20 20 B A 53-22
AV7E
25
25
CA01 CA02 SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
EL. + 108.100 20 RO PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
MAX
3013
MIN.
25 HOLDS
150
53-23
AP7E
SLOP
E 50-PSO-231-1823-A03N-NI
1. 12.000 160
A03N
150/100
A4AN
LIC H
3011 L LV DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
AP7E
AP7E
50 B 53-26 A
20
CA01 CA50
AP7E
20 20
100-PTC-231-1840-A4AN-NI
NC
25-PTC-231-1812-A03N-NI
25-PTC-231-1813-A03N-NI
100-SS-231-1824-A4AN-NI
40
OFF SPEC SPENT
B CAUSTIC
120
1. 10.500 65
1. 10.500 65
50-PTC-231-1808-A4AN-NI
158 231-0011
1. 10.500 80 ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
A TO 231-TK-101
REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
CA01 CA50
1.
CA01
SG
SP
1
1 WABAG
TI H PACKAGE VENDOR:
3030B LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
25-PTC-231-1832-A4AN-NI
VADODARA-GUJARAT
200-PTC-231-1804-A4AN-NI
1. 10.500 65
IZ I
0230 1270
SIL a
RUN
AVAILABLE
TRIP START
MZS MS
STOP
3010B 3010B
LOCAL STOP
FAULT
231-PM-102B ML
3010B PG
SPENT CAUSTIC CYCLE
PUMP MOTOR 3029
231-P-102B
SPENT CAUSTIC M
AP7E
CYCLE PUMP
AP7AP
SP
150/80
20
1. 10.500 120
5
1805
200/100
300#
300#
20 25 20-PTC-231-1819-A4AN-NI
1
1. 0.000 120 AS BUILT
DRAIN 20/15 VENDOR
VENDOR
3
20 NC GENERAL NOTES
TO CCBD
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
50-PTC-231-1814-A4AN-NI SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
50
1. 0.000 120 PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
CA01
HOLDS
A
CAUG
PROCESS DRAIN
50-CCBD-231-1817-A4AN-NI
231-0027
1. 0.000 65 CAUG
TO CCBD
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
IZ I SIGNATURE
0230 1270 I DATE
SIL a
1300 REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
RUN
AVAILABLE FF
TRIP START
MZS MS PI FI
150-PTC-231-1806-A4AN-NI
STOP
1. 10.500 120
53-21
3010A 3010A 3030 3027 L
LL
CA01
CA01
200-PTC-231-1805-A4AN-NI
20-WS-231-1839-A2AW-NI
AP7E
CYCLE PUMP
AP7AP
AP35A
AP7AP
20
A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
20
1. 10.500 120 150/80 TREATED CAUSTIC
1 150-PTC-231-1841-A4AN-NI ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
5
20-PTC-231-1820-A4AN-NI
188 231-0031
1. 10.500 65 CA01 LSTK:
FROM SW HEADER 25/20 3 WABAG
1. 0.000 120
1. 0.000 120
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
REV:
FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-047 Z1
PACKAGE VENDOR:
LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
CA01
VADODARA-GUJARAT
A
CAUG
3
DESIGN PRESSURE kg/cm g 10.500/8.000/ / 6. AT LOW POINT OF PIPE.
DESIGN TEMPERATURE °C 120/120/ / 7. UTILITY FOR PROCESS SIDE CLEANING
AND MAINTANCE.
SIZE:20x25
PSET:8.000
TSV
3004A
25-V-231-1908-A2AW-NI SLOP
E
1. 0.000 120
20
NEAREST FUNNEL Z1 LO
20-WCR-231-1915-A2AW-NI
231-E-102A
SPENT CAUSTIC COOLER
5 1. 10.500 120
2. 8.000 120
CA02
AP7E
25
1
100 100 100-WCS-231-1922-A2AW-NI AS BUILT
N03 1. 8.000 120
4 N01 4
25
6
25
N04 N02 GENERAL NOTES
100-WCR-231-1924-A2AW-NI 1. 10.500 120
1. 8.000 120 100 100 - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
100-WCR-231-1901-A2AW-NI
AP7P
4 - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
100-PTC-231-1841-A4AN-NI
25 4
100-WCS-231-3002-A2AW-NI
6
40
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
100-PTC-231-1907-A4AN-NI
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
FF EL. + 100.500 TG TW
HOLDS
65
1. 10.500 120
65
1. 10.500 80
3031
1. 8.000
1. 8.000
PG
PDT 3032
3031
150/100
20 AP7ES
150/100 DRAIN
COOLING WATER DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
AP7AP
AP7AS
TREATED CAUSTIC SUPPLY SIGNATURE
20
150-PTC-231-1841-A4AN-NI 150-WCS-231-3002-A2AW-NI
199 231-0018B NC 231-0030 201 DATE
1. 10.500 120 CA02 1. 8.000 65 CA02
TO 231-P-102A/B B B FROM HEADER
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
53-21 53-62
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
150/100
TI H 100-WCS-231-1914-A2AW-NI
3028 1. 8.000 65
CA02
CA02
150/100
25-WCS-231-1917-A2AW-NI
SIZE:20x25
25-PTC-231-1919-A4AN-NI
PSET:8.000 HH
TT TI
100-WCS-231-1905-A2AW-NI
H 195 &AG-P-FP 1008A
3030A 3030A
1. 0.000 120
1. 0.000 120
NC TSV
150/100
TT TO I-1270
25 3004B 20 ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
3028 AP7ES
150/100
AP7ES
65
COOLING WATER
AP7AP
DRAIN REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
40
AP7P
AP7P
1. 8.000
E
CA02
Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
B B
100-WCS-231-1910-A2AW-NI
20
150/100
CAUG
ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
1. 8.000 120
LO
231-E-102B SS O2 08.07.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ DK
NEAREST FUNNEL Z1
1. 10.500 120
100-PTC-231-1904-A4AN-NI
CLIENT:
2. 8.000 120
INDIAN OIL
65
CA02
25 CORPORATION
1
1. 10.500 80
100 100 LIMITED
1. 8.000
100-WCS-231-1921-A2AW-NI
1. 10.500 120 N03 1. 8.000 120 LSTK:
4 N01 4
WABAG
AP7ES
25
6
25 VA TECH WABAG
AP7P
25 3 Z1
6
40
PACKAGE VENDOR:
CA02
25-WCS-231-1918-A2AW-NI
203 231-0031
25-PTC-231-1920-A4AN-NI
1. 10.500 65 CA02
FROM N2 HEADER LINDE DWG. NO. REV:
&AG-P-FP 1009 Z1
1. 0.000 120
1. 0.000 120
TP
COOLING WATER 02A 231-K-101A
SUPPLY
207 231-0030
80-WCS-231-3004-A2AW-NI AIR COMPRESSOR
1. 8.000 65 CA03
80/40
AP7ES
FROM CW HEADER
REFER VENDOR P&ID NO. M850195CPID
20
OPEN TO ATM.
TT
AS BUILT
TV 3035A
3035A
COOLING WATER AP7P
RETURN LO LEI GENERAL NOTES
80-WCR-231-2001-A2AW-NI
231-0030 204 - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
1. 8.000 65 CA03
100-PA-231-2009-A2AP-IH
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
80/40 100/40 100/40
AP7ES
1. 12.000 250
FF 04A
HOLDS
TI PI TI PI
3080A 3067A 3031 3033
FV
TT PT 3014
3080A 3067A TT PT
3031 3033
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
AP7AS
AP7P
LEI SIGNATURE
40-WCR-231-2008-A2AW-NI DATE
LEI
AP7P
1. 8.000 65
AP7AS
40
100/40 100/40 PROCESS AIR
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
20
TP 100-PA-231-2002-A2AP-IH DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
174 231-0016
03A 1. 12.000 250 CA03
53-32 TO 231-JS-101
TP
01A
INSTRUMENT AIR
25-AI-231-3026-A1AA-NI
292 231-0030
1. 10.500 65 CA03 NOTE 1
FROM IA HEADER ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
20-CCBD-231-2004-A4AN-NI
CORPORATION
LIMITED
65
LSTK:
WABAG
1. 0.000
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
REV:
FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-049 Z1
PACKAGE VENDOR:
LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
CA03
VADODARA-GUJARAT
A
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
and is lent without consideration other than the
100/50
CAUG
231-K-101B
AIR COMPRESSOR
TP
COOLING WATER 02B
SUPPLY REFER VENDOR P&ID NO. M850195CPID
80-WCS-231-3010-A2AW-NI
213 231-0030
1. 8.000 65 CA03
80/40
AP7ES
FROM CW HEADER
FIC
&AG-P-FP 1006 299
20 3015 L
FROM FT-3015
TSH TIC TI
3035B 3035B 3035B
OPEN TO ATM.
TT
AS BUILT
TV 3035B
3035B
COOLING WATER
100-PA-231-2105-A2AP-IH
AP7P
RETURN LO 100/40 100/40 LEI GENERAL NOTES
80-WCR-231-2101-A2AW-NI
231-0030 210
1. 12.000 250
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
1. 8.000 65 CA03 FF - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
80/40
AP7ES
FV
65
TT PT 3015
1. 8.000
3080B 3067B TT PT
3032 3034
AP7AS
AP7P
LEI
100/40 100/40
LEI DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
AP7AS
AP7P
PROCESS AIR SIGNATURE
40
20
TP 100-PA-231-2102-A2AP-IH
177 231-0016 DATE
03B 1. 12.000 250 CA03 REFERENCE DRAWINGS
53-32 TO 231-JS-101
TP DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
01B
INSTRUMENT AIR
25-AI-231-3027-A1AA-NI NOTE 1
293 231-0030
1. 10.500 65 CA03
FROM IA HEADER
20-CCBD-231-2104-A4AN-NI
CORPORATION
LIMITED
65
LSTK:
WABAG
1. 0.000
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
REV:
FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-050 Z1
PACKAGE VENDOR:
CA03
A
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
and is lent without consideration other than the
100/50
CAUG
PV-3
039B
219 231-0031 230-0012 VALVE
1. 10.500 65 CA02 FC 50/25 1. 0.100 65 50/25 FO 50/25
LO LO BL POSITION
039A
AP7ES
AP7ES
FROM N2 HEADER
PV-3
AP7E
AP7E
25 25
PRESS VENT
A2AW A4AN 20 20 20 20 CLOSE VALVE VALVE
50-V-231-2206-A4AN-NI
25 7 40 0 47.5 52.5 100
65
NC NC PRESSURE INCREASE
50-V-231-2206-A4AN-NI
SERVICE WATER
50-WS-231-3022-A2AW-NI LDI H LI LI PROVIDED DEAD BAND (ABOUT 5%) DEAD BAND RANGE
1. 0.100
263 231-0030
65
1. 10.500 65 CA02 3014 3014A 3014B SHALL BE FURTHER ADJUSTED BY OPERATOR, IF
FROM SW HEADER NC NC A1AA A4AN
REQUIRED.
50-WS-231-3022-A4AN-NI
1. 0.100
12. LOCATE PV-3039B ASSEMBLY AT TANK ROOF AND
SERVICE WATER PV-3039A AT GRADE.
25-WS-231-3181-A2AW-NI IZ
1. 10.500 80
231-0031 295
1. 10.500 65 0220
HH SIL a
I LI H
L AS BUILT
1290 3015
LI
3015 RADAR RADAR GENERAL NOTES
H LT LZT PIC H
20
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
XV 7 3014 3016 3039 L
LL SIZE:25x80 - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
2
3015 PSET:0.065 / -0.018 PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
L SIZE:200
TREATED CAUSTIC PSET:0.090 PVRV HOLDS
50-PTC-231-1802-A4AN-NI SLOP
3006 PG PT
248 231-0018A E
AP7E
AP7E
53-26 A 50 RADAR 3005
LT 2205
CA50 CA02
20 20 20 3015 20-V-231-2216-A4AN-NI
AV7P
AV7P
40
AV7AP
AV7AP
N1
AV7P
NC
3.5M
25 Z1
N06 N04 50-CCBD-231-2217-A4AN-NI
N03 C03 200 50 N07 N16 DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
C04 50 80 80 50 C02
A02 80
SIGNATURE
C05 610 50 C06 DATE
80 50
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
231-OS-103
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
50
N10 OIL SKIMMER 150MM N2
50 25 Z1
50 TO CCBD
9
50 N11
50 AV7P TT TI
50
C01
50 N12 50 3033 3033 ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
5
O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
100/50 50 N01 262 231-0023
CAUG
CA02
SP EL. + 100.800 SLOP
E 50 LIMITED
A
2202 LSTK:
231-TK-103 WABAG
CAUG
VA TECH WABAG
SPENT CAUSTIC
EQUALISATION TANK PROCESS DRAIN
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
1. 0.100 80 50-CCBD-231-2205-A4AN-NI ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
231-0027
2. -0.020 80 1. 0.000 65 CAUG FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-051 REV:
TO CCBD Z1
PACKAGE VENDOR:
BUND LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
M VADODARA-GUJARAT
150-SS-231-2213-A4AN-NI
150 150 Z1
TRIP
MZS LOCAL STOP
3012B FAULT
ML
3012B TREATED SPENT
CAUSTIC
231-PM-104B 50-PTC-231-2304-A4AN-NI
261 231-0022
PG MIN. FLOW / TANK MIXING 1. 15.000 80 CA02
EQUALIZED SPENT CAUSTIC TO 231-TK-103
CHARGE PUMP MOTOR 3041
231-P-104B
1 EQUALIZED SPENT CAUSTIC M
CHARGE PUMP AP7E
AP7AP
40
1. 15.000 80 80/40
20
9
AP7E
CA02 20 2
100/80 300#
AP7E
20 RO
300# AS BUILT
3019
3
AP7E
20 SP
20/15 VENDOR
2302
VENDOR
5
TO CCBD
GENERAL NOTES
TO CCBD 20-PTC-231-2310-A4AN-NI - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
1. 0.000 80 SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
50-PTC-231-2307-A4AN-NI
CA02
1. 0.000 80 HOLDS
CA02
CAUG
PROCESS DRAIN
25-CCBD-231-2305-A4AN-NI
231-0027
1. 0.000 65 CAUG
TO CCBD
53-27
100-PTC-231-2301-A4AN-NI
20-WS-231-2314-A2AW-NI
80-PTC-231-2302-A4AN-NI
0220 RUN DATE
SIL a
1. 15.000 80
1. 15.000 80
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
STOP
3012A
TRIP
CA02
MZS
53-28
FF
3012A LOCAL STOP
SERVICE WATER PI
25/20 FAULT
25-WS-231-3198-A2AW-NI ML 3043
267 231-0031
1. 10.500 65 CA02 3012A
FROM SW HEADER 231-PM-104A ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
EQUALIZED SPENT CAUSTIC PG REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
CHARGE PUMP MOTOR PT
3042 3043
231-P-104A
1 M Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
MK MM CU
AP7AP
A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
80/40 CAUSTIC
1. 15.000 80
9
AP7E
20
80-PTC-231-2303-A4AN-NI 50-PTC-231-2303-A4AN-NI ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
20
53-27 20 SP
CA02 CA50 CA50 CA01 O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
CLIENT:
5
20-PTC-231-2311-A4AN-NI
LSTK:
WABAG
20-WS-231-2313-A2AW-NI
VA TECH WABAG
80
80
1. 0.000
LO
25-PTC-231-2402-A4AN-NI
25-PTC-231-2401-A4AN-NI
1. 15.000 80 CA01
AP7E
FF
LI LI
2
H
3017B 3017A L 50/25
1
AS BUILT
C01 N03 C03
AV7AP 50 50
AV7AP
PG LT LG
GENERAL NOTES
4
3060 3017 3018
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
AV7AP 50 50 AV7AP - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
C02 C04 PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
AV7E
NC
HOLDS
A02 C05 RO
20 50 50 3026
231-F-101
AP7E
TREATED SPENT
CAUSTIC A03 COALESCER
50-PTC-231-2303-A4AN-NI
269 231-0023 N01 1. 15.000 80
9
1. 15.000 80 CA01 50
FROM 231-P-104A/B CA01
AP7E
53-28
1
NC
50 50
2
20 N04 A01 N02 EL. + 101.140
AP7AP
SG
AV7E
50/ NC
3
DATE
2401
NC
20 50 REFERENCE DRAWINGS
CA01
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
A
CA01
CAUG
A
CAUG
PROCESS DRAIN
50-CCBD-231-2407-A4AN-NI FIC H
231-0027 L
1. 0.000 65 CAUG 3020
TO CCBD
SLOP OIL ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
40-OWS-231-2406-A2AQ-NI
231-0027
53-29
FF 1. 0.000 65 CAUG REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
TO 231-TK-108
HH
PDI H FT
3057 3020 PG Z1 06.05.15 ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
REVISED AS PER 90% DESIGN
3059 A3 10.12.12
REVIEW
MK MM CU
CA01
CA50
ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
A 03.08.11 SP NJ DK
PDT AP7AP 3020 COMMENTS INCORPORATED)
AP33
O2 08.07.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ DK
3057 A TREATED SPENT
AP7AP
20 O1 20.06.11 RE-ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ / DK SM
CAUSTIC
50-PTC-231-2404-A4AN-NI SCT B/L O 18.05.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP MS / DK SM
M 230-0005
FC 1. 15.000 80 CA50 REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY CHKD APPD
CA02
TO BL
AP7E
AP7E
AP7E
50 B 53-30 TP 06 CLIENT:
INDIAN OIL
20 20 20 SC-1 CORPORATION
7
50-PTC-231-2405-A4AN-NI BYPASS LINE 40 40 LIMITED
1. 15.000 80 CA01 NC NC NC LSTK:
B WABAG
AP7ES
COOLING WATER 4. DELETED.
RETURN 5. DELETED.
80-WCR-231-2001-A2AW-NI
231-0020 204 6. NEAR 231-E-101A/B
1. 8.000 65 CA03
7. NEAR TANK 231-TK-104A/B
AP7ES
FROM 231-K-101A
COOLING WATER 8. NEAR TANK 231-TK-111
RETURN
20 150-WCR-231-1901-A2AW-NI
231-0019 200
1. 8.000 65 CA02
53-63 FROM 231-E-102A/B
COOLING WATER RETURN A
250-WCR-231-3005-A2AW-NI
231-0028
1. 8.000 65 CA03 CA03 CA50 A
FROM 231-CP-100A/B
AP7ES
A COOLING WATER
25
RETURN
DRAIN 200-WCR-231-1701-A2AW-NI
231-0017 184
1. 8.000 65 CA01
53-65 FROM 231-E-103
COOLING WATER
RETURN
80-WCR-231-2101-A2AW-NI
231-0021 210
20 1. 8.000 65 CA03
FROM 231-K-101B
AP7ES
NC COOLING WATER
SUPPLY
80-WCS-231-3004-A2AW-NI
207 231-0020
1. 8.000 65 CA03
AP7ES
TO 231-K-101A
20
150-WCR-231-3099-A2AW-NI
AP7ES
A 25 COOLING WATER
SUPPLY
DRAIN 150-WCS-231-3002-A2AW-NI
201 231-0019 GENERAL NOTES
1. 8.000 65 CA02
53-62 TO 231-E-102A/B - ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
COOLING WATER - FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
SUPPLY SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
200-WCS-231-3003-A2AW-NI PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
182 231-0017
1. 8.000 65 CA01
53-64 TO 231-E-103 HOLDS
COOLING WATER
SUPPLY
80-WCS-231-3010-A2AW-NI
213 231-0021
1. 8.000 65 CA03
TO 231-K-101B
A INSTRUMENT AIR
50/25 25-AI-231-3026-A1AA-NI
292 231-0020 DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
CA50 CA03 1. 10.500 65 CA03
TO 231-K-101A SIGNATURE
25-AI-231-3035-A1AA-NI DATE
DRAIN REFERENCE DRAWINGS
25 INSTRUMENT AIR
25-AI-231-3027-A1AA-NI DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
293 231-0021
IAM-06 1. 10.500 65 CA03
TO 231-K-101B
INSTRUMENT AIR A
50-AI-231-3008-A1AA-NI
230-0022
1. 10.500 65 CA50
FROM INSTRUMENT AIR HEADER
ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
25-AI-231-3039-A1AA-NI 25-AI-231-3038-A1AA-NI 25-AI-231-3036-A1AA-NI REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
25 25 25
25-WDK-231-3007-S1RW-IH
25-WDK-231-3025-S1RW-IH
50-WDK-231-3014-S1RW-IH
CLIENT:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
SP SP SP SP
LSTK:
3004 3001 3002 3003 SERVICE WATER WABAG
50-WS-231-3052-A2AW-NI
146 231-0011 VA TECH WABAG
1. 10.500 65 CA50
CA03 CA50
SERVICE WATER Z1
50-WS-231-3022-A2AW-NI PACKAGE VENDOR:
263 231-0022
DRAIN 1. 10.500 65 CA02 LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
TO 231-TK-103 VADODARA-GUJARAT
25
NITROGEN
25-IG-231-3162-A1AA-NI
168 231-0015
1. 10.500 65 CA02
TO 231-E-101A/B
NITROGEN
25-IG-231-3166-A1AA-NI
203 231-0019
1. 10.500 65 CA02
TO 231-E-102A/B
NITROGEN
25-IG-231-3101-A1AA-NI
219 231-0022
1. 10.500 65 CA02
231-TK-103
AP7ES
20
NITROGEN A A A A
50-IG-231-3107-A1AA-NI
230-0022
1. 10.500 65 CA50
FROM NITROGEN HEADER
40-AP-231-3152-A1AA-NI 25-AP-231-3158-A1AA-NI
AS BUILT
40-AP-231-3149-A1AA-NI
1. 10.500 65 CA01
GENERAL NOTES
40-SL-231-3151-A1AS-IH 25-SL-231-3157-A1AS-IH
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
3 3 SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
40-SL-231-3148-A1AS-IH PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
1. 7.000 240 CA01
2. -1.000 240 3 HOLDS
40-WS-231-3147-A2AW-NI
1. 10.500 65 CA01
A
25-AP-231-3155-A1AA-NI
25-SL-231-3154-A1AS-IH
40/25
40/25
40/25
40-WS-231-3150-A2AW-NI DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
25-WS-231-3153-A2AW-NI
SIGNATURE
3
DATE
40/25
40/25
40/25
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
25-WS-231-3156-A2AW-NI
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
CA01
CA01
CA01
CA50 CA03
A3 10.12.12 MK MM CU
REVIEW
A2 15.02.12 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS VP BT CU
A
25-AP-231-3161-A1AA-NI
ISSUE FOR DESIGN (HAZOP
A 03.08.11 COMMENTS INCORPORATED) SP NJ DK
PLANT AIR A
50-AP-231-3113-A1AA-NI O 08.07.11 ISSUE FOR COMMENTS SP NJ DK
230-0022
1. 10.500 65 CA50 REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY CHKD APPD
FROM PLANT AIR HEADER
AP7ES
20 CLIENT:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
SP LIMITED
3103 LSTK:
LP STEAM WABAG
25-SL-231-3193-A1AS-IH
ST 181 231-0017 VA TECH WABAG
1. 7.000 240 CA01
CA03
Z1
LP-STEAM A A
50-SL-231-3111-A1AS-IH PACKAGE VENDOR:
230-0021 ST ST
1. 7.000 240 CA50 CA50 LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
FROM LP STEAM HEADER
6
6
2. -1.000 240 3 VADODARA-GUJARAT
25-SL-231-3160-A1AS-IH
25-AP-231-3165-A1AA-NI
25-AP-231-3183-A1AA-NI
25-AP-231-3142-A1AA-NI
40-AP-231-3146-A1AA-NI
25-SL-231-3164-A1AS-IH
25-SL-231-3182-A1AS-IH
40-SL-231-3145-A1AS-IH
25-SL-231-3141-A1AS-IH
40/25
40/25
AP7ES
FROM SW HEADER 25-WS-231-3140-A2AW-NI A A
Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
25-WS-231-3144-A2AW-NI
25-WS-231-3159-A2AW-NI
3 STEAM SUPPLY LINE CONDENSATE LINE 3 STEAM SUPPLY LINE CONDENSATE LINE
1 CONDENSATE 1 CONDENSATE
LINE NO. (C) LINE NO. (C)
ST ST
AP7ES
AP7ES
AP7ES
AP7ES
20 20
5 5
4 4
AS BUILT
2 2 GENERAL NOTES
- ALL INSTRUMENTS TO HAVE PREFIX AS UNIT NO. i.e.231
- FOR STANDARD SYMBOL DETAILS AND LEGEND SHEETS
SEE DRAWINGS PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0004 THROUGH
GRADE GRADE PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0008C.
HOLDS
6 6
STEAM STEAM HEADER STEAM SUPPLY CONDENSATE STEAM STEAM HEADER STEAM SUPPLY CONDENSATE
SP ITEM NO. SP ITEM NO.
HEADER P&ID NO. LINE NO. (A) LINE NO. (B) LINE NO. (C) HEADER P&ID NO. LINE NO. (A) LINE NO. (B) LINE NO. (C) ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0016 SP-1601 80-SM-231-1604-B1AS-IH 20-SM-231-1624-B1AS-IH 20-CL-231-1626-A1AS-PP PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0031 SP-3101 50-SL-231-3111-A1AS-IH 20-SL-231-3103-A1AS-IH 20-CL-231-3105-A1AS-PP
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0016 SP-1602 80-SM-231-1604-B1AS-IH 20-SM-231-1625-B1AS-IH 20-CL-231-1627-A1AS-PP PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0031 SP-3102 50-SL-231-3111-A1AS-IH 20-SL-231-3104-A1AS-IH 20-CL-231-3106-A1AS-PP
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0016 SP-1603 80-SM-231-1604-B1AS-IH 20-SM-231-1628-B1AS-IH 20-CL-231-1630-A1AS-PP
PDRP0451-8110-25-231-0016 SP-1604 80-SM-231-1604-B1AS-IH 20-SM-231-1629-B1AS-IH 20-CL-231-1631-A1AS-PP Z2 09.04.16 RE-ISSUED AS BUILT MK MM CU
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
No.11, MURRAY'S GATE ROAD,
ALWARPET, CHENNAI-600 018, INDIA.
REV:
FILE NAME: 10-P2-D0015-061 Z1
PACKAGE VENDOR:
LINDE ENGINEERING INDIA PVT. LTD.,
VADODARA-GUJARAT
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
FILE NAME:
10P2-D0015-015 ( SH 1 OF 2) REV: 5
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
FILE NAME:
10P2-D0015-015 ( SH 2 OF 2) REV: 5
HOLD
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
1. 231-P-005 - Spec calls for stand by for all pumps. Noted and provided.
231-P-006A/B - Head-? ,
5. Noted and included.
Capacity - as per P&ID and design calculations.
11. Check Cell Basis - over flow from Clarifier. Noted and corrected.
12. Design flow rate- landfill leachate- 50m3/hr. Noted and corrected.
************
Down
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
SIGNATURE
DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
TITLE:
PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
2 WS: Show filling and drain connections. Noted; It is shown in the P & ID.
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
Discipline : Process
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
Discipline : PROCESS
COMPLIANCE TO COMMENTS
Sl.
CLIENT / CONSULTANT COMMENTS VA TECH WABAG CLARIFICATION / COMPLIANCE
No
PFD shall be inline with …….Client & Noted .We have incorporated all the comments,
3 Consultant. including Hazop & as per comments on P & ID
Rev.A & update the PFDs..
Noted .We have incorporated all the comments,
Please show system to safely mange…..,at
4 including Hazop & as per comments on P & ID
end of delivery.
Rev.A & update the PFDs.
6 How are the drains disposed? Drains will be taken via closed drain.
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
Discipline : PROCESS
COMPLIANCE TO COMMENTS
Sl.
CLIENT / CONSULTANT COMMENTS VA TECH WABAG CLARIFICATION / COMPLIANCE
No
Sizing basis for equipment to be provided. Noted .We have incorporated all the comments,
2 including Hazop & as per comments on P & ID
Rev.A & update the PFDs..
Noted .We have incorporated all the comments,
3 PFD shall be inline with …….during the ERM. including Hazop & as per comments on P & ID
Rev.A & update the PFDs..
Noted .We have incorporated all the comments,
4 Shouldn’t these be valve controlled? including Hazop & as per comments on P & ID
Rev.A & update the PFDs..
DOCUMENT TITLE:
STAMPING AREA
Discipline : PROCESS
COMPLIANCE TO COMMENTS
Sl.
CLIENT / CONSULTANT COMMENTS VA TECH WABAG CLARIFICATION / COMPLIANCE
No
Operating Manual
INDEX
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO.
Chapter 1: Introduction………………………………………………………………………………………04
Chapter 2: Description of the Plant…………………………………………………………………….05
2.1: Basic Water Chemistry…………………………………………………………………………………05
2.2: Glossary of Terms………………………………………………………………………………………...06
2.3: Process Description……………………………………………………………………………………..11
2.4: Desalinization Process …………………………………………………………………………………13
2.5: Monitoring of Instruments …………………………………………………………………………32
2.6: Summary of foulants and likely performance effects…………………………………..35
Chapter 3: Design & Details of RGSF –UF-Ro Plant ……………………………………………37
3.1: Design Parameters UF ……………………………………………………………………………….38
3.2: Design Parameters RO ………………………………………………………………………………39
3.3: Water Analysis …………………………………………………………………………………………40
3.4: List of Chemical Consumption ………………………………………………………………….42
3.5: Equipment List & Technical Notes …………………………………………………………...42
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
GENERAL:
This manual furnishes the procedures to be followed during commissioning, Operation & Maintenance of
the Water Recycle Plant for Phase I – Stage I, Phase I – Stage II. Any actions that deviate from these methods
of procedures have to be avoided.
All troubles with in the plant must be reported to the responsible Supervisor and necessary action to be
taken with the Supervisor instruction.
3) Gaseous
1) NON-IONIC IMPURITIES
These are mainly turbidity, salt, mud, dirt and other suspended matter, microorganism, bacteria and other
organic matter, oil and corrosion products. It goes without saying that drinking water and most industrial
water supplies should be clear and organic-free.
2) IONIC AND DISSOLVED IMPURITIES
Any salt which dissolved in water solids into positively charged Cations and negatively charged Anions and
since these permit the water to conduct electricity, these salts are called electrolytes. Some of the most
common cations in water are Calcium, Magnesium and Iron rarely.
Ammonium manganese. These cations are associated with anions like Bicarbonates. Carbonates.
Hydroxides (the sum of which is termed as Alkalinity). Sulphates and chlorides. Presence of Nitrates and
Phosphates is normally not very common. In water treatment field.
The preferred method of expression of these dissolved impurities is in terms of Equivalent Calcium
Carbonate, abbreviated to as “CaCO3”. This is because Calcium Carbonate is a good common denominator
as it has a molecular weight of 100, which facilitates calculations. Temperatures and Pressure. Even in lower
pressure boilers, it could form a very hard type of scale by acting as a binding agent.
3) GASEOUS IMPURITIES
Of the atmospheric gases found in naturally occurring waters. Only two. Carbon Dioxide and Oxygen are
the main causes of many Corrosion problems.
REMOVAL OF IMPURITIES
Our major concern is industrial water treatment, where by, water used directly or indirectly in an industrial
process is made suitable for particular application. The use of water in boilers for steam generation is an
Obvious industrial us. Depending on the process. Varying degrees of purity of treated water are required.
For Example. A textile processing unit will require soft and clear water for process uses; a chemical plant or
electronic components manufacturing until will require ultrapure water containing total dissolved
impurities not exceeding 0.5mg/litre or less
2.2: Glossary of Terms
ADSORPTION:
Physical adhesion of molecules or colloids to the surface of solids without chemical reaction.
ALGAE:
A variety of one-celled, conical or filamentous organisms containing chlorophyll and other pigments
necessary for photosynthesis and producing oxygen in the presence of sunlight . Though frequently placed
in the plant kingdom. They have no true roots, stems or leaves. Algae use of oxygen as the terminal electron
acceptor for their respiratory process.
ALKALINITY:
A quantitative measure of an aqueous solution’s capacity to react with Hydrogen ions. Expressed as parts
per million (ppm) or milligrams per litre (mg/litre) of calcium carbonate. In water analyses,
Alkalinity generally represents the bicarbonate. Carbonate and hydroxide ions.
ALUM:
Sulphate salt of aluminum. The chemical compound Al2 (SO4)3. 18 H2O, commonly used in water
clarification applications as a coagulant aid.
BACTERIA:
A wide variety of microorganisms, usually one called, frequently rod shaped but may also be spherical or
spiral shaped. Members of this group may perform bacterial photosynthesis or use a Variety of Organic and
inorganic compounds as terminal electron acceptors.
AEROBIC BACTERIA:
Bacteria that require molecular oxygen for respiration.
ANAEROBIC BACTERIA:
Bacteria that can thrive in absence of molecular oxygen by using organic compounds, oxides by using
organic compounds, oxides of nitrogen or Sulphur, or carbon dioxide as terminal electron Acceptors.
The quantity of oxygen required for the biological oxidation of water-borne substances. Under standard
conditions. The test is usually run for 5 days.
CHLORINATION:
The addition of chlorine gas or a chlorine-releasing agent to water.
COAGULATION:
A chemical and physical process in which the electrical charge of colloidal particles is neutralized by the
chemicals of opposite charge. Allowing them to coalesce and eventually settle.
COAGULANT AID:
See Polymer flocculent
COLLOIDS:
Particulate matter of very fine size, usually in the range of 10-5 to 107 centimeters in a diameter and not
prone to settling by subsidence.
ELECTROLYTE:
A chemical components, which dissociates or ionizes in water to produce a solution which will conduct an
electric current; an acid, base or salt.
EMULSION:
A relatively stable suspension of small but not colloidal particles of a substance in a liquid, the suspended
particles being un-dissolved.
FLOCCULATION:
The entrapment of neutralized coagulated particles in to larger particles. Flocculation is largely a
mechanical or physical process.
HARDNESS, CALSIUM:
The Calcium concentration in water, generally expressed as calcium carbonate.
HARDNESS, MAGNESIUM:
The magnesium concentration in water, generally expressed as magnesium carbonate.
HARDNESS, TOTAL:
The sum off total divalent cations, predominantly calcium and magnesium ions, expressed as calcium
carbonate.
POLYELECTROLYTE:
A substance which, when dissolved in water or other ionizing solvents, dissociates to give a multi-charged,
large molecular weight ion. See also Polymer Flocculent.
POLYMER:
Polyelectrolyte composed of repeating organic monomers. Charge characteristic may be cationic, anionic
or essentially non-ionic with varying charge densities.
POLYMER DISPERSANT:
Polyelectrolytes having molecular weights ranging from 1000 to 10000. Low molecular weights make them
incapable of flocculation, but do allow for impartation of ionic charges making them effective as dispersing
or fluidizing agents for boiler or cooling water suspended solids.
POLYMER FLOCCULANT:
Long chain polymeric electrolytes having molecular typically greater than 1 million. High molecular weights
make them particularly effective in flocculation of coagulated particles by farming molecular bridges.
POTABLE WATER:
Water approved and used for domestic purposes, especially human consumption.
RAW WATER:
Water to which mechanical and/or chemical pre-treatment is applied in order to produce make up water.
SEDIMENTATION:
Gravitational settling of solid particles in a liquid system. See subsidence.
SUSPENDED SOLIDS:
See Total Suspended Solids.
SYNERGISM:
A condition where the effects of a combination of two or more materials is greater than the sum of their
individual effects.
TURBIDITY:
The interference of light transmission caused by suspended or colloidal material in water.
* Recover and upgrade sufficient bio treated water for re-use within Paradip Refinery Project in order to
ensure compliance with the flow limit for the discharge to sea;
* Produce and distribute water of a suitable grade which is required within the ETP & WRP for the make-
up of chemicals and clean in place systems;
* Balance recovered and upgraded water flows against demand from the users of upgraded Water and
deliver the upgraded water into a header for distribution to users(primary in the demineralization plant) in
the Paradip Refinery Project;
* Collect and manage internal recycles within the WRP;
* Upgrade the saline reject (RO reject) from the water recovery stage to the quality which is required for
discharge to sea;
* Deliver the upgraded saline reject into a header which connects into the sea outfall pipeline.
The supporting gravel ensures that the sand does not pass into the filter underdrain or outlet Piping. It also
dissipates the velocity of water injected during the backwash through the under Drain system, provides a
cushion and ensures that disruption of sand media does not take place. The supporting media is placed
over a filter under drain system. The under drain systems are provided to support and retain filtration
media, distribute the wash water uniformly and to collect the filtered water.
The under drain system may be of three types:
a. Manifold and laterals type
b. Nozzle type with a false bottom
c. Blocks type
Sufficient advances have taken place in the design of both b and c type of the systems to eliminate the need
of supporting gravel. A well designed under drain system ensures uniform distribution of wash water below
the filter media.
During a conventional backwash with water (hard wash) the water is forced into the filter bed, through the
under drain system in a reverse (upward) direction. The rate of backwash should be sufficient to cause
expansion of media to 20 to 50% its original depth during the backwashing to ensure reasonably good
removal of suspended solids and impurities. The rate of backwash varies from 36m/hr to 80m/hr depending
on the design parameter and temp of the water. In cold Climate the rate of backwash is normally low as it
is sufficient to achieve the desired expansion. The backwash is operated for the duration of 5 to 10min.
until the entire bed is clean. In order to clean the top most portion of sand thoroughly and to increase the
effectiveness of Backwash, auxiliary backwash in the form of surface wash or air-scour is many a time
supplemented in addition to the hard wash. The wash water is normally provided from an elevated tank
with a sufficient storage capacity and head. At some places requisite rate and head is generated by low
head backwash pumps. During the high rate backwash, stratification of san takes place and the media
gradation becomes fine to course in the direction of backwash. This is countered by adopting dual media
or multimedia filtration.
The spent up or dirty wash water is collected by a series of uniformly spaced cross-troughs placed above
the top of filter media. The wash water is then led to a central gutter (gullet) or a side gutter provided in
the bed. From the gutter the wash water is deposed of through a sluice/butterfly valve outside the filer box
to the plant drainage system. The cross-troughs may provide in reinforced concrete or clued be of
composite plastic and fibre glass.
The filter beds may be arranged in a single row with the piping provided on one side of it. In case four or
more number of beds, the beds may arranged in two rows a space provided in between to house the control
piping. The space in which filter piping is provided is known as pipe Gallery. Normally it is enclosed inside a
structure with a roof, while the beds may be provided as open to sky or enclosed under a roof. The walkway
and platform are provided inside the pipe gallery to facilitate the operation of valves.
In a manually operated plan the valves are operated from the “upper level walkway” which is designed and
provided to watch the filter beds during operation of the backwash cycle. In the automated plants, the
valves are operated with pneumatic actuated with a set of toggle switches located on a console.
RAPID GRAVITY FILTER CONTROL:
The rapid gravity filters can be designed and operated on one of the following principles:
a. Constant rate filtration with manual control
b. Constant rate, constant level filtration with rate controller
c. Constant rate filtration with influent splitting
d. Variable declining rate filtration
a. Constant rate filtration with manual control:
In order to achieve the desired water quality consistently and to ensure the filter bed does not develop any
problem, it is important that the rate of filtration is uniform and the fluctuating in the rate of flow should
be gradual. A positive control over rate of filtration is therefore necessary. The operation technique is one
of the most popular and wide-spread practices in the operation output from the filter bed.
A variable resistance in the form of a valve is placed in the outlet pipe from filter bed. This valve can be
controlled manually or with the help of mechanical devices to ensure constant output from gravity filter
bed.
The filter outlet pipe is then connected to a “rate control chamber”. The rate control chamber has a weir
for measurement of the output quantity. The level of this weir is normally above the level of gravel placed
in the filter bed to ensure that negative head loss does not built up. During the service cycle the inlet to
filter is opened and the filter bed is filled up to the FSL (Full Supply Level or total water level). The outlet
valve to the filter is then opened in a controlled manner to ensure that only desired quantity of water
passes through the filter bed. This is checked by measuring flow over the outlet weir in the rate control
chamber. As the service cycle progresses, the filter media starts clogging which increase the resistance to
the down ward flowing water. As a result the water level in the filter gradually starts increasing. The water
level is then controlled by gradually opening the filter outlet valve. In the manual operation the filter outlet
valve is opened form time to time to ensure that water level over the rate control weir remains same.
In this operation the primary importance is given to control the rate of filtration. The water level in the
filter is not actually regulated (except for limits on extreme levels) and may fluctuate within a short range.
Thus this controls system also features some characteristics of constant level filtration.
When the filter is put into service cycle after a backwash, it will register a minimum headless at the
beginning. As the filter run progresses, the headless starts increasing and at the end of the run the headless
is maximum. The filter is taken out for backwash when either of the two conditions mentioned below occur
earlier.
At the large installations it is not practical to control a number filters by manual operation. In such cases
mechanical rate controllers are deployed to regulate the filter operation. Generally a flow controller is a
control valve operated by a lever mechanism connected to a float placed in the filter control chamber. The
flow control valve is designed on the principle of hydraulics. The float and control valve are isolated by a
partition wall.
The filtered water outlet is connected to this flow control valve. Prior to the control valve isolation valves
are provided on the outlet pipe. The filtered water is discharged through the control valve and flows over
a measuring weir (rectangular). From measuring weir the water flows into the pure water channel with an
adequate freefall. The height of water over weir indicates the rate of flow. A rate setter device consists of
a telescopic tube with a circular weir at the top. This telescopic tube is located on the upstream side of the
measuring weir. The height of circular weir is so adjusted that when the water flows over the measuring
weir, a portion of water spills over the circular weir and falls into the telescopic tube. From the telescopic
tube the water trickles down to the float chamber as the telescopic tube is connected to the float chamber
by means of a bend. In the float chamber a submerged orifice is provided (orifice gear) which continuously
discharges the water to the drain. When there is a balance of water coming in and going out of the float
chamber, the level of the float gets set. The slightest difference in the rate of inflow and outflow upsets
this balance which causes changes in the float level which automatically adjusts opening of control valve
through the connecting lever until the balance is restored. The telescopic pipe can be raised or lowered to
give the desired discharge. A calibrated scale is given over the rate setter to operate the desired discharge.
The flow control valve is also controlled by a second float located in the filter bed. This float closes down
the control valve when the level of water in the filter drops down below present desired level. This helps
to avoid the dewatering of filter bed also. This this mechanism incorporates the control over rate of
filtration as well on the level of water in the filter.
c. Constant rate filtration with influent flow splitting:
As against the control over the filter effluent described in the earlier Para’s, this system exercises control
over the filter influent. The entire flow of influent is split equally at the inlet of filter beds by means of
simple weirs. The rectangular weirs with equal dimensions are located at the same elevation in the concrete
weir boxes. The influent channel is connected to the inlet of weir boxes by means of an isolation gates. The
influent enters into weir boxes flows over the weirs and then is conveyed into the bed by a vertical pipe
reaching the top of the gullet. In the process the influent is split equally over all the beds and each bed
receives equal and desired amount of water. The filtered water flows over a measuring weir located in the
outlet chamber. The filter outlet pipe is connected to the inlet of the chamber by means of an isolation
valve. The level of the measuring weir is provided above the top of sand media to avoid accidental
dewatering of the Bed. During the service cycle the filter inlet and filter outlet is opened completely. If the
filter is Backwashed prior to the service cycle, media will offer the least resistance and there will be
Minimum water level over the bed. As the service run progresses the media will offer greater Resistance.
The eater level over the media will gradually increase to counter this resistance, till it reaches the level of
influent weir. Thus the entire head loss in terms of water head will be accumulated over the top of the
media. These beds require standing water depth of 2.25m to 3.0m over the filter media and hence are deep
bed filters. From operation and control point of view these are very simple filters. The filter bed is taken
out of the service cycle for backwash once the water level in that bed reaches up to the influent weir level.
d. Variable declining rate filtration:
When there are three or more filter beds in an installation, this system could be employed to control the
filter battery. The general arrangement of beds is similar to the filter beds with influent splitting weirs with
the following changes.
small flows. While flumes are used for large flows. The notches and weirs could be located either in a open
channel or on the outlet side of inlet chamber to the plant. Flumes are normally located in the open
channel. The “head” or “depth” of water is measured on the upstream side of these devices and then
converted into “rate of flow”. The simplest and the most reliable way is to place or fix a scale of non-
corrodible material near the tapping point (for measurement of depth of water) given in the design and
drawing. This will enable the operator to instantly know the depth of water from which he can correlate
the flow. It is better if a calibrated scale showing the readings directly in terms of quantity of flow (lit/hr,
cum/hr) is provided instead of a linear scale for the operator’s convenience. At many places, a tapping in
the form of a diam. Pipe is provided to transfer the water level to a convenient position, which is normally
a small chamber. The changes in the water level in this chamber are corresponding to changes in the depth
of water over a measuring device. The scale, which is mentioned earlier, can also be located in this chamber.
There is wide variety of instruments available for measurement of flow. One of the popular instrument is a
float operated dial gauge. The circular dial is calibrated according to the device provided for the
measurement of flow (weir, flame etc.) A float provided in the chamber transfers the changes in the water
depth with the help of a pulley to the pointer on the graduated dial. The motion of the float is controlled
by a counter – weight located on the other side of pulley. The them into electronic signals and through a
microprocessor calibrate these signals for direct readings in terms of ratter of flow over a digital display. It
is always wise to cross check the ratter flow display over instrument or derived with a formula against the
ever a reliable “Volume Vs Time” method during commissioning of the plant. In case of failure of the
instrument or non-availability of a correct formula one can easily fall back on this fir’s principle for
calibration. At the end of this booklet calibration chants for notches, weirs and flumes showing various
dimensions and locations for measurement of depth of water are the guidance.
(B) ULTRAFILTRATION
The UF section comprises of:
Basket Strainers
Ultrafiltration Skid
RO Feed tank
UF backwash pump
Cartridge Filter Feed pump
CEB dosing system
After filtration system, basket strainers are provided for trapping any sand particles that ma leak out and go into
ultra-filtration thus permanently chocking of ultra-filtration fibres. These strainers are guard filter for ultra-filtration
system. Since the frequency of leakage of sand is very low, manual backwashing is done once in a month or two. The
necessary valves are provided for backwashing of basket strainers.
For phase-I stage-I, four no (3 working + 1 standby) of basket strainer are to be installed.
For phase-I stage-II, 1 additional basket strainer is to be provided in the parallel to stage-I basket strainers (By others)
For additional case with CRWS routed to WRP, separate stream of three nos. (2 Working + 1 Standby) basket strainers
are to be added (By others).
Ultrafiltration is a membrane process in which a porous membrane is used to separate or reject Colloidal and
particulate matter. Similar to other membrane processes, Ultrafiltration is a Pressure driven process. High
permeability of Ultra-filtration membrane and negligible osmotic effects allow the ultra-filtration process to operate
at relatively low pressures. Ultra-filtration modules incorporate capillary or hollow fibre as the membrane when
filtrate or product flow has decreased due to accumulation of material on membrane surface. The ultra-
filtration process is operated on “dead-end” or “cross flow”. The fibre composition is PVDF, hydrophilic
material that resists organic fouling and is tolerant to chlorine exposure fibres and filtrate passes radially
inward through the membrane “tube”. Water is pressurized through the membrane and particulates are
left at membrane surface. Due to small pore size of the membrane, effectively all suspended solids are
removed from the filtrate. These particulate build up in concentration at membrane surface, thus the water
flow direction is periodically reversed to remove particulate matter (backwash).
The modes of operation of Ultra-filtration are: Processing, Backwash and Chemical enhance backwash.
System is automated to switch between these modes. However, cleaning mode is semi-automatic.
Processing:
Processing is the mode in which filtration takes place. In dead end filtration, all water fed to the ultra-
filtration module passes through the membrane and is filtered. During processing step the dirty material is
accumulated on outside membrane surface.
Backwash:
During processing, solids accumulate on the membrane surface and short cleaning or Backwash with filtrate
water is necessary to restore the membrane performance. The system is programmed to backwash
individual blocks at fixed periodical interval. During the backwash the water flow will be reversed. Clean
permeate water will be forced from inside of the capillary and will transport the foulant out. The duration
of the backwash is sufficient to remove all dirt from the membrane surface and drive it out from modules
and membrane system. Set of backwash pumps shall be provided to carry out the UF backwash operation
(Tag. No. 235-PM-110A/B). If the backwash is insufficient to remove all the foul ants, the backwash
efficiency can be enhanced by adding chemicals into the backwash (Chemically enhanced backwash) during
CEB.
It is important that first backwash without chemicals will remove most of the foulants prior to backwash
with added chemicals. In this way chemicals are exposed only to the hard to remove problems. It is also
important that all fibres are filled with chemicals, in the correct amount, concentration and with correct
soaking time. After soaking it is important to flush all the chemicals out with a backwash.
Depending on foulant NaOH, CaOCl and H2SO4 will be dosed in the backwash inlet water. Three different
system each comprising of a dosing tank, dosing pumps and agitator (if required) are provided.
CEB-I dosing is for dosing 20% NaOH in backwash water during chemically enhanced backwash. A tank (Tag.
No. 235-TK-111) is provided with dosing pumps (Tag. No. 235-PM-116A/B).
CEB-II dosing is for dosing 10% NaOCl in backwash water during chemically enhanced backwash. A tank
(235-TK-112) is provided with dosing pumps (235-PM-111A/B/C).
CEB-III dosing is 98% H2SO4 in backwash water during chemically enhanced backwash. A tank 235-TK-125)
is provided with dosing pumps (235-PM-112A/B).
Cleaning:
A key measure of ultra-filtration membrane is the TMP (Trans Membrane Pressure). This is the difference
between average feed pressure and the permeate pressure. It gives an indication that amount of fouling
on the membrane surface. As the solids accumulate on the membrane surface, the TMP increase. Backwash
help to reduce the TMP, but backwash is not 100% efficient. When TMP increase to pre-set limit it is the
time for chemical cleaning of membrane. Cleaning is typically performed by taking the system offline and
subsequently recirculating chemical solutions. The chemicals used for cleaning are NaOCl, Sodium
Hydroxide and Citric acid. Other cleaning solutions can be used depending upon fouling. A tank (235-TK-
124) along with agitator (235-M-124) is provided for preparing cleaning solution. Set of pumps (235-PM-
125A/B) are provided for pumping and circulating chemicals in UF membranes.
For Phase-I Stage-I, Five no. (4 working + 1 Standby) of UF skids are to be installed.
For Phase-I Stage-II, 1 additional UF skid is to be provided in the parallel to phase-I stage-I UF skid (by
others).
For additional case with CRWS routed to WRP, separate stream of three (2 Working + 1 Standby) UF skids
are to be added.
Backwash, CEB facility & CIP will be same for Phase-I Stage-I, Phase-I Stage-II & CRWS routed to WRP. UF
permeate tank/RO feed tank is common for Phase-I Stage-I, Phase-I Stage-II & CRWS, routed to WRP.
Reverse Osmosis, as a water treatment process has been gaining in importance ever since the pioneering
work on a suitable membrane for the process was developed by an Indian Scientist, Dr. S. Sourirajan at the
University of California, Los Angeles in 1958. Commercialization of the process began in the last sixties and
within 20 years from the time initial work was done by Dr. S Sourirajan, the process has come to stay as
one of the established processes, for not only treating brackish and sea waters but also for the production
of ultrapure water for the electronic industries, boiler feed water and a host of other critical applications.
In order to understand the process of reverse osmosis, it is necessary t know the natural process of
‘Osmosis’, which is a biological process. When a semi permeable membrane, such as a living cell wall
separates two solutions with diffusing concentration of dissolved solids, pure water flows from the solution
containing the lower concentration of solute through the membrane into the solution containing the higher
concentration of solute. This movement of water can be explained as follows: As the solution containing
lesser solute is at higher energy state compared to the concentrated solution, the water keeps moving till
equilibrium is attained. The pressure developing due to this movement of water to the more concentrated
solution is the Osmotic pressure. The movement of water from the soil to the roots of plants or trees is an
example of Osmosis in nature.
If pressure is applied gradually to the more concentrated solution, the normal osmotic flow get Reversed
until a stage when there is no flow at all. A pressure in excess of the osmotic pressure results in pure water
passing from the more concentrated solution through the membrane. This process of separating the pure
water / solvent from a concentrated solution is termed ‘Reverse Osmosis’.
The osmotic pressure is a function of the specific solute and its concentration in water, and in Practical
terms, it is the minimum pressure required producing the first drop of pure water from a Solution of solute
at a specific concentration. Reverse Osmosis must be differentiated from ultra-filtration as the membranes
used in Reverse Osmosis processes have pores in the order of 5-angstrom units as compared to 20 to 1000
angstrom multivalent salts like calcium sulphate. The molecular weight cut-off lies in the range of 100-
1000MW for the Reverse Osmosis membranes. Optimization of pure water flux through the membrane is
very important in the process of Desalination by Reverse Osmosis. The flow of water through the
membrane is governed by the Equation.
When Q= Water flux through the membrane units in the case of ultra-filtration.
The exact mechanism of the separation is still not clearly understood and different theories have been put
forward. However, it is well established that the higher the ionic charge (valence) of an ion, the better its
rejection by the membrane. Thus, monovalent salts like sodium chloride will pass through the membrane
at a rate higher than the
K= Membrane constant
A = Membrane Area
P = Applied pressure differential
Delta P = Osmotic Pressure Differential
T = Membrane thickness
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
In order to increase the flux through the membrane ‘A’ & ‘P’ should be increased and ‘T’ should be
decreased. Increasing P beyond a certain limit will be uneconomical and this leaves us the choice of
increasing area of the membrane and reducing its thickness. Commercially available membranes have
thickness in the range of 100 microns and less.
is now placed in a pressure vessel of FRP or SS construction. The feed water flows, from one end of the
pressure vessel, parallel to the central tube. Under pressure, the permeate passes through the membrane
in a spiral fashion down to the permit tube, while the concentrated stream or ‘reject’ passes out of the
vessel at the other end. The spiral wound configuration offers a good ratio of surface area to volume, can
be operated under turbulent conditions, and is resistant to fouling by suspended material.
HOLLOW TUBE: In this configuration, the membranes are in the form of tiny hollow fibres (having a
diameter smaller than even human hair), packed in a cylindrical pressure vessel in a ‘U’ shape and the free
ends are potted in an epoxy matrix which forms the product water side. Feed water under pressure enters
the fibres from around them, and the permeate enters the hollow fibres making their way out of the vessel
on the product side. This configuration offers the greatest ratio of surface area-to-volume, but susceptible
to fouling by suspended solids and prone to breakage when offered under turbulent conditions.
DESIGN OF RO SYSTEM AND FACTORS AFFECTING ITS PERFORMANCE
For designing a R.O. system the following information is needed:
1. Feed water analysis and source
2. Capacity of plant
3. Treated water analysis and end-use.
The feed water analysis should include such information as TDS, concentration of each significant ion, iron,
manganese, silica concentration, pH, turbidity and temperature. Pre-treatment of the feed water to RO
system is very important to get long trouble free service. The membranes tend to get fouled by suspended
matter, salts of calcium, iron and biological matter. Hence each of these impurities must be either removed
or rendered ineffective by proper treatment. Coagulation and filtration in sand or dual media filters remove
suspended matter. However, small particles cannot be removed in these filters and hence 5 micron
cartridge filters are used for the final filtration. The cartridge filters are the last step in the pre-treatment
of feed water to the RO unit.
Soluble manganese and iron in the feed water get oxidized and precipitate on the membrane thus fouling
it. It is preferable to remove these impurities prior to feeding the water to a RO plant. Alternatively,
oxidation of the impurities can be prevented by pH adjustment to keep iron in ferrous state itself. Calcium
is high. PH adjustment of feed water is done to keep the Langelier index negative, thus preventing
precipitation of calcium carbonate. Alternatively, a Base Exchange softener softens the feed water.
Calcium sulphate is another constituent, which can precipitate on the membrane surface due to the
concentration of the dissolved salts. Recoveries of the order of 75% - 80% are common in Brackish water
treatment by R.O. due to which the feed gets concentrated four times on passage through the RO system,
resulting in concentration of CaSO4 exceedingly its solubility limits. Dosing of sodium hexa-meta-phosphate
in the feed water can prevent CaSO4 precipitation. Biological fouling is caused by the growth of micro-
organisms on Reverse Osmosis membranes. Chlorine dosing in the feed water kills bacteria preventing
biological fouling. However, free chlorine must be removed either on an activated carbon filter, or by dosing
sodium sulphite, prior to the feed water entering into the cartridge filters. Cellulose acetate membranes
tolerate free chlorine residuals up to 1 ppm below a pH of 8, but polyamide membranes cannot tolerate
free chlorine residuals.
Cellulose acetate membranes are prone to hydrolysis at higher pH values and hence acid is essential in the
case of cellulose acetate membranes.
RO membranes are sensitive to temperature. At lower temperature, the viscosity of water increases
reducing the efficiency of the membranes. At higher temperatures, the flux is better but membranes
Detroit faster. The ideal temperature for RO membranes is 250 C.
Reverse Osmosis plant capacities can be increased by adding more number of membrane modules. Spirally
wound membrane modules are available in 4” and 8” diameter and in lengths of 40” for each element. In
a pressure vessel, six such elements can be placed to increase the yield from a module. A number of such
modules are placed in series/parallel combinations to suit the requirement of capacity, recovery and final
treated water quality.
Seawater can be treated by Reverse Osmosis to produce water to WHO standard of drinking water in a
single stage RO system. However, if the TDS in the treated water has to be further reduced, a second stage
RO can be used; the reject from the second stage is recirculated by mixing with the feed to the first stage
RO system.
The RO system normally includes the following:
* Feed Inlet valve
a single header. Normally sea water systems operate in a single stage with conversion in the range 20 to
40% to produce product water in the range of 500 – 700 ppm TDS.
APPLICATIONS
Reverse Osmosis is being increasingly employed to desalinate brackish/sea water for potable purposes. In
combination with ion exchange demineralization, R.O. is being used to produce water for industries
requiring ultra pure water such as boilers, chemical processes, electronic industries etc.
Reverse Osmosis has been successfully used for reclaiming large quantities of municipal and industrial
wastewater.
Food processing represents a great potential for reverse osmosis. Not only is evaporation of water by heat
expensive, but also in food processing the application of heat usually causes undesirable changes in the
flavor or appearance of the product.
Typical schemes for brackish water desalination is shown in Fig. 4
(C) REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) SYSTEM (Tag. No. 235-SK-101 A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I):
Osmosis is a natural involving fluid flow across a membrane, which is said to be ‘semipermeable’. A
semipermeable membrane is selective in that certain components of a solution, usually the solvent can
pass through, while others, the dissolved solids cannot pass through it.
The direction of solvent flow is determined by its chemical potential, which is a function of Pressure,
temperature and concentration of dissolved solids. In case pure water is available on both sides of a semi-
permeable membrane at equal pressure and temperature, no resultant flow can occur across the
membrane, as the chemical potential is equal on both the sides. However, if any soluble salt is added on
one side of the membrane, the chemical potential of the water on that side is reduced. The osmotic flow
from the pure water on one side to the salt solution on the other side will occur across the membrane until
equilibrium of solvent chemical potential is restored.
The thermodynamic requirement for osmotic equilibrium is that the chemical potential of the solvent
should be the same on both sides of the membrane. No such condition is imposed on the solute, since the
membrane prevents its passage. The equilibrium state occurs when the pressure differential on the two
sides is equal to the osmotic pressure, a solution property that is independent of the membrane.
The application of external pressure to the solution side, which equals the osmotic pressure, will also
accomplish equilibrium. A further increase in pressure will increase the chemical potential of the water in
the solution and will cause a reversal of the osmotic flow towards the pure water side which is at a lower
solvent chemical potential relative to the solution. This phenomenon is termed as Reverse Osmosis and is
the basis for a process to desalinate water without phase change.
In order to prevent the precipitation of the hardness salts and silica during cases when the concentration
exceeds the solubility limit, an Antiscalent is added at the inlet of the reverse Osmosis system, which will
result in inhibition of scales. Antiscalent dosing tank (235-TK-117A/B/C) with agitators (235-M-117 A/B/C)
and set of pumps (235-PM-117 A/B/C/D) are provided for this purpose.
For phase- I Stage-I & Phase-I Stage-II only two dosing tanks for Antiscalent are to be provided. However
for CRWS added to WRP one more tank is to be added (By others). However dosing pumps for Phase-I
Stage-I & Phase-I Stage-II two (1 working & 1 standby) dosing pumps are to be provided. For CRWS routed
to WRP two (1 working & 1 Standby) additional pumps are to be provided (By others).
Furthermore free chlorine present in the filtered water may result in chemical oxidation of the Membrane.
Hence sodium bi-sulphite (NaHSO3) is injected at the inlet of the reverse osmosis system to eliminate any
oxidizing elements being present in the raw water and to protect the membranes which are the most vital
part of the plant. SBS dosing tank (235-TK-118A/B/C) with agitators (235-M-118A/B/C) and set of pumps
(235-PM-118A/B/C/D) are provided for this purpose. Sodium Meta Bisulphite (NaHSO3) is a reducing agent
capable of dechlorinating the feed water to a reverse osmosis system as per the following reactions:
In theory, 1.34 mg of sodium metabisulfite will remove 1.0 mg of free chlorine. In practice, however, 3.0
gm of sodium metabisulphite is normally used to remove 1.0 mg of chlorine.
For phase-I stage-I & phase-I stage-II only two dosing tanks for SMBS are to be provided. However for CRWS
added to WRP one more tank is to be added (By others).
However dosing pumps for phase-I stage-I & phase-I stage-II two (1 working & 1 standby) dosing pumps are
to be provided. For CRWS routed to WRP two ( 1 working & 1 standby) additional pumps are to be provided
(By others). 98% H2SO4 acid is also continuously dosed inlet of the reverse osmosis system to adjust the pH
of the filtered water. Acid dosing tank (235-TK-119A/B/C) and set of pumps (235-PM-119A/B/C/D) are
provided for this purpose. 98% H2SO4 transfer pumps (235-PM-121A/B) will be provided to transfer acid in
acid day / dosing tanks. Metallic pipe with PTFE lining shall be used to take care of heat of dilution of H 2SO4
inline dosing.
For phase-I stage-I & phase-I stage-II only two dosing tanks for H2SO4 are to be provided. However for
phase-I stage-I & phase-I stage-II two (1 working & 1 standby) dosing pumps are to be provided. For CRWS
routed to WRP two (1 working & 1 standby) additional pumps are to be provided. (By CRWS added to WRP
one more tank is to be added (By others). However dosing pumps for others).
Micron cartridge filters are provided in order to remove up to 5 micron size particles, which are not
removed by the sand filter. These cartridge are disposable type and would be replaced if differential
pressure across cartridge approaches pre-specified level.
For phase-I stage-II, 1 additional micron cartridge to be provided in the parallel to stage-I micron cartridge
filters (by others).
For additional case with CRWS routed to WRP, separate stream of three (2W+1S) micron cartridge filters
are added (by others).
Water is then pumped using high-pressure pumps (Tag. No. 235-PM-114 A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I/J/K) through
RO membranes for removal of total dissolved solids (TDS).
For phase-I stage-I six nos. (5W+1S) of High pressure pumps are to be installed. For phase-I stage-II, 1
additional High pressure pump is to be provided in the parallel to stage-I high pressure pumps are to be
added (by others).
For additional case with CRWS routed to WRP, separate stream of 4 nos. (3working & 1standby) High
pressure pumps are to be added (by others).
Reverse Osmosis module consists of thin film composite polyamide membranes. Two stage RO system is
used to get the desired recovery. Inter turbo booster (Tag. No. 235-PM-115 A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I) are
provided to achieve feed pressure requirement of second stage. On continuous running the RO membrane
get fouled with fine colloids, bacterial debris or sometimes scales of salts. These need to be removed and
cleaned from the surface of the membrane. For each type of foulant, there is a recommended chemical
cleaning procedure, which is convenient to perform with cleaning in place (CIP) system.
Demineralization plant. The carbonic acid present in the water splits up into carbon dioxide gas and water.
This carbon Dioxide gas is stripped off and escaped from the top of the Tower. The degassed water is
collected in the RO permeate storage tank (235-TK-110) and further pump (tag no. 235-pm-
124A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H) to RO permeate storage tank (tag no. 235-tk-121A/B). The product water is then
pumped to battery limit header feeding to DM plant by set of pumps (235-pm-126A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H).
H2CO3 H2O + CO2
For phase-I stage-I, 3 nos. (3 working) degasser towers, 4 Nos. (3 Working+ 1 Standby) blowers, 4 Nos. (3
Working+ 1 Standby) permeate tanks feed pumps & 4 Nos. (3 Working+ 1 Standby) permeates transfer
pumps are to be installed.
For phase-I stage-II, 1 No. additional degasser tower, Degasser air blower, RO permeate tank feed pump,
RO permeate tank transfer pump are to be provided in the parallel to stage-I respective Equipments. (By
others).
For additional case with CRWS routed to WRP, Separate stream of 1 No. Degasser tower, 2 Nos. (1 working
+ 1 Standby) degasser blower, 3 Nos. (2 working + 1 Standby) RO permeate tank Feed pump & 3 Nos. (2
working + 1 Standby) RO permeate transfer pumps are to be added. (By others).
RO intermediate & RO permeate storage tank is common for phase-I stage-I, phase-I stage-II & CRWS route
to WRP.
RO Bypass: - in case of off specs effluent condition & problem in upstream of UF. Raw water from U-100 is
taken through basket strainers & UF. RO is bypassed only when UF permeate will comply with RO permeate
specification.
Cleaning In Place System for RO:
Cleaning In Place (CIP) system is provided for cleaning of fouled RO membranes, an alarm is sounded in the
PLC and the cleaning cycle is initiated by the operator. The system is provided for cleaning of one train of
RO system at a time. The cleaning system consists of cleaning Tank (tag no. 235-TK-128), Cleaning pumps
(tag no. 235-pm-122A/B) AND MICRON FILTER (235-gn-102A) of 5 micron size along with agitator (235-M-
121). When there is a high pressure drop across the RO membrane, an alarm is sounded in the PLC and the
cleaning cycle is initiated Manually by the operator. Cleaning system For phase-I stage-I, For phase-I stage-
II & CRWS routed to WRP will be same.
REJECT STAGE RO: - There is limitation on RO reject disposal to sea RO reject flow not exceed 324 m 3/hr
(i.e. 7776 m3/day) For phase-I stage-I & 350 m3/hr (i.e. 8400 m3/hr for For phase-I stage-II. During phage-I
stage-I reject from 5 working skids shall be 323.5 m3/hr. However during phase-I stage-II
Reject from 6 working skids will exceed limit of 8400 m3/day. To restrict the reject Outfall one no:
Reject RO to be installed during phase-I stage-II erection. The feed to reject RO shall be 121.8 m3/hr. The
reject stage RO is having the two passes. RO permeate from pass-I is pass through RO pass-II by RO high
pressure pump for pass-II. Reject of pass-I is directly taken from from there to the carbon contact tank. RO
pass-II is having two stages. RO reject from pass-II stage-I will feed to pass-II stage-II @ final reject from
pass-II stage-II is recirculated back to the inlet of pass-I. permeate from the reject stage RO is balanced in
the RO intermediate & then to RO permeate tank. Antiscalent dosing & cleaning for reject stage is separate
for Reject stage RO.
1). Please note that the specifications are subject to changes from time to time.
Note
1. Assumed that the raw water is treated with the screen having less than 200 micron meter of net size
2. 2. Toray assumes stable raw water for with above quarties entering the hollow fiber UF membrane
modules.
Note
1. We explicitly exclude any costs associated with sampling or analysis
2. 2. Regarding permeate water quality. Toray request to discuss with a customer after a definition of UF
feed water quality.
U-235
SR.no Equipment Tag No. Name of equipment
1 STR-107A-E UF BASKET STRAINER
2 TK-124 UF CLEANING SOLUTION TANK
3 A-001A-E UF KIDS
4 P-110A-B UF BACKWASH PUMP
5 P-125A-B UF CLEANING SOLUTION PUMP
6 TK-125 CEB-3 SULPHURIC ACID DOSING PUMP
7 P-112 CEB-3 SULPHURIC ACID DOSING TANK
8 TK-112 CEB-3 10% NAOCL DOSING TANK
9 P-111A-C CEB-3 10% NAOCL DOSING PUMP
10 TK-111 CEB-3 20% NAOCL DOSING TANK
11 P-116A-B CEB-3 20% NAOCL DOSING PUMP
12 TK-108 UF PERMEATE/RO FEED TANK
13 GN-101 A-1 RO CATRIDGE FILTERS
14 P-113A-H RO CATRIDGE FEED PUMP
15 P-114A-K RO HIGH PRESSURE PUMP
16 A-101 A-I RO SKIDS
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
PROCESS DESCRIPTION FOR WRP (UF & RO SECTION)
(A) ULTRAFILTRATION
The UF section comprises of:
Basket strainers
Ultra filtration skid
RO Feed tank
UF backwash pump
Cartridge filter feed pump
Dosing system
Cleaning in place tank
Basket Strainers (Tag. No. 235-STR-107 A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H)
After filtration system, basket strainers are provided for trapping any sand particles that may leak out and
go into ultra-filtration thus permanently chocking of ultra-filtration fibers. These strainers are guard filter
for ultra-filtration system. Since the frequency of leakage of sand is very low, manual backwashing is done
once in a month or two. The necessary valves are provided for backwashing of basket strainers.
For phase-I stage-I four no (3 working + 1 Standby) of basket strainers are to be installed.
For phase-I stage-II, 1 additional basket strainer is to be provided in the parallel to stage-I basket Strainers
(By others).
For additional case with CRWS routed to WRP, Separate stream of three nos. (2 Working +1 Standby)
Basket strainers are to be added (By others).
and membrane system. Set of backwash pumps shall be provided to carry out the UF backwash operation
(Tag. No. 235-P-110 A/B).
If the backwash is insufficient to remove all the foul ants, the backwash efficiency can be enhanced by
adding chemicals into the backwash (Chemically enhanced backwash). During CEB it is important that first
backwash without chemicals will remove most of the foulants prior to backwash with added chemicals. In
this way chemicals are exposed only to the hard to remove problems. It is also important that all fibers are
filled with chemicals, in the correct amount, concentration and with correct soaking time. After soaking it
is important to flush all the chemicals out with a backwash.
Depending on foulant NaOH, NaOCI and H2SO4 shall be dosed in the backwash inlet water. Three different
systems each comprising of a dosing tank, dosing pumps and agitator (if required) shall be provided.
CEB-I dosing is for dosing 20% NaOH in backwash water during chemically enhanced backwash. A tank (Tag
no. 235-TK-111) is provided with dosing pumps (tag no. 235-P-116 A/B).
CEB-II dosing is for dosing 10% NaCl in backwash water during chemically enhanced backwash. A tank (Tag
no. 235-TK-112) is provided with dosing pumps (tag no. 235-P-111 A/B/C).
CEB-III dosing is for dosing 98% H2SO4 in backwash water during chemically enhanced backwash. A tank
(Tag no. 235-TK-125) is provided with dosing pumps (tag no. 235-P-112 A/B).
Cleaning:
A key measure of ultra-filtration membrane performance is the TMP (Trans Membrane Pressure). This is
the difference between average feed pressure and the permeate pressure. It gives an indication that
amount of fouling on the membrane surface. As the solids accumulate on the membrane surface, the TMP
increases. Backwash help to reduce the TMP, but backwashing is not 100% efficient. When TMP increases
to present limit it is the time for chemical cleaning of membranes. Cleaning is typically performed by taking
the system offline and subsequently recirculating chemical solutions. The chemicals used for cleaning are
typically NaOCI, sodium hydroxide and Citric acid. Other cleaning solutions can be used depending upon
fouling. A tank (235-TK-124) along with agitator (235-M-124) is provided for preparing cleaning solution.
Set of pumps (235-P-125 A/B) are provided for pumping and circulating chemicals in UF membranes.
For phase-I stage-I Five no. (4 Working +1 Standby) of UF skids are to be installed.
For phase-I stage-II, 1 additional UF Skid is to be provided in the parallel to phase-I stage-I UF Skid (by
others).
For additional case with CRWS routed to WRP, Separate stream of three (2 Working +1 Stand by) UF Skids
are to be added.
Back wash, CEB facility & CIP will be same for Phase-I stage-1, Phase-I stage-II & CRWS Routed to WRP.
UF permeate tank/RO feed tank is common for Phase-I stage-I, Phase-I stage-II & CRWS Routed to WRP.
(B) REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) SYSTEM (Tag. No. 235-SK-101 A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I):
Osmosis is a natural process involving fluid flow across a membrane, which is said to be 'semi-permeable'.
A semi-permeable membrane is selective in that certain components of a solution, usually the solvent can
pass through, while others, the dissolved solids cannot pass through it. The direction of solvent flow is
determined by its chemical potential, which is a function of pressure, temperature and concentration of
dissolved solids. In case pure water is available on both sides of a semi-permeable membrane at equal
pressure and temperature, no resultant flow can occur across the membrane, as the chemical potential is
equal on both the sides. However, if any soluble salt is added on one side of the membrane, the chemical
potential of the water on that side is reduced. The osmotic flow from the pure water on one side to the salt
solution on the other side will occur across the membrane until equilibrium of solvent chemical potential
is restored.
The thermodynamic requirement for osmotic equilibrium is that the chemical potential of the solvent
should be the same on both sides of the membrane. No such condition is imposed on the solute, since the
membrane prevents its passage. The equilibrium state occurs when the pressure differential on the two
sides is equal to the osmotic pressure, a solution property that is independent of the membrane.
The application of external pressure to the solution side, which equals the osmotic pressure, will also
accomplish equilibrium. A further increase in pressure will increase the chemical potential of the Water in
the solution and will cause a reversal of the osmotic flow towards the pure water side which is at a lower
solvent chemical potential relative to the solution. This phenomenon is termed as Reverse Osmosis and is
the basis for a process to desalinate water without phase change.
In order to prevent the precipitation of the hardness salts and silica during cases when the Concentration
exceeds the solubility limit, an Antiscalent is added at the inlet of the reverse Osmosis System, which will
result in inhibition of scales. Antiscalent dosing tank (235-TK-117 A/B/C) with Agitators (235-M-117A/B/C)
and set of pumps (235-P-117A/B/C/D) are provided for this purpose.
For phase-I Stage-I & phase-I stage- II only two dosing tanks for Antiscalent are to be provided. However
for CRWS added to WRP one more tank is to be added (By others). However dosing pumps For Phase-I
stage-I & phase-I stage- II two (1 working & 1 Standby) dosing pumps are to be provided. For CRWS routed
to WRP two (1 working & 1 Standby) additional pumps are to be provided. (By Others)
Furthermore free chlorine present in the filtered water may result in chemical oxidation of the Membranes.
Hence sodium bi-sulphite (NaHSO3) is injected at the inlet of the reverse osmosis system to eliminate any
oxidizing elements being present in the raw water and to protect the membranes Which are the most vital
part of the plant. SBS dosing tank (235-TK-118 A/B/C) with agitators (235-M-118A/B/C) and set of pumps
(235-P-118A/B/C/D) are provided for this purpose. Sodium Meta Bisulphite (NaHSO3) is a reducing agent
capable of de chlorinating the feed water to a reverse osmosis system as per the following reactions:
2 NaHSO3 + 2HOCI - H2SO4 + 2HCl + 2Na2SO4
In theory, 1.34 mg of sodium metabisulfite will remove 1.0 mg of free chlorine. In practice, however, 3.0
mg of sodium metabisulfite is normally used to remove 1.0 mg of chlorine.
For phase-I Stage-I & phase-I stage-II only two dosing tanks for SMBS are to be provided however For CRWS
added to WRP one more tank is to be added (By others). However dosing pumps for Phase-I stage-I & phase-
I stage-II two (1 working & 1 Standby) dosing pumps are to be provided.
For CRWS routed to WRP two (1 working & 1 Standby) additional pumps are to be provided. (By others)
98% H2SO4 acid is also continuously dosed inlet of the reverse osmosis system to adjust the pH of the
filtered water. Acid dosing tank (235-TK-119 A/B/C) and set of pumps (235-P-119A/B/C/D) are provided for
this purpose. 98% H2SO4 transfer pumps (235-P-121 A/B) shall be provided to transfer Acid in acid day /
dosing tanks. Metallic pipe pieces with PTFE lining shall be used to take care of Heat of dilution of H2SO4
inline dosing.
For phase-I Stage-I & phase-I stage-II only two dosing tanks for H2SO4 are to be provided however For
CRWS added to WRP one more tank is to be added (By others). However dosing pumps for Phase-I stage-I
& phase-I stage-II two (1 working & 1 Standby) dosing pumps are to be provided. For CRWS routed to WRP
two (1 working & 1 Standby) additional pumps are to be provided.(By Others)
Permeate intermediate storage tank (235-TK-110) and further pump (tag no. 235-P-124A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H)
to RO permeate storage tank (tag no. 235-TK-121 A/B). The product water is then pumped to battery limit
header feeding to DM plant by set of pumps (235-P-126 A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H).
H2CO3 + H2O + CO2
For phase-I stage-1 3 nos. (3 working) degasser towers, 4 Nos. (3 Working+ 1Standby) blowers, 4 Nos. (3
Working+ 1Standby) permeate tank feed pumps & 4 Nos. (3 Working+ 1Standby) Nos. permeate Transfer
pumps are to be installed.
For phase-I stage-II, 1 no. additional Degasser tower, Degasser air blower, RO permeate tank feed Pump,
RO permeate transfer pump are to be provided in the parallel to stage-I respective Equipments. (By Others)
For additional case with CRWS routed to WRP, Separate stream of 1no. Degasser tower, 2 Nos. (1 Working
+1Standby) degasser blowers, 3 Nos. (2 Working +1 Standby) Ro permeate tank feed Pump & 3 Nos. (2
Working +1 Standby) RO permeate transfer pumps are to be added (by others).
RO intermediate & RO permeate storage tank is common for Phase-I stage-I, Phase-I stage-II & CRWS
Routed to WRP.
RO Bypass: - in case of off specs effluent condition & problem in upstream of UF. Raw water from U-100 is
taken through basket strainers & UF. RO is bypassed only when UF permeate will comply with RO permeate
specification.
Cleaning In place System for RO:
Cleaning in place (CIP) system is provided for cleaning of fouled RO membranes, an alarm is sounded in the
PLC and the cleaning cycle is initiated by the operator. The system is provided for cleaning of one train of
RO system at a time. The cleaning system consists of cleaning tank (tag no 235-TK-128), Cleaning pumps
(tag no. 235-P-122 A/B) and micron filter (235-GN-102 A) of 5-microns size along with Agitator (235-M-
121). When there is a high-pressure drop across the RO membrane, an alarm is sounded in the PLC and the
cleaning cycle is initiated manually by the operator. Cleaning system for Phase-I Stage-1, Phase-I Stage-II &
CRWS routed to WRP will be same.
REJECT STAGE RO: - There is limitation on RO reject disposal to sea RO reject flow should not exceed 324
m3/hr (i.e. 7776 mº/day) for Phase-I Stage-I & 350 m3/hr (i.e. 8400 m3/day) for phase-I Stage-II. During
phase-I stage-I reject from 5 working skids shall be 323.5 m3/hr. However During phase I Stage-II reject
from 6 working skids shall exceed limit of 8400 m3/day. To restrict the reject outfall one no Reject RO to
be installed during phase-I Stage- II erection. The feed to reject RO shall be 121.8 m3/hr. The reject stage
RO is having the two passes. RO permeate from Pass- I is pass through RO Pass-II by RO high pressure pump
for Pass-II. Reject of Pass-I is directly taken from there to the Carbon contact Tank. RO pass-II is having two
stages. RO reject from pass- II stage-I will fed to Pass-II stage- II & final Reject from Pass-II stage- II is
recirculated back to the inlet of Pass-I. Permeate from the reject stage RO is balanced in the RO
intermediate & then to RO permeate tank. Antiscalent dosing & cleaning for Reject stage is separate for
Reject stage RO.
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
FOR UF PERMEATE/RO FEED TANK
DWG NO:
DATE
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
FOR UF PERMEATE/RO FEED TANK
DWG NO:
235-JS-102
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
i
i
i
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
SIGNATURE
DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
i
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
i
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
i
i
i
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
SIGNATURE
DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
`A'
i
INDIAN OIL
i
CORPORATION
i
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
i
PARADIP REFINERY PROJECT
Paradip, Orissa State, India
This Drawing is the Property of
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
and is lent without consideration other than the
Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
reproduced, copied lent or disposed of directly or
indirectly, nor used for any purpose other than that
for which it is specifically furnished. The apparatus
shown in the drawing is covered by patents
information contained in this drawing may be proprietary
to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd and/or licensors, and is
subject to obligations of confidentiality.
TITLE:
DWG NO:
`A'
i
i
i
DISCIPLINE PROC EQUIP INSTR PIPING COMM THSE
SIGNATURE
DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
i
VA TECH WABAG
i
i
This Drawing is the Property of
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
and is lent without consideration other than the
Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
reproduced, copied lent or disposed of directly or
indirectly, nor used for any purpose other than that
for which it is specifically furnished. The apparatus
shown in the drawing is covered by patents
information contained in this drawing may be proprietary
to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd and/or licensors, and is
subject to obligations of confidentiality.
TITLE:
DWG NO:
i
SIGNATURE
DATE
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO. REV TITLE
i
i
ENGINEER'S APPROVAL APPROVED FOR CONST
REV DATE SIGNATURE OE* AE* REV DATE SIGNATURE
i
A1 18.10.11 AJ/SS RH SMD.
O3 04.08.11 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS AJ/TR RH SMD.
O2 17.11.10 REVISED AS PER COMMENTS AJ/TR RH SMD.
O1 17.09.10 ORIGINAL DRAWING AJ/TR RH SMD.
REV DATE DESCRIPTION BY CHKD APPD
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
`A'
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
i
VA TECH WABAG
i
i
This Drawing is the Property of
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD
and is lent without consideration other than the
Borrower's agreement that it shall not be
reproduced, copied lent or disposed of directly or
indirectly, nor used for any purpose other than that
for which it is specifically furnished. The apparatus
shown in the drawing is covered by patents
information contained in this drawing may be proprietary
to Indian Oil Corporation Ltd and/or licensors, and is
subject to obligations of confidentiality.
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
TITLE:
DWG NO:
OPERATING MANUAL
VOC COLLECTION AND REMOVAL SYSTEM
PREFACE
This manual gives detailed operating and specific guidelines for VOC Collection & Removal System for
Effluent Treatment & water recovery Plant for IOCL- Paradip Refinery. It consist of detailed process
description & operating procedures.
The instructions have been prepared for the purpose of facilitating the Start-up and subsequent
operations. Modifications may be necessary in Actual operation as a result of experience gained in
operating the unit.
Detailed operating and maintenance instructions of the Vendor’s Equipment are not included in this
manual, which can be found in the Manufacturers’ data book. In the event of any discrepancy between
this Manual and manufacturers’ recommendations the latter shall be deemed Final.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SL No Topics Page No
1 INTRODUCTION 4
3 EQUIPMENT LIST 7
4 TREATMENT PHILOSOPHY 8
5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 10
6 CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 12
7 PRE-COMMISSIONING 22
8 START-UP PROCEDURES 32
9 SHUT DOWN 33
10 RE-START UP 35
1. INTRODUCTION
The Project which is known as ‘Paradip Refinery Project' is to install an integrated Grassroots 15 MMTPA
(300,000 BPSD) refinery and petrochemical complex, as ‘Phase 1’ of the development at a site located
5 km south of the Port of Paradip in the state of Orissa, on the northern part of the east coast of India.
The Paradip Refinery Project facilities process imported crude oil and produces refined products and
polymers for domestic use and export.
The Storage facilities include crude, intermediate and final product storage and Product transfer
pipelines. Other facilities include Flare System, Effluent Treatment Plant facilities, Warehouse and
bagging facilities for Polypropylene and dispatch Facilities for finished products (solid and liquid).
The process units to be part of the Refinery Complex include the following:
1) AVU – Atmospheric Vacuum Unit (CDU/ VDU / NSU)
2) Kerosene Treater
3) Diesel Hydro treater
5) Delayed Coker
6) Naphtha Hydrometer
7) Catalytic Reformer (CCR Plat former)
8) Sulfone Extraction
9) Benzene / Toluene Fractionation
10) Xylene Fractionation
11) Para xylene Separation (‘Parex’)
12) Trans-alkylation (‘Tatoray’ Unit)
13) Xylene Isomerization
14) VGO Hydro treater
14) Fluid Catalytic Cracker
15) FCC Naphtha Splitter
Battery limits:-
The inlet and out let Battery Limits indicating scope of supply of major items is shown as bellow.
Parameter Condition
Vent Gas Vent gas is extracted from the API oil separator at a pressure of between -
0.001 and – 0.005 kg/cm2
Exhaust Gas Exhaust gas is to be exhausted to atmosphere at a height of to m
Flared Gas Flared gas is to be exahausted to atmosphere at a height of 10 m ( the stack
may be shared with the inert exhaust gas)
3. Equipment list:
4. TREATMENT PHILOSOPHY
Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) are among the most common pollutants emitted by chemical
process industries (CPI) dealing with manufacture and processing of Chemicals such as solvents,
thinners, degreasers, cleaners, lubricants, and also liquid Fuels. During handling, storage, and
distribution of these chemicals, a significant Amount of VOCs are also emitted.
Common examples of VOCs emitted are toluene, xylene, di-methyl chloride (DMC), Methanol, and
isopropyl alcohol. VOCs adversely affect the ground air quality, which In turn poses detrimental effects
on human health, plants and vegetation. VOCs are Also precursor to the formation of ozone, an irritant
at low concentration levels and a
Primary component of smog. The formation of ozone in the troposphere as a Consequence of the
photochemical reactions of VOCs with atmospheric nitrogen Oxides (NOx) is well- understood.
Due to the adverse effects of VOCs emissions in the environment, the gaseous Streams from vents and
emission stacks are subjected to suitable abatement Techniques, essentially to bring down the VOCs
concentrations below the permissible Levels before their release into atmosphere. As the emission
tolerance gets lower (ppm and ppb concentration levels) with increasing stringent environmental
regulation, the Control strategies for VOCs require a fresh and systematic approach.
As there are number of technologies & process for VOC emission, however, based on the concentration
& type of hydrocarbon an adsorption process via activated carbon Is recommended and put in place. In
adsorption process, the gas stream passes through the bed, the organic compounds adsorb weakly onto
the surfaces of the Activated carbon, zeolite, or organic polymer used as the adsorbent. Essentially all
of the commercially used adsorbents have a very high surface area per gram of material. When the
adsorbent is approaching saturation with organic vapor, a bed is isolated from the gas stream and
desorbed.
Adsorption systems can be used for a wide range of VOC concentrations from less than 10 ppm to
approximately 10,000 ppm. The adsorption removal efficiency usually exceeds 95% and is often in the
98% to 99% range.
For this project we have provided VOC adsorption technique via two stage activated Carbon bed. First
of all the sources of VOC emission are identified which are listed below.
1. Sulphidic Spent caustic equalization tank (231-TK-101)
2. Oily supernatant Sump (230-SU-011)
4. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
Process description
Thee treatment of VOC gas consists of following steps…
1. Collection of VOC from all the sources.
2. Treatment of VOC gas with Activated Carbon.
The sources of VOC are from oily waste water. The VOC gases generated from each source is connected
with main header where it is routed to carbon bed system. The sources have been grouped based on
the locations and hazard potential. Two set (with in line spare) of carbon beds are used to serve all
spumes, each with a primary carbon Canister and secondary carbon canisters.
The VOC from the sources contains organic vapors including volatile and semi-volatile organic
Compounds, referred to in general here as VOCs. The VOC spumes are bifurcated in two sections on the
basis of location and VOC discharge is merged in two different headers. The equalization tanks are major
source of emission is stored known as header-A. The Slop oil tank has the highest concentration of VOC
and it forms the separate header-B.
Sources of Header-A :- (Eastern side)
Sulphidic spent caustic equalization tank
Caustic sealed chamber
1. Spent caustic storage tank.
2. Naphthenic oil storage tank
3. Naphthenic spent caustic tank
Oily Supernatant sump
Equalization tank
Spent caustic equalization tank
Oily DAF tank
Distribution chamber of oily DAF
canister (Primary & secondary) is provided with Temperature transmitter to measure temperature of
leaving VOC gas from it. The Secondary canister has also the same facility for the same purpose.
The carbon bed adsorbs these VOCs as they pass through the bed. The gas that exits the bed is moist
air, with small amounts of VOC, CO, and non-absorbable organics such as methane. With long term use,
the bed becomes saturated with organics and can no longer adsorb VOCs. This is when VOC
“breakthrough” occurs. At that time the carbon bed is exhausted and the stand by stream will be taken
in line.
This life of the carbon depends on the amount of VOCs (the VOC loading) in the gas stream, the
molecular weight of the VOCs, amount (and type) of carbon in the bed, and the bed temperature. The
capture rate is to be 90% minimum and with two beds in series, the adsorption is near 100% of VOCs
that have 5 or more carbon atoms per Molecule. CO, methane and other small molecules are not
adsorbed well by carbon.
Simple tests with such instruments as a portable PID (photo ion detector) can be used periodically to
determine the carbon effectiveness via the test ports provided.
The LEL (Hydrocarbon) & CO detectors are provided in outlet main header of secondary canister. It
detects the hydrocarbon (primarily methane) & CO present in the outlet stream. The CO present above
limit (0-20 ppm) shows the combustion of carbon. Once the saturated carbon bed is isolated by
dampener closing and locked, with proof of closure switched being made, the carbon is to be removed
for regeneration. Carbon bed is removed through bottom man hole. Fresh carbon is then introduced
through the top hatch. 3500 kgs. (7700 lbs) of carbon are loaded into each canister. When reinserted
into the canisters as during initial installation, the carbon bed is to be wetted so to inhibit overheating
at the outset of operation.
In summary, the safety aspects of the design are temperature monitoring of the carbon beds, a deluge
system for the carbon beds, LEL monitors on each duct run, a flame arrestor at the inlet to the primary
carbon bed, dilution air, and N2 purge, fan shutdown triggered by high temperature and CO analyzer
after the secondary carbon bed, and a fail closed damper.
6. Control Philosophy:
INTRODUCTION
The Paradip Refinery will be executed in three stages namely,
a. Phase 1 Stage I
b. Phase I Stage II
c. Future Phase 11
The ETP & WRP package for the above plant for the Phase-l stage I classified as LSTK-9 will be executed
by VA Tech WABAG Limited. For Phase-I Stage II only design will be carried out. The aim of this document
is to explain the control philosophy of the VOC package only. This Document is to be read in conjunction
with P&ID’s, alarm trip schedule and cause and affect Charts.
ABBREVIATIONS
API- American Petroleum Institute
AT- Analysis transmitter
CRWS- Contaminated Rain Water Sewer
CWBD-Cooling Water Blow Down
DAF- Dissolved Air Floatation
DCS- Distributed Control System
DLT- Differential Level Transmitter
DOPE- de Oiling Poly Electrolyte
DWPE- De Watering Poly Electrolyte
ETP-Effluent Treatment Plant
ESD- Emergency Shut Down
FT- Flow Transmitter
FIC- Flow Indicating Controller
HMI- Human Machine Interface
LPBS- Local Push Button Station
1. Each VOC sources has a vent that is used to allow VOC air to exit the source Tank and be induced into
the exhaust.
2. equalization tank 230-TK-006A/B and spent caustic equalization tank 231-TK-103 includes a
conservation vent (pressure relief vacuum relief) PVRV 6001/6002 and PVRV 3005 to control exhaust
flow into the VOC control system and vacuum relief whenever necessary.
3. A pressure gauge is provided at the individual VOC vent line of each tank to monitor the pressure
locally. They are as follows,
a) PG 6007-Sulphidic spent caustic equalization tank 231-TK-101
b) PG 6037 caustic sealed chamber 231-TK-112
c) PG 6005- Oily supernatant sump 230-SU-011
d) PG 6003/6002- Equalization tank 230-TK-006A/B
e) PG 6040- Spent caustic equalization tank 231-TK-103
f) PG 6038- Slop oil collection tank 231-TK-108
g) PG 6006A/B/C/D/E- Oily DAF tank 230-TK-110/210/310/410/510
h) PG 6010 - Distribution chamber for oily DAF 230-SU-113A
4. Another pressure gauge PG-6004 is provided at the common inlet of VOC header line A to monitor
the pressure locally.
5. A temperature transmitter TT-6014 is provided at the VOC common outlet line of header A to monitor
the temperature and to generate high alarm set points as defined in 5.1.B.(1).
6. A temperature transmitter TT-6004A is provided at the VOC common outlet line of equalization tank
230-TK-006 A&B to monitor the temperature and to generate high alarm set points as defined in as
defined in 5.1.B.(3).
7. Another Temperature transmitter TZT-6004B is provided at the VOC common outlet line of
equalization tank 230-TK-006A/B to generate high temperature alarm set point as defined in 5.1.B.(2).
This transmitter is directly connected to the ESD system. From the ESD system, hardwired interlock is
provided in the MCC for tripping the ID Fan.
8. A pressure transmitter PT-6001 is provided at the VOC common outlet header A to generate high and
low alarm set points as defined in 5.1.B.(4).
9. A pressure gauge is provided at the individual VOC vent line of each tank feeding Header B to monitor
the pressure locally. They are as follows,
a) PG-6008 -De salter equalization tank 230-TK-001
b) PG-6013/6014 - Slop oil tank 230-TK-010A/B
c) PG-6018A/B/C/D and PG-6019A/B/C/D-API & TPI oil separator 230-
105/2015/305/405
d) PG-6017-API sump 230-TK-004
e) PG-6015- Common oily sludge sump 230-SU-010
f) PG-6016-Wet slop oil sump 230-TK-007
10. Another pressure gauge PG-6001 is provided at the common inlet of VOC header line B to monitor
the pressure locally.
11. A temperature transmitter TT-6015 is provided at the VOC common outlet line of header B to
monitor the temperature and to generate high alarm set points as defined in 5.1.B.(5).
12. A pressure transmitter PT-6002 is provided at the VOC common outlet line of header A to generate
high and low alarm set points as defined in 5.10B.(6).
13. Dilution air inlet dampers, BV- modify the fresh air inlet flow rate that serves to dilute the level of
VOC concentration. Manually set at startup to assure draft
Induced on sources and dilute to total flow rate of 5000 cfm.
B. Interlock Alarm and Control descriptions:
1) 230-1-3010:
High temperature - Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop the duty ID Fan/Blower
2) 230-IZ-0300:
High High temperature - Trip the duty ID Fan/blower
3) 230-1-3000
High tem temperature – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop the duty ID Fan/Blower
4) 230-P-6001:
High pressure (Set point1) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
Low pressure (Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken By the operator.
5) 230-1-3020
High temperature – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop the duty ID Fan/Blower.
6) 230-P-6002
High pressure (Set point1) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
Low pressure (Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken by the operator.
6.2. ID FAN/BLOWER:
3) Another pressure gauge PG-6025/6026/6027 is provided at the individual flame Arrestor outlet line
to monitor the pressure locally.
4) A temperature transmitter TT-6001A/6002A/6003A is provided on the individual Flame arrestors 230-
DFA-101/201/301 to monitor the temperature and to Generate high alarm set points as defined in
5.2.B.(1).
5) Another temperature transmitter TZT-6001B/6002B/6003B is provided on the Individual flame
arrestors 230-DFA-101/201/301 to monitor the temperature and to generate high high alarm set points
as defined in 5.2.B.(2).
6) Differential pressure transmitter DPT-6001A/6001B/6001C is provided across the individual flame
arrestors 230-DFA-101/201/301 to monitor the differential pressure and also to generate high and high
high alarm set points as defined in 5.1.B.(3)
7) LEL detectors AGDT-6003/6004 is provided at the individual headers A & B inlet line to ID fan/blower
to monitor the concentration of hydrocarbon entering the ID Fan/blowers and to generate high high
and high set points as defined in 5.1.B.(4).
B) Interlock Alarm and Control descriptions:
1) 230-1-3030/3040/3050: High temperature (Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS HMI and stop the
duty ID Fan/Blower.
2) 230-1-0310/0320/0330: High high temperature – Trip the duty ID Fan/Blower.
3) 230-1-3120/3130/3140: High DP (Set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and further action to be taken
by the operator. High high DP (set point 2) – Generate alarm in DCS and stop the duty ID Fan/blower.
4) 230-AGDT-6003/6004: High high VOC (set point 1) – Generate alarm in DCS and further operation to
be taken by the operator High VOC (Set point 2) – Generate Alarm in DCS and further operation to be
taken by the operator.
C) Operation:
1) Soft selector switches are provided in the DCS HMI for online or offline selection of Blower.
2) The start and stop of the ID fan/blower is done manually based on the online or offline Selection of
the respective blowers.
3) The ID fan/blowers are alternated as duty and standby manually after a preset run Time se by the
operator in DCS HMI.
4) ID fan will start only if the upstream dampers and the downstream on/off valve are in open condition.
5) Flame arrestors will work for the corresponding I.D. fan/blower which is on duty.
6.3. PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CARBON BED VESSELS:-
The primary and secondary carbon beds are provided in series to adsorb the VOC before Releasing
gas/air to the atmosphere through vent stack.
A) Equipment and Function:
1) Three streams of primary and secondary carbon beds are provided for VOC removal. These streams
work on two working and one standby philosophy.
2) A pressure gauge PG-6028/6029/6030 is provided at the individual inlet line of primary carbon bed
to monitor the pressure locally,
3) Another pressure gauge PG-6031/6032/6033 is provided at the individual inlet line of secondary
carbon bed to monitor the pressure locally.
4) An online type flow indicator F1-6001/6002/6003 is line of primary carbon bed to monitor the flow
locally.
5) differential pressure transmitter DPT-6002/6004/6006 is provided across the Individual inlet and
outlet line of primary carbon vessel 230-V-103/203/303 to Generate various alarm set points as defined
in 5.3.B.(4).
6) Differential pressure transmitter DPT-6003/6005/6007 is provided across the Individual inlet and
outlet line of secondary carbon vessel 230-V-104/204/304 as
Defined in 5.3.B. (4).
7) temperature transmitter TT-6005/6008/6011 is provided on the individual outlet line of primary
carbon bed 230-V-103/203/303 to monitor the temperature and to generate high alarm set points as
defined in 5.3.B.(1).
8) Another temperature transmitter TZT-6016/6017/6018 is provided on the individual Outlet line of
primary carbon bed 230-V-103/203/303 to generate high high level alarm Set points as defined in
5.3.B.(2) and is directly connected to the ESD system.
DANGER
To prevent death or injury to personnel, never commission any system unless it has been completely
checked and deemed safe to commission.
CAUTION
Ensure that the fire water system is fully in service and that all personnel safety apparatus is in its
designated location. Check all fire extinguishers, safety showers, eye wash stations etc. to ensure they
are charged properly.
7.1 CLEANUP
Before attempting to startup the plant, all scaffolding, construction equipment and refuse must be
removed from the equipment and lines. Foreign materials can damage equipment or foul process
controls and valves. Grease and oil can act as foam promoters. Cleaning procedures in the following
sections must be observed in removing these materials.
7.2 WORK PERMITS AND SAFETY CONDIDERATIONS
A work permit control system must be initiated at this stage. Gas analysis must be conducted to insure
work areas are safe and hot work permits must be issued for each work site before work is stated. This
system provide two safeguards. It protects constructions personnel still engaged in constructions
activities and informs operating personnel of construction work still in progress. As an additional safety
precaution, a fence or rope barrier should isolate any construction work in the operating area at this
stage.
Before systems can be flushed and operated, all fire protection and safety equipment must be in place
and operable. All personnel must be completely familiar with location and operation of the equipment.
If construction is still in progress signs must be installed on equipment that is operating to protect
construction personnel. “No Smoking” signs must be installed in the process areas where flammable
materials can be present.
7.3 TRAINNING OF PERSONNEL
Prior to initial startup of new facilities, all operators must be thoroughly familiar with the process,
process equipment, instrumentation and procedures. Maintenance personnel must be thoroughly
familiar with mechanical equipment and instrumentation utilized in the new facilities. This manual
should be read in its entirety as well as the site walked and inspected.
Particular attention must be given to the instruction governing the operation, lubrication, and
maintenance of the various equipment items, as outlined in the manufacturer’s manuals.
Each operator must thoroughly review and understand the proper operating procedures for each piece
of equipment before operating it. This promotes a safe and efficient startup by reducing hazards and
equipment failures.
7.4 START-UP MATERIALS
Sufficient filter media (Activated carbon) and lubricants must be on site and in place for use during
commissioning and in the initial startup. Care must be taken to assure that materials stored on site are
not subject to atmospheric deterioration.
It is necessary to ensure that Activated Carbon is strictly as per the recommended Data sheet and valid
quality assurance certificate for the same is available.
7.5 INSPECTION OF EQUIPMENT
Each piece of equipment and associated piping must be thoroughly inspected by the operators before
it is tested and placed in operation. This ensures that everything is in proper order to operate and
familiarizes the operators with the equipment and the plant. Any deficiencies found must be reported
and then corrected prior to use of the equipment.
1. Check list for Vessels
2. Whether the hydraulic test is taken before erection.
DANGER
Practice safe vessel entry procedures during execution of internal inspections and final preparation
for startup. Ensure that a proper vessel entry permit system is in place.
2. Check vessel internals are not damaged.
3. Check that adequate operating space is provided for safe operation and maintenance.
4. Check the safety valves and see that they are at proper settings.
5. Check for installation and approachability of all instruments.
6. Check the vessels against P&IDs, data sheets and G.A. drawings
7. Check any expansion provision as per drawings.
12. Check completion of cooling system/lube system/seal flushing system/seal quench system as per
data sheets specifications.
13. Check drains of foundation are properly routed.
3. Check List for Piping
1. Provision of branch lines, vents, slip fits, drains, supports anchors, guides, valves, blinds, etc. as per
P&IDs.
2. To obtain clearance from construction with regard to
- Mechanical completion with exception, if any
- Blinds/caps/welded plates provided for testing are removed
- Support including spring supports
- testing correct installation of gasket, bolts etc.
- Position of blinds (if any)
- Instrumentation
3. Ensure all instruments tapping are provided.
4. Flange joints with gaskets and bolts.
5. Sliding support is free to slide (Visual).
6. Expansion joints/loops/spring supports are provided.
7. Low point drains are provided to drain out water from the collection header. Proper slope is given
towards drain points.
8. All bolts are of correct size and uniform length.
9. Access to drains and isolation valves.
10. During flushing, no slip blind to be inserted without tail and no blind gasket is left off. While flushing
the system, instruments are to be removed.
11. Check all foundations of supports have been laid.
12. Check respective hydro testing is complete before flushing of lines is done.
13. All the drain isolation valves are provided with end blinds.
2. Low point flanges should be opened during initial flushing, wherever possible.
3. All instrument connections should be isolated, orifice plates removed, control valves dropped or
isolated and by passed. In case there is no bypass facility provided, remove control valves, provide spool
piece and flush the line. Orifice plate and control valves can be installed only after the total flushing of
the loop is over.
4. Flushing should be done up to inlet of flame arrestor and it should be ensured that dirty water from
initial flushing does not get into the flame arrestor.
5. At each opening of the flanged joint, a thin metallic sheet should be inserted to prevent dirty water
from entering the equipment or piping.
6. Flushing should be carried out with maximum possible flow of water till clear water starts coming
out.
7. Vertical lines which are long and rather big (say over 100 mm dia) should preferably be flushed from
top to bottom. This will ensure better flushing. Filling the lines and releasing from bottom is also helpful.
Temporary water connection at suitable points can be made to carry out flushing operation. The run
down lines should be flushed from the unit to the respective tanks or tanks to unit.
8. It should be ensured in all flushing operations that design pressure of lines and equipment are never
exceeded. After flushing of lines and equipment, water should be thoroughly drained from all low
points. Lines and equipment containing pockets of water should not be left idle for a long time, it is
preferable to dry these lines and equipment with air after water flushing. During water flushing
wherever applicable for the equipment having demisters, the demisters are to be removed and shall be
installed only after flushing and subsequent drying with air is completed.
9. In case the piping which is used in gas service is being cleaned by water, temporary pipe supports
may have to be installed. Engineering design should be checked regarding weight carrying capability of
these lines, prior to introducing water.
2. Air Flushing:
Air flushing with plant air shall be done for gas lines, plant air lines and for drying lines after water
flushing. For Instrument air lines flushing shall be done with Instrument air. If sufficient air is not
available, pipes can be cleaned by pressurizing and depressurizing by bursting disc of cardboard or
gasket material. Pressure should not increase beyond design pressure. The instruments and control
valves shall be isolated / removed from the system before flushing. Equipment shall be disconnected to
prevent entry of flushed material.
Safety valves and rupture discs are to be isolated or removed during the flushing. Strainer elements to
be kept removed during the flushing operation. Surrounding area where air blowing is taking place
should be cordoned off to stop entry of personnel and avoid any injury.
7.7 TIGHTNESS TEST
The purpose of this test is to check the tightness of flanges, joints, manholes etc. for Systems that
operate under pressure. Testing is done with air using soap solution for leak detection. The following
steps are recommended:
1. Ensure that the system that is to be tested is isolated from the rest of the system.
2. Take the system gradually to a pressure of 1-1.5 kg/cm2g or the operating pressure, whichever is
lower. Check all flanges, joints, manholes etc. for any leakage with soap solution.
3. If the system operates under vacuum no further pressurization of the system is necessary beyond 1.5
kg/cm2g.
4. If the operating pressure of the system is more than 1.5 kg/cm2g, slowly raise the pressure of the
system in the stage of 1.0 kg/cm2g at a time to 3.5-5.0 kg/cm2g. After each stage check for leaks using
soap solution. Attend the leaks if any.
5. Further testing for pressure higher than 7.0 kg/cm2g for gas systems is done when feed gas is taken
into the system; keeping in mind that pressurization is at a slow rate and in steps of 5.0 kg/cm2g. The
leak test is satisfactory when the pressure decrease is lower than 0.05 bar/hr over a period of 4
consecutive hours.
NOTE: For liquid lines additional tightness test can be carried out when the pumps are tested with
water. Alternatively, LP steam can also be used for leak checking if design conditions of the system
permit.
7.8 INSTRUMENTATION CHECKS
1. Open main instrument air block valve and purge air through the valve at the far end of the header
2. Blow all pneumatic tubing completely clear by bypassing filters.
3. Check all pneumatic tubing for proper routing and test for leaks.
20. Verify that thermocouple leads are correctly connected to their indicating, Recording, and control
instruments. If any measurement point is suspected of an incorrect reading, the polarity should be
checked at the recorder, controller and at the thermocouple.
21. Check that orifice plates have been installed correctly, with the sharp edge upstream and that in gas
service the vent hole is on the bottom and in liquid service the vent hole is on the top.
22. Check that control valves, flow elements, and check valves are installed in proper direction.
23. The shutdown system must be first simulated then functionally tested by pressing shutdown buttons
and breaking the wire connections at pressure switches. When the connection to the pressure switches
is broken the annunciator should alarm.
24. Complete any specific commissioning checks identified by vendors or suppliers of instruments such
as PLC’s, Analyzers, vibration monitoring equipment, etc.
ELECTRICAL CHECKS
1. Clean up all equipment areas, cubicles, interiors, etc., to eliminate combustible materials,
surplus construction material, tools, unneeded drawings, moisture, and other unsafe and
unsightly materials.
2. Check tightness of screwed terminal block connections and pressure connectors, soundness of
crimped lugs, and adequacy of wire supports.
3. Check for consistency of duty, voltage, and environmental conditions.
4. Check continuity of circuits to verify that circuits are complete from source to load, except where
circuits are disconnected for high voltage testing.
5. During the early stages of checkouts and start up, maintain barriers, DANGER signs, lockout practices,
and the like to increase safety for personnel and to prevent damage to equipment.
6. Remove blocking from relay and contactor armatures.
7. Verify conformance of physical installation to working drawings, specifications, codes, standards,
regulations and other contract documents.
8. Check conformances of safe and secure mounting and installation of units and systems and general
workmanship.
9. Check circuits to insure the completion of wire and terminal identifications.
10. Check the conformance of purchased equipment and materials with specifications and standing.
11. Perform all specific tests for individual equipment and systems.
12. Log all tests on equipment for future reference.
13. Check all motors for proper rotation directions. Check that motor shafts turn freely by hand.
14. Check all equipment for grounding connections.
15. Ensure that there is sufficient illumination around the unit and at all control points.
16. Perform all inspec8ons and testing of specialized equipment such as HV Switchgear, relays, UPS
Systems etc. as identified in manufacturer’s instructions.
7.9 UTILITY SYSTEMS START-UP
1. General
Utilities such as instrument air, service water and fire water shall be required for pre commissioning
activities. Hence they shall be commissioned first before plant start-Up.
2. Stepwise Commissioning of Utilities
Service water system can be commissioned after flushing the header with service water itself. All low
point drains should be opened at some interval to ensure that dirty water is no more coming through
it. When visual checking of drained water appearance deems to be satisfactory, then it may be
considered that the system is clean and all consumer points are then fed with service water.
Instrument air header and individual supply lines to instruments should be purged with plant air to make
the system clean, followed by purging with instrument air prior to putting instruments in service. The
system should be checked for instrument air quality and then be deemed as commissioned when air
quality is found acceptable.
8. START UP PROCEDURES
Before starting the VOC Collection & Removal system, a rotating equipment run-in shall be conducted
as per manufacturer’s catalogues/recommendations so that I.D. Fans are in ready to use condition
during the startup of the unit. The various steps to start up the VOC Collection & Removal system are
as follows:
1. Open the service water inlet gate valve so that the service water header for emergency water
sprinkling is fully charged. Solenoid Controlled ON-OFF valves on service water lines at ACF inlet
& outlet shall be in closed condition. Select the stream of Primary & Secondary activated carbon
filters. The third stream shall be under standby conditions. Valves on main VOC collection header
at ACF inlet & outlet shall accordingly be in opened or closed condition depending on respective
ACF service (Primary/Secondary/Standby filter).
9. SHUT DOWN
9.1 NORMAL SHUT DOWN:
Various steps during normal shutdown of the VOC Collection & Control system are as follows:
1. Close valves on vent lines of various oil handling units connected to the VOC collection network.
This will stop flow of VOC from the oil handling units into the VOC collection headers.
2. Stop the working I.D. Fan. This will stop flow of air into the VOC collection headers.
3. Open the following valves:
Bypass line valves of Detonation Flame Arrestors.
Drain Valves
4. Close the following valves:
Suction & discharge line valves of I.D. Fans.
Suction & discharge line valves of Flame
Arrestors.
5. Instruments Isolation Valves
› Valves on main VOC collection header at ACF inlet & outlet
6. Close the service water inlet gate valve
9.2 EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN
Emergencies should be recognized and acted upon immediately. In advance, the operators must
carefully study the steps that are required in such situations. Hard and fast rules are not applicable
to cover all situations, which might arise. The following are the situations which might arise and
require shutdown of the complete system:
Power failure
Instrument Air failure
Service Water failure Equipment failure
Steps as specified above under ‘Normal Shut-Down’ condition shall be followed for emergency Shut
Down conditions also.
10. RESTART-UP
Before Re starting the VOC Collection & Removal system, it is important to monitor concentration of
accumulated oil in major VOC Emitting units like API & TPI Separators. In case, the oil concentration is
more than the designed oil concentration, it is recommended to isolate these units initially and start
the system after connecting the balanced VOC Emitting units. Monitor the Temperature in ACF carefully
and then connect the TPI followed by API sequentially.
Before re starting the VOC Collection & Removal system, a rotating equipment run-in shall be conducted
as per manufacturer’s catalogues/recommendations so that I.D. Fans are in ready to use condition
during the startup of the unit. The various steps to start up the VOC Collection & Removal system are
as follows:
1. Start the Belt Oil Skimmers provided on API Separator and run for sufficient time so that the oil
ppm level in the API separator will be lower than the designed capacity.
2. Open the service water inlet gate valve so that the service water head for emergency water
sprinkling is fully charged. Solenoid Controlled ON-OFF valves on service water lines at ACF inlet
& outlet shall be in closed condition. Select the Primary & Secondary activated carbon filters.
The third filter shall be under standby conditions. Valves on main VOC collection header at ACF
inlet & outlet shall accordingly be in opened or closed condition depending on respective ACF
service (Primary/Secondary/Standby filter).
3. Open the following valves:
► Suction & discharge line valves of I.D. Fans
► Suction & discharge line valves of Detonation Flame Arrestors
► Instrument Isolation Valves
> Water valves at downstream of Flame Arrestor
4. Close the following valves:
5. Bypass line valves of Detonation Flame Arrestors.
6. Drain Valves
7. Start the working I.D. Fan. This will allow flow of air in the VOC collection headers.
8. Open Wafer valves on vent lines of various oil handling unit except for API & TIP, connected to
the VOC collection network. This will allow flow of VOC from the oil handling units and its dilution
with air in the VOC collection headers.
3. Adjust the I.D. Fans. Discharge flow with Damper limit switches so that the temperature in the
ACFs shall be maintained below 50 C. It is recommended adjusting the flow to Normal Flow
values as indicated in Flow Instrument Data sheet.
4. Monitor the temperature in the ACFs from safety point of view. Also, monitor the readings at
hydrocarbon detectors & CO Detectors with the help of Port provided and portable Gas Monitor
from plant performance point of view.
11. Open the wafer valves on TPI Oil Separator.
12. Monitor the temperature in the ACFs from safety point of view. Also, monitor the readings at
hydrocarbon detectors & CO Detectors with the help of Port provided and portable Gas Monitor
from plant performance point of view.
13. Open the wafer valves on API Separator.
14. Monitor the temperature in the ACFs from safety point of view. Also, monitor the readings at
hydrocarbon detectors & CO Detectors with the help of Port provided and Portable Gas Monitor
from plant performance point of view.
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED
INDIAN OIL
CORPORATION
LIMITED
WABAG
VA TECH WABAG
VA TECH WABAG LIMITED